DATAPOINT CORP
S-4/A, 1996-10-31
ELECTRONIC COMPUTERS
Previous: NUVEEN MUNICIPAL BOND FUND INC, NSAR-A, 1996-10-31
Next: DATAPOINT CORP, S-4/A, 1996-10-31



<PAGE>
   
   AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON OCTOBER 31, 1996.
    
 
                                                       REGISTRATION NO. 333-9627
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                           --------------------------
 
   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 3
    
                                       TO
                                    FORM S-4
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                            ------------------------
 
                             DATAPOINT CORPORATION
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                               <C>                               <C>
            DELAWARE                            3571                           74-1605174
(State or other jurisdiction of     (Primary Standard Industrial            (I.R.S. Employer
 incorporation or organization)     Classification Code Number)           Identification No.)
</TABLE>
 
                               4 RUE D'AGUESSEAU
                              75008 PARIS, FRANCE
 
                              8410 DATAPOINT DRIVE
                         SAN ANTONIO, TEXAS 78229-8500
             (Address of principal executive offices and zip code)
 
                                (33-1) 4007 3737
                                 (210) 593-7000
              (Registrant's telephone number, including area code)
 
   
                               GERALD N. AGRANOFF
                       Vice President and General Counsel
                             Datapoint Corporation
                              8410 Datapoint Drive
                         San Antonio, Texas 78229-8500
                                 (210) 593-7000
      (Name, address, including ZIP Code, and telephone number, including
                        area code, of agent for service)
    
                           --------------------------
 
                                WITH A COPY TO:
 
                              SELIG D. SACKS, ESQ.
                        Pryor, Cashman, Sherman & Flynn
                                410 Park Avenue
                            New York, New York 10022
                                 (212) 421-4100
                           --------------------------
 
 APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE OF SECURITIES TO THE PUBLIC:
     UPON CONSUMMATION OF THE TRANSACTIONS DESCRIBED IN THE ENCLOSED PROXY
                             STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS.
                           --------------------------
 
    If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in
connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with
General Instruction G, check the following box [  ]
 
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      PROPOSED MAXIMUM  PROPOSED MAXIMUM
      TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF           AMOUNT TO       OFFERING PRICE      AGGREGATE         AMOUNT OF
   SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED       BE REGISTERED        PER UNIT       OFFERING PRICE   REGISTRATION FEE
<S>                                 <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>
Common Stock, par value $.25 per
 share............................     6,071,182                                          $2,455.85(1)(2)
</TABLE>
 
(1) Pursuant to Rule 457(f)(1), the registration fee has been calculated on the
    basis of the market value of the $1.00 Exchangeable Preferred Stock, $20
    liquidation preference per share, to be received by the Registrant in the
    Exchange Offer (as defined herein), assuming that all outstanding 1,868,056
    shares of the $1.00 Preferred Stock are tendered in the Exchange Offer.
    Pursuant to Rule 457(c), the market value of the $1.00 Exchangeable
    Preferred Stock was based upon the average of the high and low prices
    ($3.875 and $3.750, respectively) reported in the consolidated reporting
    system as of July 31, 1996.
(2) Previously paid by the Registrant on August 6, 1996 in connection with the
    initial filing of this Registration Statement on Form S-4.
 
   
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                             DATAPOINT CORPORATION
                                    FORM S-4
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                             CROSS-REFERENCE SHEET
                   PURSUANT TO ITEM 501(b) OF REGULATION S-K
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS
FORM S-4 ITEM NUMBER AND CAPTION                                                        CAPTION OR LOCATION
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------  -------------------------------------------------
<C>        <S>        <C>                                                <C>
       A.  INFORMATION ABOUT THE TRANSACTION
           (i)        Forepart of Registration Statement and Outside
                       Front Cover Page of Prospectus..................  Outside Front Cover Page
           (ii)       Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of
                       Prospectus......................................  Available Information; Table of Contents
           (iii)      Risk Factors, Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
                       and Other Information...........................  Summary; Risk Factors; Selected Consolidated
                                                                          Financial Data
           (iv)       Terms of the Transactions........................  Background; Purposes and Effects of the Exchange
                                                                          Offer; The Exchange Offer and Stock
                                                                          Solicitation; Description of Common Stock; The
                                                                          Preferred Stock Amendment; Certain Federal
                                                                          Income Tax Considerations; Annex A --
                                                                          Description of Preferred Stock
           (v)        Pro Forma Financial Information..................  Historical Capitalization; Pro Forma Unaudited
                                                                          Financial Information
           (vi)       Material Contracts with Company Being Acquired...                          *
           (vii)      Additional Information Required for Reoffering by
                       Persons and Parties Deemed to be Underwriters...                          *
           (viii)     Interests of Named Experts and Counsel...........                          *
           (ix)       Disclosure of Commission Position on
                       Indemnification for Securities Act
                       Liabilities.....................................                          *
       B.  INFORMATION ABOUT THE REGISTRANT
           (x)        Information with Respect to S-3
                       Registrants.....................................                          *
           (xi)       Incorporation of Certain Information by
                       Reference.......................................                          *
           (xii)      Information with respect to S-2 or S-3
                       Registrants.....................................                          *
           (xiii)     Incorporation of Certain Information by
                       Reference.......................................                          *
</TABLE>
    
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS
FORM S-4 ITEM NUMBER AND CAPTION                                                        CAPTION OR LOCATION
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------  -------------------------------------------------
           (xiv)      Information with Respect to Registrants Other
                       Than S-2 or S-3 Registrants.....................  Summary; Consolidated Financial Statements and
                                                                          Other Financial Data; Management's Discussion
                                                                          and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
                                                                          of Operations; Business of the Company; Election
                                                                          of Directors; Directors and Executive Officers
                                                                          of the Company; Compensation of Directors;
                                                                          Compensation of Executive Officers; Security
                                                                          Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
                                                                          Management
<C>        <S>        <C>                                                <C>
       C.  INFORMATION ABOUT COMPANY BEING ACQUIRED
           (xv)       Information with Respect to S-3
                       Companies.......................................                          *
           (xvi)      Information with Respect to S-2 or S-3
                       Companies.......................................                          *
           (xvii)     Information with Respect to Companies Other Than
                       S-2 or S-3 Companies............................                          *
       D.  VOTING AND MANAGEMENT INFORMATION
           (xviii)    Information if Proxies, Consents or
                       Authorizations are to be Solicited..............  Available Information; Summary; Security
                                                                          Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
                                                                          Management; Compensation of Directors;
                                                                          Compensation of Executive Officers; The Exchange
                                                                          Offer and Stock Solicitation; Election of
                                                                          Directors; Directors and Executive Officers of
                                                                          the Company; The Preferred Stock Amendment
           (xix)      Information if Proxies, Consents or
                       Authorizations are not to be Solicited in an
                       Exchange Offer..................................                          *
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
*Omitted since the answer is negative or the Item is not applicable.
<PAGE>
                             DATAPOINT CORPORATION
 
8410 Datapoint Drive                                           4 rue d'Aguesseau
San Antonio, Texas, 78229                                    75008 Paris, France
(210) 593-7000                                                  (33 1) 4007-3737
 
Dear Stockholder:
 
   
    You are cordially invited to the Annual Meeting of Stockholders of Datapoint
Corporation to be held on December 10, 1996, at The University Club, One West
54th Street, New York, New York, at 9:00 a.m., (local time).
    
 
   
    The enclosed Notice of Meeting and Proxy Statement/Prospectus cover the
formal business of the meeting, which includes proposals to elect eight
directors, including two directors to be elected by holders of the Company's
Preferred Stock, and to ratify the appointment of Ernst & Young LLP, certified
public accountants, as Datapoint's independent auditors for fiscal year 1997.
Stockholders will also consider and vote upon the adoption of the 1996 Director
Stock Option Plan and the 1996 Employee Stock Option Plan.
    
 
    In addition, stockholders will consider and vote upon an amendment to
Datapoint's certificate of incorporation providing for the reclassification and
conversion of each outstanding share of the Company's Preferred Stock into 3.25
shares of Common Stock. AFTER CAREFUL CONSIDERATION, THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF
DATAPOINT HAS APPROVED THE PROPOSED AMENDMENT TO THE COMPANY'S CERTIFICATE OF
INCORPORATION AND RECOMMENDS THAT ALL STOCKHOLDERS VOTE FOR THE APPROVAL
THEREOF.
 
    In addition, Datapoint is offering to exchange, upon the terms and subject
to the conditions set forth in the enclosed Proxy Statement/Prospectus, for each
share of its $1.00 Exchangeable Preferred Stock, $20 liquidation preference per
share, 3.25 shares of Common Stock of the Company.
 
    You are cordially invited to attend the Annual Meeting. In any event, in
order that we may be assured of a quorum, we request that you complete, sign,
date and return the enclosed proxy as soon as possible. Your vote is important
regardless of the number of shares you own.
 
                                          Sincerely,
 
                                          ASHER B. EDELMAN
                                          CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD
 
   
October 30, 1996
    
<PAGE>
                             DATAPOINT CORPORATION
 
8410 Datapoint Drive                                           4 rue d'Aguesseau
San Antonio, Texas 78229                                     75008 Paris, France
(210) 593-7000                                                  (33 1) 4007-3737
                            ------------------------
 
                    NOTICE OF ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS
   
                          TO BE HELD DECEMBER 10, 1996
    
                            ------------------------
 
TO THE STOCKHOLDERS
 
   
    NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN, that the Annual Meeting of Stockholders of Datapoint
Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("Datapoint" or "Company"), will be held on
December 10, 1996, at The University Club, One West 54th Street, New York, New
York, at 9:00 a.m., (local time) for the following purposes.
    
 
    (1) Election of six directors by holders of Datapoint's Common Stock, to
       serve until the next Annual Meeting of Stockholders and until their
       successors are elected and qualified.
 
    (2) Election of two directors by holders of Datapoint's Preferred Stock, to
       serve until the next Annual Meeting of Stockholders and until their
       successors are elected and qualified.
 
    (3) Consideration and approval of an amendment to Datapoint's certificate of
       incorporation providing for the reclassification and conversion of all
       outstanding shares of Datapoint's Preferred Stock into shares of Common
       Stock.
 
   
    (4) Ratification of the appointment of Ernst & Young LLP, certified public
       accountants, as Datapoint's independent auditors for fiscal year 1997.
    
 
    (5) Consideration and approval of the 1996 Director Stock Option Plan and
       the 1996 Employee Stock Option Plan.
 
    (6) Transaction of such other business as properly may come before the
       Annual Meeting or any adjournment thereof.
 
    In addition, Datapoint is offering to exchange, upon the terms and subject
to the conditions set forth in the enclosed Proxy Statement/Prospectus, for each
share of its $1.00 Exchangeable Preferred Stock, $20 liquidation preference per
share, 3.25 shares of Common Stock of the Company.
 
    The Company's Amended and Restated By-laws (the "Bylaws") generally provide
that no matters may be brought before any stockholders meeting by a stockholder
unless the Company has receive notice of the proposed matter from the
stockholder no later than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting or, in
certain cases, ten (10) days following public announcement thereof, at its
principal executive offices. The Company has not received notice of any such
proposal.
 
   
    Pursuant to the Bylaws of Datapoint and action taken by the Board of
Directors of Datapoint, October 31, 1996, has been fixed as the record date for
the determination of the stockholders entitled to notice and to vote at the
Annual Meeting and any adjournment thereof.
    
 
   
    The information contained in the Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ending July 27, 1996, including financial statements, is
included in this Proxy Statement/Prospectus.
    
 
    Whether or not you plan to attend the Annual Meeting, please complete, date
and sign the enclosed proxy and return it promptly to Datapoint in the return
envelope enclosed for your use, which requires no postage if mailed in the
United States. You may revoke your proxy at any time before it is voted by
filing with the Secretary of Datapoint a written revocation of a proxy bearing a
later date, or by attending and voting at the Annual Meeting in person.
 
   
    Between November 27, 1996, and the Annual Meeting of Stockholders, a
complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, arranged in
alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number
of shares registered in the name of each stockholder, shall be open for
examination during ordinary business hours by any stockholder, for any purpose
germane to the meeting, at Datapoint's offices at 8410 Datapoint Drive, San
Antonio, Texas 78229-8500, and at Datapoint's offices at 717 Fifth Avenue, New
York, New York 10022.
    
 
    IT IS IMPORTANT THAT YOUR SHARES BE REPRESENTED AT THE MEETING REGARDLESS OF
THE NUMBER OF SHARES YOU HOLD IN ORDER THAT A QUORUM MAY BE ASSURED. WHETHER OR
NOT YOU PLAN TO ATTEND THE MEETING IN PERSON, PLEASE COMPLETE, SIGN, DATE AND
MAIL THE ENCLOSED PROXY CARD AND RETURN IT IN THE ENCLOSED PRE-PAID ENVELOPE AS
SOON AS POSSIBLE.
 
                                          By order of the Board of Directors,
 
                                          GERALD N. AGRANOFF
                                          CORPORATE SECRETARY
San Antonio, Texas
   
October 30, 1996
    
 
                             YOUR VOTE IS IMPORTANT
                    PLEASE SIGN, DATE AND RETURN YOUR PROXY
<PAGE>
                             DATAPOINT CORPORATION
                           PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS
                             ---------------------
   
                         ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS
                          TO BE HELD DECEMBER 10, 1996
    
                            ------------------------
 
   
    This combined Notice of Annual Meeting, Proxy Statement/Prospectus is being
furnished to holders (each a "Holder") of shares of the common stock and
preferred stock (collectively, the "Stock") of Datapoint Corporation, a Delaware
corporation ("Datapoint" or "Company"), in connection with the solicitation of
proxies by the Board of Directors of Datapoint for use at the Annual Meeting of
Stockholders (the "Annual Meeting") to be held on December 10, 1996, at The
University Club, One West 54th Street, New York, New York at 9:00 a.m., local
time, and at any adjournment thereof. This document also serves as a prospectus
of the Company in connection with the offer to exchange for each share of its
$1.00 Exchangeable Preferred Stock, $20 liquidation preference per share (the
"Preferred Stock"), 3.25 shares of the common stock, par value $.25 per share,
of the Company (the "Common Stock"). This combined Notice of Annual Meeting,
Proxy Statement/Prospectus and the enclosed form of proxy are first being mailed
to stockholders of Datapoint on or about November 1, 1996.
    
 
   
    The information contained in the Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ending July 27, 1996, including financial statements, is
included in this Proxy Statement/Prospectus.
    
 
   
    On October 18, 1996, the issued and outstanding voting capital stock of
Datapoint consisted of 13,931,640 shares of Common Stock (excluding 7,059,577
shares held in the treasury of Datapoint), held by approximately 3,128 holders
of record and 1,868,056 shares of Preferred Stock held by approximately 415
holders of record.
    
 
    The accompanying proxy is solicited on behalf of the Board of Directors of
Datapoint.
 
                      VOTING RIGHTS AND PROXY INFORMATION
 
   
    The Board of Directors has fixed the close of business on October 31, 1996,
as the record date ("Record Date") for the determination of stockholders
entitled to notice of and to vote at the Annual Meeting. Each holder of
Preferred Stock and Stock on the Record Date is entitled to cast one vote per
share. The affirmative vote of a majority of the shares of Common Stock
represented at the Annual Meeting and entitled to vote is required to ratify the
appointment of auditors and to approve the stock option plans. A plurality vote
of the shares of Common Stock represented at the Annual Meeting and entitled to
vote is required to elect the persons nominated as directors to be elected by
the holders of Common Stock. The affirmative vote of two-thirds of the
outstanding shares of Preferred Stock and a majority of the outstanding shares
of the Common Stock is required to approve the adoption of the amendment to the
Company's certificate of incorporation. A plurality vote of the shares of
Preferred Stock represented at the Annual Meeting and entitled to vote is
required to elect the persons nominated as directors to be elected by the
holders of Preferred Stock.
    
 
    All shares of Stock represented at the Annual Meeting by properly executed
proxies received prior to or at the Annual Meeting, and not revoked, will be
voted at the Annual Meeting in accordance with the instructions thereon. If no
instructions are indicated, proxies will be voted for the election of the
nominees as set forth in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus and in favor of the
other proposals referred to above. Abstentions will have the effect of a vote
against all proposals other than the election of directors. Under the rules of
the New York Stock Exchange (the "NYSE"), the proposal to adopt the amendment to
the certificate of incorporation and the proposal to adopt the stock option
plans are considered "non-discretionary items" whereby brokerage firms may not
vote in their discretion on behalf of their clients if such clients have not
furnished voting instructions. Such broker "non-votes" will have the same effect
as a vote against the certificate of amendment, but will have no effect on the
proposals to adopt the stock option plans. Withheld votes and broker non-votes
will not affect the votes required for election of directors.
 
                                                  (COVER CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE)
 
    SEE "RISK FACTORS" FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN RISK FACTORS WHICH SHOULD BE
CONSIDERED IN CONNECTION WITH THE EXCHANGE OFFER.
 
NEITHER THIS TRANSACTION NOR THESE SECURITIES HAVE BEEN APPROVED OR
  DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE
    SECURITIES COMMISSION. NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
     NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION HAS PASSED UPON THE FAIRNESS OR
       MERITS OF THIS TRANSACTION OR UPON THE ACCURACY
        OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS. ANY
              REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
   
        THE DATE OF THIS PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS IS OCTOBER 31, 1996.
    
<PAGE>
(CONTINUED FROM COVER PAGE)
 
    Datapoint does not know of any matters, other than as described in the
Notice of Annual Meeting, which are to come before the Annual Meeting. If any
other matters are properly presented at the Annual Meeting for action, the
persons named in the enclosed form of proxy and acting thereunder will have the
discretion to vote on such matters in accordance with their best judgment.
 
   
    A proxy given pursuant to this solicitation may be revoked at any time
before it is voted. Proxies may be revoked (i) by filing with the Corporate
Secretary of Datapoint at or before the Annual Meeting a written notice of
revocation bearing a later date than the proxy, (ii) by duly executing a
subsequent proxy relating to the same shares and delivering it to the Corporate
Secretary of Datapoint at or before the Annual Meeting or (iii) by attending the
Annual Meeting and voting in person (although attendance at the Annual Meeting
will not in and of itself constitute revocation of a proxy). Any written notice
revoking a proxy should be delivered to Mr. Gerald N. Agranoff, Corporate
Secretary, Datapoint Corporation, 8410 Datapoint Drive, San Antonio, Texas
78229-8500.
    
 
                   THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND STOCK SOLICITATION
 
    Datapoint Corporation hereby offers (the "Exchange Offer"), upon the terms
and subject to the conditions set forth in this Proxy Statement/Prospectus (the
"Proxy Statement/Prospectus") and in the accompanying Proxy and Letter of
Transmittal, to exchange for each share of its Preferred Stock, 3.25 shares of
the Common Stock of the Company (such shares of Common Stock being issued in
exchange for the Preferred Stock being referred to herein as the "Exchange
Consideration").
 
    Concurrently with the Exchange Offer, the Company is soliciting (the "Stock
Solicitation"), in person or by proxy (the "Stock Proxies"), from holders of
outstanding shares of Preferred Stock and Common Stock votes with respect to an
amendment to the certificate of incorporation of the Company (the "Charter").
Such amendment would immediately upon the filing of the amendment with the
Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, reclassify and change each share of
Preferred Stock (inclusive of accumulated dividends) into 3.25 shares of Common
Stock (the "Preferred Stock Amendment"). The votes of holders of at least two-
thirds of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a
class, and a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, voting
separately as a class (the "Requisite Votes"), is required to approve the
Preferred Stock Amendment. If the Preferred Stock Amendment becomes effective,
all shares of Preferred Stock will be subject to the Preferred Stock Amendment
and will be automatically reclassified and changed into shares of Common Stock,
regardless of whether the holder thereof voted therefor. Assuming the Preferred
Stock Amendment is approved and filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware,
the Company promptly thereafter will commence exchange of certificates
representing shares of Preferred Stock in accordance with the terms of the
Preferred Stock Amendment (the "Preferred Stock Reclassification").
 
    No fractional shares of Common Stock will be issued in the exchange offer.
Each person otherwise entitled to a fractional share of Common Stock will
receive a payment in cash in lieu of such fractional share based upon the
average of the high and low prices of the Common Stock on the NYSE on the
Expiration Date.
 
   
    THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 9:00 A.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON DECEMBER
10, 1996, UNLESS EXTENDED (THE "EXPIRATION DATE"). TENDERED SHARES OF PREFERRED
STOCK MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME UNTIL THE EXPIRATION DATE AND STOCK PROXIES
MAY BE REVOKED AT ANY TIME UNTIL THE PREFERRED STOCK AMENDMENT HAS BEEN APPROVED
AT THE ANNUAL MEETING.
    
 
    From and including October 15, 1994, the Company has not paid the
regularly-scheduled quarterly dividends payable on the Preferred Stock. Under
the terms of the certificate of designation of preferences, rights and
limitations establishing the Preferred Stock (the "Preferred Stock
Designation"), whenever quarterly dividends payable on the Preferred Stock are
in arrears in an aggregate amount at least equal to six full quarterly
dividends, the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors of the
Company shall be increased by two, and the holders of the Preferred Stock shall
have the right to elect two directors of the Company at the next succeeding
annual meeting of stockholders. As a result, as of January 16, 1996, the Holders
of Preferred Stock have the right to elect two directors (the "Preferred
Directors") to the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Election Right") at
the Annual Meeting. If the Preferred Stock Amendment is adopted and the
Preferred Stock Reclassification is consummated, the Preferred Directors will
remain in their capacities as directors until the completion of their term or
until their earlier resignation or removal. If the Preferred Stock Amendment is
not adopted, at the next annual meeting of stockholders and at each successive
annual meeting thereafter until all dividend arrearages on the Preferred Stock
have been eliminated, the Holders of Preferred Stock will continue to have the
right to elect two directors to the Board of Directors.
 
    Holders of Preferred Stock whose shares are tendered and exchanged in the
Exchange Offer will relinquish their right to (i) receive any accumulated
dividends with respect to such shares of Preferred Stock; (ii) elect two
directors to the Board of Directors of the Company at any future annual meetings
of
 
                                                  (COVER CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE)
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
(CONTINUED FROM COVER PAGE)
stockholders and (iii) receive the liquidation preference of $20 per share in
the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company. See
"Risk Factors -- Risk Associated with Investment in the Exchange Consideration"
and "Annex A -- Description of Preferred Stock."
 
    Upon consummation of the Exchange Offer, the equity interest of the current
Holders of Common Stock would be diluted to (i) approximately 70% of the total
of issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock, assuming the Preferred Stock
Reclassification is consummated and all of the Preferred Stock is reclassified
as Common Stock or (ii) approximately 82% of the total of issued and outstanding
shares of Common Stock, assuming the 50% Tender Assumption (as defined herein).
See "Background; Purposes and Effects of the Exchange Offer -- Dilution".
 
    At the Annual Meeting of Stockholders, the Holders of Preferred Stock have
the right to elect two directors to the Board of Directors in connection with
the Election Right. See "Election of Directors." In the event that the Preferred
Stock Reclassification is consummated, the Preferred Directors will remain in
their capacities as directors until the completion of their term or until their
earlier resignation or removal. If the Preferred Stock Reclassification is not
consummated, Holders of Preferred Stock will continue to have the right, voting
separately as a class, to elect two directors at the next annual meeting of
stockholders and at each successive annual meeting thereafter until all dividend
arrearages on the Preferred Stock have been eliminated. See "Background;
Purposes and Effects of the Exchange Offer -- Certain Consequences to Holders of
Preferred Stock That Is Not Exchanged" and "Annex A -- Description of Preferred
Stock."
 
    If the Preferred Stock Reclassification is not consummated (i) quarterly
dividends payable on the Preferred Stock shall continue to accrue on the shares
of Preferred Stock that remain outstanding following the Exchange Offer; (ii)
Holders of Preferred Stock will continue to have a liquidation preference of $20
per share in the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
Company; and (iii) until all dividend arrearages on the Preferred Stock have
been eliminated (a) Holders of such Preferred Stock shall continue to have the
right to elect two directors of the Company at the next annual meeting of
stockholders and at each successive annual meeting of stockholders thereafter
and (b) each of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall, at the option
of the holder thereof, continue to be exchangeable into two shares of Common
Stock in accordance with the terms of the Preferred Stock Designation. See
"Annex A -- Description of Preferred Stock."
 
    Consummation of the Exchange Offer with the issuance of the Exchange
Consideration is conditioned on, among other things, there not having occurred
certain material changes in the business or financial affairs of the Company.
Notwithstanding the approval of the Preferred Stock Amendment at the Annual
Meeting, the Board of Directors reserves the right to abandon filing the
Preferred Stock Amendment and consummation of the Preferred Stock
Reclassification. See "The Exchange Offer -- Conditions." All references herein
to the Exchange Offer shall be deemed to include the Stock Solicitation, unless
otherwise required by context or specified herein.
 
    Shareholder Communications Corporation (the "Solicitation Agent") is acting
as solicitation agent for the Company in connection with the Exchange Offer and
will be compensated therefor. For information regarding the relationship of
Shareholder Communications Corporation to the Company, the fees to be paid to,
and the indemnification of Shareholder Communications Corporation, see the "The
Exchange Offer -- Solicitation Agent."
 
    Corporate Capital Consultants, Inc. ("Corporate Capital") has delivered to
the Independent Committee (as defined herein) its written opinion concluding
that the Exchange Consideration to be received by exchanging Holders of
Preferred Stock is fair, from a financial point of view, to such holders (other
than Asher B. Edelman, Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and a
significant holder of Preferred Stock and Common Stock, with respect to whom no
opinion was requested). Patricof & Co. Capital Corp. ("Patricof") has delivered
to the Board of Directors its written opinion concluding that the Exchange
Consideration to be paid to exchanging Holders of Preferred Stock is fair, from
a financial point of view, to the Holders of Common Stock (other than Mr.
Edelman, with respect to whom no opinion was requested). Neither Corporate
Capital's opinion nor Patricof's opinion addresses the Company's underlying
business decision to proceed with the Exchange Offer. See "Background; Purposes
and Effect of the Exchange Offer -- Fairness Opinions" and Annexes B and C
hereto.
 
               THE SOLICITATION AGENT FOR THE EXCHANGE OFFER IS:
 
                     SHAREHOLDER COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
 
   
  THIS PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS IS FIRST BEING MAILED TO HOLDERS ON OR ABOUT
                               NOVEMBER 1, 1996.
    
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
   
    The Company has filed a Registration Statement on Form S-4 (the
"Registration Statement") with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities
Act"), with respect to the securities offered hereby. The Company has also filed
two previous amendments to the Registration Statement. Additionally, the Company
filed a Schedule 13E-4 (the "Schedule 13E-4") with the Commission with respect
to the Exchange Offer. As permitted by the rules and regulations of the
Commission, this Proxy Statement/Prospectus omits certain information, exhibits
and undertakings contained (or to be contained) in the Registration Statement
and the Schedule 13E-4. Such additional information, exhibits and undertakings
can be inspected at and obtained from the Commission in the manner set forth
below. For further information with respect to the securities offered hereby and
the Company, reference is made to the Registration Statement, the financial
schedules and exhibits filed as a part thereof, and to the Schedule 13E-4 and
the exhibits thereto. Statements contained in this Proxy Statement/Prospectus as
to the terms of any contract or other document are not necessarily complete,
and, in each case, reference is made to the copy of each such contract or other
document that has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, each
such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference.
    
 
    The Company is subject to the informational requirements of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and, in accordance
therewith, files periodic reports and other information with the Commission.
Such reports and other information filed with the Commission, as well as the
Registration Statement and the Schedule 13E-4, can be inspected and copied at
the public reference facilities maintained by the Commission at 450 Fifth
Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and should also be available at the
Commission's regional offices located at Northwestern Atrium Center, 500 West
Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661-2511, and 14th Floor, 75
Park Place, New York, New York 10007. Copies of such material can also be
obtained by mail from the Public Reference Section of the Commission at Room
1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20549 at prescribed rates. Copies
of the Preferred Stock Designation and the Preferred Stock Amendment may also be
obtained from the Company upon request to the Company at its offices located at
8410 Datapoint Drive, San Antonio, Texas 78229-8500. The Preferred Stock and the
Common Stock are each listed on the NYSE. Reports and other information
concerning Datapoint and its subsidiaries can also be inspected at the offices
of the NYSE, 20 Broad Street, New York, New York 10005.
 
    No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any
representations, other than those contained in this Proxy Statement/Prospectus.
If given or made, such information or representation may not be relied upon as
having been authorized by Datapoint. Datapoint is not aware of any jurisdiction
in which the making of the Stock Solicitation is not in compliance with
applicable law. If Datapoint becomes aware of any jurisdiction in which the
making of the Stock Solicitation would not be in compliance with applicable law,
Datapoint will make a good faith effort to comply with such law. If, after such
good faith effort, Datapoint cannot comply with any such law, the Stock
Solicitation will not be solicited from Holders residing in such jurisdictions.
In any jurisdiction where the securities, blue sky or other laws require the
Stock Solicitation to be made by a licensed broker or dealer, the Stock
Solicitation will be deemed to be made on behalf of Datapoint by the
Solicitation Agent or one or more registered brokers or dealers licensed under
the laws of such jurisdiction. Neither the delivery of this Proxy
Statement/Prospectus nor any distribution of securities hereunder shall under
any circumstances create any implication that the information contained herein
is correct as of any time subsequent to the date hereof or that there has been
no change in the information set forth herein or in the affairs of Datapoint or
its subsidiaries since the date hereof.
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
                                    SUMMARY
 
    THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY THE MORE DETAILED
INFORMATION AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS APPEARING ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROXY
STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
   
    Datapoint Corporation is principally engaged in the development,
acquisition, marketing, servicing, and to a lesser degree, manufacture of
computer and communication products -- both hardware and software -- for
integrated computer, telecommunication and video conferencing network systems.
The Company is also actively engaged in the business of licensing its video
conferencing technology and its dual protocol local area network ("LAN")
technology.
    
 
    The Company was organized under the laws of the State of Delaware on
September 20, 1976, as the successor corporation to a Texas corporation
originally incorporated in 1968 as Computer Terminal Corporation and which
changed its name to Datapoint Corporation in 1972. Its principal executive
offices are located at 4 rue d'Aguesseau, 75008 Paris, France (telephone number
- -- 011-331-4007-3737) and at 8410 Datapoint Drive, San Antonio, Texas 78229-8500
(telephone number -- (210) 593-7000).
 
                   PURPOSES AND EFFECTS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
   
    The Company is currently seeking to improve its financial position through a
variety of strategies designed to restructure its balance sheet. The Exchange
Offer is designed to reduce or eliminate the accumulated but unpaid dividends on
the Preferred Stock (aggregating approximately $4.2 million through and
including October 15, 1996) and eliminate the future expenditure for dividend
payments on the Preferred Stock. Holders of Preferred Stock who tender in the
Exchange Offer will receive for each share tendered 3.25 shares of Common Stock
upon the consummation of the Exchange Offer and the issuance of the Exchange
Consideration. If the Requisite Votes are not received at the Annual Meeting,
the Company shall accept for exchange such Preferred Stock tendered in the
Exchange Offer and not withdrawn as of the Expiration Date, provided that at
least 66 2/3% of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock has been tendered and
not withdrawn as of the Expiration Date. If less than 66 2/3% of the outstanding
shares of Preferred Stock has been tendered and not withdrawn as of the
Expiration Date, the Company may elect to accept for exchange such shares of
Preferred Stock in whole, or in the alternative, to not accept any such shares
for exchange. In the event that the Requisite Votes are received at the Annual
Meeting, then, immediately upon the filing of the Preferred Stock Amendment with
the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and as a result of the Preferred
Stock Reclassification, each outstanding share of Preferred Stock (inclusive of
accrued and unpaid dividends) will be automatically reclassified and changed
into 3.25 shares of Common Stock. If the Preferred Stock Amendment is not
adopted, shares of Preferred Stock that are not exchanged in the Exchange Offer
will remain outstanding, and (i) quarterly dividends payable on the Preferred
Stock shall continue to accrue on such shares of Preferred Stock; (ii) Holders
of Preferred Stock will continue to have a liquidation preference of $20 per
share in the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company;
and (iii) until all dividend arrearages on the Preferred Stock have been
eliminated (a) the Holders of such shares will have the right, voting separately
as a class, to elect two directors to the Company's Board of Directors at the
next annual meeting of stockholders (and at each successive annual meeting
thereafter) and (b) each of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall, at
the option of the holder thereof, continue to be exchangeable into two shares of
Common Stock in accordance with the terms of the Preferred Stock Designation.
See "Election of Directors"; "The Preferred Stock Amendment" and "Annex A --
Description of Preferred Stock." Holders of Common Stock of the Company will be
diluted upon consummation of the Exchange Offer. See "Background; Purposes and
Effects of the Exchange Offer -- Dilution". However, the Company believes that
the value of the Common Stock issued in the Exchange Offer or the Preferred
Stock Reclassification, as the case may be, should reflect the reduction or
elimination of accumulated dividends on the Preferred Stock, the extinguishment
of future dividend payments and the reduction or elimination of the Preferred
Stock liquidation preference, as the case may be.
    
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
    The Company previously proposed an exchange offer for its 8 7/8% Convertible
Subordinated Debentures due 2006 (the "Debentures") in 1991, which was later
withdrawn, and an exchange offer for its $4.94 Exchangeable Preferred Stock, $38
liquidation preference per share (the "Old Preferred Stock"), which was
consummated in April, 1992 (the "1992 Preferred Stock Exchange") with the
issuance of shares of the Preferred Stock and Common Stock. The Company is
currently seeking to restructure its balance sheet through a variety of
strategies, including the Exchange Offer and Stock Solicitation. See
"Background; Purposes and Effects of the Exchange Offer -- Background" and "--
Recent Developments."
 
    The terms of the Exchange Offer were developed by management of the Company
in consultation with the Company's financial advisor, Patricof, and have been
approved by the Board of Directors upon recommendation by an independent
committee of the Board of Directors (the "Independent Committee"). The Board of
Directors, members of the Company's management and representatives of Corporate
Capital held discussions with the Independent Committee and its counsel in
developing the terms of the Exchange Offer. See "Background; Purposes and
Effects of the Exchange Offer -- Background"; "-- Determinations of the Board of
Directors" and "-- Fairness Opinions."
 
   
    In order for the Company to meet certain of its obligations and to improve
its financial position, the Company pursued and is pursuing actions to provide
additional cash infusions, including the sale of selected assets and operations
of the Company ("Dispositions"). On May 28, 1996, the Company entered into an
agreement with Kalamazoo Computer Group, plc, a public limited company organized
under the laws of England ("Kalamazoo"), providing for the sale by Datapoint to
Kalamazoo of Datapoint's European based Automotive Dealer Management Systems
business ("EADS") for a purchase price of approximately $33.0 million.
    
 
   
    Of the approximately $29.4 million net proceeds received from the above
sale, the Company paid $850,000 to satisfy and discharge in full the outstanding
senior secured indebtedness owing to the CIT Group/Credit Finance ("CIT") and
paid Northern Telecom Inc. ("NTI"), one of its two generally secured creditors,
$2.2 million representing the two deferred principal payments on secured debt
which were due in December 1994 and December 1995, as well as accrued and unpaid
interest. In addition, the proceeds from the Kalamazoo transaction enabled the
Company to pay by June 30, 1996 (within the 30-day grace period measured from
June 1, 1996) the $2.857 million interest payment on the Debentures. On July 1,
1996, Datapoint entered into an agreement with NTI pursuant to which Datapoint
paid $5.05 million to NTI in full satisfaction of all amounts due and to be due
under a 1992 agreement Datapoint had entered into with NTI to resolve a patent
dispute. The prepayment agreement relieves the Company of its obligation to make
annual $1 million payments to NTI that commenced in December 1993 and of which
seven payments remained to be made, as well as certain contingent payment
obligations. The balance of the proceeds from the sale of EADS will be utilized
by Datapoint for working capital purposes and to pay other obligations of the
Company. This may include, from time to time, repurchasing in the public market
or in privately negotiated transactions the Debentures or otherwise reducing
existing debt owed by the Company to its creditor groups. See "Background;
Purposes and Effects of the Exchange Offer -- Recent Developments."
    
 
    For a summary description of certain pro forma financial effects of the
Exchange Offer, including after giving effect to certain of the Dispositions,
see "Pro Forma Unaudited Financial Information." For a description of the
consequences to the Holders of Preferred Stock whose shares of Preferred Stock
are not tendered and exchanged in the Exchange Offer in the event the Preferred
Stock Amendment is not adopted, see "Risk Factors -- Risks Associated With
Retention of the Preferred Stock -- Certain Consequences to Non-Tendering
Holders" and "Background; Purposes and Effects of the Exchange Offer -- Certain
Consequences to Holders of Preferred Stock That Is Not Exchanged."
 
               COMPARISON OF THE PREFERRED STOCK AND COMMON STOCK
 
    The terms of the Common Stock differ from the terms of the Preferred Stock
in certain respects, including dividend rights and rights on liquidation of the
Company. For a discussion of the terms of the Common Stock, see "Description of
Common Stock." The terms of the Preferred Stock are described in Annex A to this
Proxy Statement/Prospectus.
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    Retention of the Preferred Stock or investment in the Common Stock, as the
case may be, is subject to a number of material risks. Prior to deciding whether
to accept the offer of Common Stock in the Exchange Offer and/or to vote for the
Preferred Stock Amendment, each Holder should carefully consider all of the
information contained in this Proxy Statement/Prospectus, especially the factors
mentioned in "Risk Factors." For a further discussion of considerations relating
solely to the retention of the Preferred Stock in the event the Preferred Stock
Amendment is not adopted, see "Background; Purposes and Effects of the Exchange
Offer -- Certain Consequences to Holders of Preferred Stock That Is Not
Exchanged."
 
                               THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                      <C>
The Exchange Offer.....................  For each share of Preferred Stock, $20 liquidation
                                         preference per share: 3.25 shares of Common Stock.
                                         If the Requisite Votes are received at the Annual
                                         Meeting then, as a result of the adoption of the
                                         Preferred Stock Amendment and immediately upon
                                         filing of the Preferred Stock Amendment with the
                                         Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, all
                                         shares of Preferred Stock will be subject to the
                                         Preferred Stock Amendment and each share (inclusive
                                         of accrued and unpaid dividends) will be
                                         automatically reclassified as and changed into 3.25
                                         shares of Common Stock, regardless of whether the
                                         holder thereof voted therefor.
Dividends..............................  The Company has not paid the nine regularly
                                         scheduled quarterly dividends payable on the
                                         Preferred Stock accumulated from and including
                                         October 15, 1994 through and including October 15,
                                         1996, aggregating approximately $4.2 million ($2.23
                                         per share of Preferred Stock). Quarterly dividends
                                         on the Preferred Stock currently accrue at a rate
                                         of approximately $467,000 per quarter ($.25 per
                                         share). Holders of Preferred Stock whose shares are
                                         tendered and exchanged in the Exchange Offer will
                                         relinquish their right to (i) receive any accrued
                                         and unpaid dividends on the Preferred Stock; (ii)
                                         elect two directors to the Board of Directors of
                                         the Company at the next annual meeting of
                                         stockholders and each successive annual meeting
                                         thereafter until such dividend arrearage is
                                         eliminated; and (iii) receive the liquidation
                                         preference of $20 per share in the event of the
                                         liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
                                         Company. See "The Exchange Offer -- Dividends on
                                         Preferred Stock"; "Election of Directors" and "Risk
                                         Factors -- Risks Associated With Investment in the
                                         Exchange Consideration."
Election of Directors..................  At the Annual Meeting, the Holders of Preferred
                                         Stock have the right to elect two directors to the
                                         Board of Directors in connection with Election
                                         Right. In the event that the Preferred Stock
                                         Reclassification is consummated, the Preferred
                                         Directors will remain in their capacities as
                                         directors until the completion of their term or
                                         until their earlier resignation or removal. In the
                                         event that the Preferred Stock Reclassification is
                                         not consummated, Holders of Preferred Stock whose
                                         shares are not exchanged
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                      <C>
                                         in the Exchange Offer shall have the right, voting
                                         separately as a class, to elect two directors to
                                         the Board of Directors at the next annual meeting
                                         of stockholders (and at each successive annual
                                         meeting thereafter until all the dividend
                                         arrearages on the Preferred Stock have been
                                         eliminated). See "Election of Directors."
Liquidation Preference Outstanding.....  As of October 18, 1996, there were approximately
                                         415 record holders of Preferred Stock, and there
                                         was outstanding approximately $41.5 million
                                         aggregate liquidation preference (1,868,056 shares)
                                         (which includes accumulated but unpaid dividends of
                                         approximately $4.2 million through and including
                                         October 15, 1996) of Preferred Stock. Holders of
                                         Preferred Stock whose shares are tendered and
                                         exchanged in the Exchange Offer will relinquish
                                         their right to receive any liquidation preference
                                         with respect to such shares in the event of the
                                         liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
                                         Company.
Conditions to Exchange Offer...........  The consummation of the Exchange Offer is
                                         conditioned on, among other things, there not
                                         having occurred certain material changes in the
                                         business or financial affairs of the Company. See
                                         "The Exchange Offer -- Conditions."
Certain Consequences to Holders of
 Preferred Stock That Is Not
 Exchanged.............................  If the Requisite Votes are not received at the
                                         Annual Meeting and the Company accepts for tender
                                         those shares of Preferred Stock that were tendered
                                         and not withdrawn in the Exchange Offer, certain
                                         adverse consequences may occur to Holders of
                                         Preferred Stock whose shares are not tendered and
                                         exchanged in the Exchange Offer, including the
                                         following: (i) the trading market for untendered
                                         and unexchanged shares of Preferred Stock may
                                         become more limited, which may affect the liquidity
                                         and market price of the Preferred Stock and (ii)
                                         the Company may determine not to pay dividends on
                                         the Preferred Stock as a result of its financial
                                         position, and as such, the dividend arrearages on
                                         the Preferred Stock will continue to accumulate and
                                         remain unpaid and negatively impact the Company's
                                         ability to improve its financial position. However,
                                         Holders of shares of Preferred Stock not exchanged
                                         in the Exchange Offer will (i) until all dividend
                                         arrearages on the Preferred Stock are eliminated,
                                         have the right to (a) elect two directors of the
                                         Company at the next annual meeting of stockholders
                                         and at all successive annual meetings thereafter,
                                         voting separately as a class, and (b) exchange each
                                         share of Preferred Stock (inclusive of accrued and
                                         unpaid dividends) for two shares of Common Stock;
                                         (ii) continue to be entitled to a $20 liquidation
                                         preference, plus an amount equal to accrued and
                                         unpaid dividends, in the event of the liquidation,
                                         dissolution or winding up of the Company; and (iii)
                                         continue to be senior to any claims of the Holders
                                         of Common Stock, including Common Stock issued in
                                         the Exchange Offer, in the event of the bankruptcy,
                                         liquidation or reorganization of the Company. See
                                         "Risk Factors --
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                      <C>
                                         Risks Associated With Retention of the Preferred
                                         Stock" and "Background; Purposes and Effects of the
                                         Exchange Offer -- Certain Consequences to Holders
                                         of Preferred Stock That Is Not Exchanged."
 
                                     THE ANNUAL MEETING
 
Date, Time and Place of Annual
 Meeting...............................  The Annual Meeting of Stockholders of the Company
                                         will be held on December 10, 1996, at 9:00 a.m.,
                                         local time, at The University Club, One West 54th
                                         Street, New York, New York. The holders of a
                                         majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock
                                         entitled to vote must be present at the meeting in
                                         person or by proxy to constitute a quorum for the
                                         transaction of business by the Holders of Common
                                         Stock. The holders of a majority of the outstanding
                                         shares of Preferred Stock must be present in person
                                         or by proxy to constitute a quorum for the
                                         transaction of business by the Holders of Preferred
                                         Stock.
Record Date............................  Only Holders of shares of Preferred Stock and
                                         Common Stock at the close of business on October
                                         31, 1996 (the "Record Date") are entitled to notice
                                         of the Annual Meeting and only Holders of record of
                                         shares of Preferred Stock and Common Stock on the
                                         Record Date or any persons who have obtained a
                                         properly completed proxy from such record holders
                                         are entitled to vote at the Annual Meeting.
Purposes of the Annual Meeting.........  (1) Election of eight directors, six directors by
                                         holders of Common Stock, voting separately as a
                                         class, and two directors by holders of Preferred
                                         Stock, voting separately as a class, (2) To
                                         consider and vote upon the approval and adoption of
                                         the Preferred Stock Amendment; (3) Ratification of
                                         the appointment of Ernst & Young LLP as the
                                         Company's independent auditors for fiscal year
                                         1997; (4) To consider and vote upon the Company's
                                         1996 Director Stock Option Plan and the 1996
                                         Employee Stock Option Plan; and (5) Transaction of
                                         such other business as may properly come before the
                                         Annual Meeting or any adjournment thereof. See
                                         "Election of Directors"; "The Preferred Stock
                                         Amendment"; "Ratification and Appointment of
                                         Auditors"; "1996 Director Stock Option Plan" and
                                         "1996 Employee Stock Option Plan."
Vote Required..........................  A plurality vote of the shares of Preferred Stock
                                         represented at the Annual Meeting and entitled to
                                         vote is required to elect the persons nominated as
                                         Preferred Directors. A plurality vote of the shares
                                         of Common Stock represented at the Annual Meeting
                                         and entitled to vote is required to elect the
                                         persons nominated as directors to be elected by the
                                         Holders of Common Stock. The affirmative vote of
                                         the Holders of at least (i) two-thirds in number of
                                         the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting
                                         separately as a class, and (ii) a majority in
                                         number of the outstanding shares of Common Stock,
                                         voting separately as a class, is
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                      <C>
                                         required to approve the Preferred Stock Amendment.
                                         The affirmative vote of the Holders of at least a
                                         majority in number of the shares of Common Stock
                                         represented at the Annual Meeting and entitled to
                                         vote is required to ratify the appointment of
                                         auditors, to approve the adoption of the stock
                                         option plans, and to approve all other business
                                         that may come before the meeting.
                                         On October 18, 1996, there were approximately
                                         1,868,056 shares of Preferred Stock and
                                         approximately 13,931,640 shares of Common Stock
                                         outstanding and entitled to vote at the Annual
                                         Meeting, which shares were held of record by
                                         approximately 415 Holders and 3,128 Holders,
                                         respectively. Holders of Preferred Stock are
                                         entitled to cast one vote per share of Preferred
                                         Stock, either in person or by properly executed
                                         proxy. Holders of Common Stock are entitled to cast
                                         one vote per share of Common Stock, either in
                                         person or by properly executed proxy. As of October
                                         18, 1996, Asher B. Edelman, Chairman of the Board
                                         of the Company, and corporations and partnership
                                         with which he is affiliated are the beneficial
                                         owners of an aggregate of approximately 24.9% of
                                         the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock and
                                         approximately 11.7% of the outstanding shares of
                                         Common Stock, and all of the other executive
                                         officers and directors of the Company as a group
                                         are the beneficial owners of an aggregate of
                                         approximately an additional 1.6% of the outstanding
                                         shares of Preferred Stock and approximately an
                                         additional 2.8% of the outstanding shares of Common
                                         Stock (in each case excluding shares also
                                         beneficially owned by Mr. Edelman). Mr. Edelman and
                                         the corporations and partnerships with which he is
                                         affiliated and the other officers and directors of
                                         the Company have indicated their present intention
                                         to tender their shares of Preferred Stock in the
                                         Exchange Offer and to vote in favor of the
                                         Preferred Stock Amendment. See "Security Ownership
                                         of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management."
 
                               THE PREFERRED STOCK AMENDMENT
 
Votes Required to Adopt the Proposed
 Amendment.............................  Approval of the Preferred Stock Amendment requires
                                         the affirmative vote of the Holders of at least (i)
                                         two-thirds in number of the outstanding shares of
                                         Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class, and
                                         (ii) a majority in number of the outstanding shares
                                         of Common Stock, voting separately as a class.
                                         Abstentions and broker "non-votes" will be
                                         considered in determining the presence of a quorum
                                         but will not be counted as a vote cast for the
                                         proposed amendment, and as such will have the same
                                         effect as a vote against the Preferred Stock
                                         Amendment.
The Preferred Stock Amendment..........  The Preferred Stock Amendment would add a provision
                                         to the Charter that would, upon the filing of the
                                         Preferred Stock Amendment with the Secretary of
                                         State of the State of Delaware, automatically
                                         reclassify and change each share
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                      <C>
                                         of Preferred Stock (inclusive of accrued and unpaid
                                         dividends) into 3.25 shares of Common Stock. The
                                         Company will commence exchange of certificates
                                         representing shares of Preferred Stock in
                                         accordance with the terms of the Preferred Stock
                                         Amendment immediately upon the filing of the
                                         Preferred Stock Amendment with the Secretary of
                                         State of the State of Delaware, assuming the
                                         Preferred Stock Amendment is adopted and the
                                         Preferred Stock Reclassification is consummated.
                                         The Preferred Stock Amendment will eliminate all
                                         outstanding Preferred Stock. Such elimination of
                                         the Preferred Stock will eliminate accumulated
                                         dividends, future dividend payment requirements,
                                         the liquidation preference and the future right of
                                         holders of Preferred Stock to elect two directors
                                         to the Company's Board of Directors.
                                         Notwithstanding the approval of the Preferred Stock
                                         Amendment at the Annual Meeting, the Board of
                                         Directors reserves the right to abandon filing the
                                         Preferred Stock Amendment and consummation of the
                                         Preferred Stock Reclassification.
 
                                          GENERAL
 
Expiration Date........................  The Expiration Date for the Exchange Offer will be
                                         9:00 a.m., New York City time, on December 10,
                                         1996, unless extended, in which case the term
                                         "Expiration Date" shall mean the last date to which
                                         the Exchange Offer is extended. See "The Exchange
                                         Offer -- Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendments."
Holders................................  The term "Holder" means any person in whose name
                                         shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock are
                                         registered on the books of the Company on the
                                         Record Date or any person who has obtained a
                                         properly completed stock power and/or a proxy from
                                         the registered holder thereof.
How to Tender Preferred Stock in the
 Exchange Offer........................  A Holder electing to tender Preferred Stock in the
                                         Exchange Offer should either (i) complete and sign
                                         the Letter of Transmittal, have the signatures
                                         thereon guaranteed if required by Instruction 4
                                         thereof and mail or deliver such Letter of
                                         Transmittal with the Preferred Stock and any other
                                         required documents to the Depositary at one of the
                                         addresses set forth on the back cover page of this
                                         Proxy Statement/Prospectus, or effect a tender of
                                         Preferred Stock pursuant to the procedures for
                                         book-entry transfer as set forth under "The
                                         Exchange Offer -- How to Tender Preferred Stock in
                                         the Exchange Offer", or (ii) request its broker,
                                         dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other
                                         nominee to effect the transaction for it. Holders
                                         will not be obligated to pay any brokerage
                                         commissions or solicitation fees in connection with
                                         the Exchange Offer. Holders of Preferred Stock may
                                         submit a proxy for vote at the Annual Meeting or
                                         vote in person at the Annual Meeting regardless
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                      <C>
                                         of whether such Holder tendered its shares of
                                         Preferred Stock in the Exchange Offer. See "The
                                         Exchange Offer -- How to Tender Preferred Stock in
                                         the Exchange Offer."
How to Vote Preferred Stock in the
 Stock Solicitation....................  A Holder of Preferred Stock desiring to vote in the
                                         Stock Solicitation should complete and sign the
                                         YELLOW proxy card and mail or deliver such proxy to
                                         the Depositary at one of the addresses set forth on
                                         the back cover page of this Proxy
                                         Statement/Prospectus. Holders of Preferred Stock
                                         may also vote their shares of Preferred Stock in
                                         person at the Annual Meeting. Holders of Preferred
                                         Stock whose purchase has been registered after the
                                         Record Date and who wish to vote at the Annual
                                         Meeting must arrange with their seller to receive a
                                         proxy from the holder of record on the Record Date
                                         of such Preferred Stock. Holders of Preferred Stock
                                         may submit a proxy for vote at the Annual Meeting
                                         or vote in person at the Annual Meeting regardless
                                         of whether such Holder tendered its shares of
                                         Preferred Stock in the Exchange Offer. See "The
                                         Exchange Offer -- How to Vote Preferred Stock in
                                         the Stock Solicitation."
How to Vote Common Stock in the Stock
 Solicitation..........................  A Holder of Common Stock desiring to vote in the
                                         Stock Solicitation should complete and sign the
                                         WHITE proxy card and mail or deliver such proxy to
                                         the Depositary at one of the addresses set forth on
                                         the back cover page of this Proxy
                                         Statement/Prospectus. Holders of Common Stock may
                                         also vote their shares of Common Stock in person at
                                         the Annual Meeting. Holders of Common Stock whose
                                         purchase has been registered after the Record Date
                                         and who wish to vote at the Annual Meeting must
                                         arrange with their seller to receive a proxy from
                                         the holder of record on the Record Date of such
                                         Common Stock. See "The Exchange Offer -- How to
                                         Vote Common Stock in the Stock Solicitation."
Withdrawal Rights and Revocation.......  Tenders of shares of Preferred Stock may be
                                         withdrawn at any time until the Expiration Date.
                                         Notwithstanding the foregoing, tenders of shares of
                                         Preferred Stock may also be withdrawn after the
                                         expiration of forty business days from the date
                                         hereof, if such Shares have not yet been accepted
                                         for payment. Stock Proxies with respect to the
                                         Preferred Stock Amendment may be revoked at any
                                         time until the Preferred Stock Amendment has been
                                         approved at the Annual Meeting. See "The Exchange
                                         Offer -- Withdrawal of Tenders and Revocation of
                                         Proxies."
Acceptance of Preferred Stock and
 Delivery of Common Stock..............  Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of all
                                         conditions of the Exchange Offer, if the Preferred
                                         Stock Amendment is not adopted, the Company will
                                         accept for exchange such Preferred Stock validly
                                         tendered and not withdrawn as of the Expiration
                                         Date, provided that at least 66 2/3% of the
                                         outstanding shares of Preferred Stock has been
                                         tendered
</TABLE>
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                      <C>
                                         and not withdrawn as of the Expiration Date. If
                                         less than 66 2/3% of the outstanding shares of
                                         Preferred Stock has been tendered and not withdrawn
                                         as of the Expiration Date, the Company may elect to
                                         accept for exchange such shares of Preferred Stock
                                         in whole, or in the alternative, to not accept any
                                         such shares for exchange. The Common Stock will be
                                         delivered in exchange for the tendered Preferred
                                         Stock accepted in the Exchange Offer promptly after
                                         acceptance on the Expiration Date. If the Preferred
                                         Stock Amendment is adopted and the Preferred Stock
                                         Reclassification is consummated, the Common Stock
                                         will be delivered in exchange for certificates
                                         representing the Preferred Stock promptly after the
                                         filing of the Preferred Stock Amendment with the
                                         Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in
                                         accordance with the terms of the Preferred Stock
                                         Amendment. See "The Exchange Offer -- General."
Fractional Shares of Common Stock......  No fractional shares of Common Stock will be issued
                                         in the Exchange Offer. Each person otherwise
                                         entitled to a fractional share of Common Stock will
                                         receive a payment in cash in lieu of such
                                         fractional share based upon the average of the high
                                         and low prices of the Common Stock on the NYSE on
                                         the Expiration Date. See "The Exchange Offer --
                                         General."
Dilution...............................  Assuming the Preferred Stock Amendment is adopted
                                         and all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock are
                                         reclassified as and converted into shares of Common
                                         Stock, the equity interest of the current holders
                                         of Common Stock will be diluted to approximately
                                         70% of the total of issued and outstanding shares
                                         of Common Stock. Assuming the 50% Tender
                                         Assumption, the equity interest of the current
                                         Holders of Common Stock will be diluted to
                                         approximately 82% of the total of issued and
                                         outstanding shares of Common Stock. See
                                         "Background; Purposes and Effects of the Exchange
                                         Offer -- Dilution".
Dissenters' Rights.....................  Holders of Preferred Stock and Holders of Common
                                         Stock who do not vote for the Preferred Stock
                                         Amendment will not have dissenters' rights under
                                         applicable state law or under the Company's
                                         Certificate of Incorporation, nor will dissenters'
                                         rights be voluntarily accorded to Holders of
                                         Preferred Stock or Holders of Common Stock in
                                         connection with the Exchange Offer.
Federal Income Tax Consequences........  For a discussion of certain federal income tax
                                         consequences of (i) the Exchange Offer and the
                                         Preferred Stock Reclassification to Holders of
                                         Preferred Stock, and (ii) the Exchange Offer and
                                         the Preferred Stock Reclassification to the
                                         Company, see "Certain Federal Income Tax
                                         Considerations."
Market and Trading Information for
 Preferred Stock and Common Stock......  The Preferred Stock and Common Stock are each
                                         currently listed on the NYSE. As of October 18,
                                         1996, there were approximately 3,128 record holders
                                         and 13,931,640
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                      <C>
                                         outstanding shares of Common Stock and
                                         approximately 415 record holders and 1,868,056
                                         outstanding shares of Preferred Stock. There can be
                                         no assurance that an active market for the
                                         Preferred Stock will continue following
                                         consummation of the Exchange Offer if the Preferred
                                         Stock Amendment is not adopted and no assurance can
                                         be given as to the prices at which the Preferred
                                         Stock and Common Stock might be traded or that the
                                         Preferred Stock will continue to be listed on the
                                         NYSE or any other national securities exchange.
                                         With respect to the Common Stock, see "Risk Factors
                                         -- Risks Associated with Investment in the Exchange
                                         Consideration -- Leverage and Liquidity"; "--
                                         Potential Impact on the Market Price of Common
                                         Stock as a Result of Consummation of the Exchange
                                         Offer"; and "-- Value of Common Stock Received".
                                         With respect to the Preferred Stock, See "Risk
                                         Factors -- Risks Associated with Retention of the
                                         Preferred Stock -- NYSE Listing" and "-- Certain
                                         Consequences to Non-Tendering Holders." See also
                                         "Market Prices for Preferred Stock and Common
                                         Stock."
Solicitation Agent.....................  Shareholder Communications Corporation is serving
                                         as Solicitation Agent in connection with the
                                         Exchange Offer. Its telephone number is (800)
                                         733-8481 Ext. 402. Requests for additional copies
                                         of this Proxy Statement/Prospectus, the Preferred
                                         Stock Proxy and Letter of Transmittal and the
                                         Common Stock Proxy should be directed to the
                                         Solicitation Agent at its address and telephone
                                         number set forth on the back of this Proxy
                                         Statement/Prospectus.
Depositary.............................  Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company has been
                                         appointed as Depositary for the Exchange Offer.
                                         Questions and requests for assistance may be
                                         directed to the Depositary at (212) 509-4000 Ext.
                                         227.
Further Information....................  For further information, contact Gerald N.
                                         Agranoff, Vice President and General Counsel of the
                                         Company, at (210) 593-7000.
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
   
                           HISTORICAL CAPITALIZATION
    
 
   
    The following table sets forth the capitalization of the Company as of July
27, 1996 and as adjusted to give effect to the Exchange Offer as though it had
been consummated on July 27, 1996. The adjustments give effect to the Exchange
Offer under the 50% Tender Assumption and the 100% Conversion Assumption. The
information below should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial
Statements and the Pro Forma Unaudited Financial Information and related notes
appearing elsewhere herein.
    
 
   
                                 CAPITALIZATION
                             DATAPOINT CORPORATION
                                 JULY 27, 1996
                                  (Unaudited)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             AS ADJUSTED FOR 50%      AS ADJUSTED FOR 100%
                                                                              TENDER ASSUMPTION       CONVERSION ASSUMPTION
                                                                           -----------------------   -----------------------
                                                                                            AS                        AS
(IN THOUSANDS)                                                HISTORICAL   ADJUSTMENTS   ADJUSTED    ADJUSTMENTS   ADJUSTED
                                                              ----------   -----------   ---------   -----------   ---------
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>           <C>         <C>           <C>
Short term debt:
                                                               $   9,831                  $ 9,831                  $  9,831
Long term debt (including current maturities):
  8 7/8% Convertible Subordinated Debentures................      63,652                   63,652                    63,652
Real estate notes...........................................         530                      530                       530
  Other obligations.........................................       1,220                    1,220                     1,220
  Foreign loan..............................................       1,657                    1,657                     1,657
                                                              ----------                 ---------                 ---------
                                                                  67,059                   67,059                    67,059
                                                              ----------                 ---------                 ---------
Stockholders' deficit:
  $1.00 Preferred Stock, $1.00 par value....................       1,868    $   (934)A        934     $ (1,868)A          0
  Common Stock, $.25 par value..............................       5,248         759A       6,007        1,518A       6,766
  Other equity (deficit)....................................     (62,318)        175A     (62,143)         350A     (61,968)
                                                              ----------       -----     ---------   -----------   ---------
    Total stockholders' deficit.............................     (55,202)          0      (55,202)           0      (55,202)
                                                              ----------       -----     ---------   -----------   ---------
Total capitalization........................................   $  21,688    $      0      $21,688     $      0     $ 21,688
                                                              ----------       -----     ---------   -----------   ---------
                                                              ----------       -----     ---------   -----------   ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    A.  This adjustment represents the issuance of shares of Common Stock held
in the treasury pursuant to the 50% Tender Assumption and the 100% Conversion
Assumption. Under both assumptions, each share of Preferred Stock was converted
into 3.25 shares of Common Stock.
    
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXPECT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   FISCAL YEARS
                                                                                       -------------------------------------
                                                                                          1996         1995         1994
                                                                                       -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                                    <C>          <C>          <C>
OPERATING RESULTS FOR THE FISCAL YEAR
  Total revenue......................................................................  $   179,541  $   174,901  $   172,936
  Operating income (loss)............................................................        1,017      (18,232)     (81,021)
  Income (loss) before extraordinary credits.........................................       19,015      (28,343)     (94,765)
  Net income (loss)..................................................................       19,342      (28,343)     (93,425)
  Net income (loss) per common share:
    Before extraordinary credit and effect of change in accounting principle.........         1.27        (2.29)       (6.69)
    After extraordinary credit and effect of change in accounting principle..........         1.30        (2.29)       (6.60)
  Net income per common share assuming full dilution:
    Before extraordinary credit and effect of change in accounting principle.........         1.11          n/a          n/a
    After extraordinary credit.......................................................         1.13          n/a          n/a
FINANCIAL POSITION AT END OF FISCAL YEAR
  Current assets.....................................................................  $    69,995  $    67,506  $    79,915
  Fixed asset, net...................................................................       14,625       18,877       29,088
  Total assets.......................................................................       93,818      101,751      127,434
  Current liabilities................................................................       76,965      100,256       98,202
  Long-term debt.....................................................................       63,945       64,923       70,561
  Stockholders' equity (deficit).....................................................      (55,202)     (74,116)     (50,761)
FINANCIAL CONDITION
  Working capital....................................................................  $    (6,970) $   (32,750) $   (18,287)
  Current ratio......................................................................      .9 to 1      .7 to 1      .8 to 1
  Long-term debt-to-equity ratio.....................................................           (1)          (1)          (1)
  Long-term debt as % of total invested capital......................................           (1)          (1)          (1)
Other information
  Average common shares outstanding..................................................   13,455,878   13,194,667   14,430,574
  Number of common stockholders......................................................        3,142        3,274        3,378
  Preferred shares outstanding.......................................................    1,868,071    1,846,456    1,784,456
  Dividends paid or accumulated on preferred stock...................................  $     1,885  $     1,815  $     1,784
  Number of employees................................................................          705          991        1,444
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                                          1993         1992
                                                                                       -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                                    <C>          <C>
OPERATING RESULTS FOR THE FISCAL YEAR
  Total revenue......................................................................  $   208,344  $   255,243
  Operating income (loss)............................................................       (1,258)       6,655
  Income (loss) before extraordinary credits.........................................      (11,859)     (10,409)
  Net income (loss)..................................................................      (11,260)      (8,756)
  Net income (loss) per common share:
    Before extraordinary credit and effect of change in accounting principle.........         (.97)       (1.62)
    After extraordinary credit and effect of change in accounting principle..........         (.93)       (1.47)
  Net income per common share assuming full dilution:
    Before extraordinary credit and effect of change in accounting principle.........          n/a          n/a
    After extraordinary credit.......................................................          n/a          n/a
FINANCIAL POSITION AT END OF FISCAL YEAR
  Current assets.....................................................................  $    94,169  $   121,991
  Fixed asset, net...................................................................       27,950       34,533
  Total assets.......................................................................      202,275      248,813
  Current liabilities................................................................       74,759       90,581
  Long-term debt.....................................................................       71,551       66,101
  Stockholders' equity (deficit).....................................................       47,021       74,835
FINANCIAL CONDITION
  Working capital....................................................................  $    19,410  $    31,410
  Current ratio......................................................................     1.3 to 1     1.3 to 1
  Long-term debt-to-equity ratio.....................................................     1.5 to 1     .88 to 1
  Long-term debt as % of total invested capital......................................           60%          47%
Other information
  Average common shares outstanding..................................................   14,081,964   11,093,431
  Number of common stockholders......................................................        3,710        3,877
  Preferred shares outstanding.......................................................    1,784,456    1,784,456
  Dividends paid or accumulated on preferred stock...................................  $     1,784  $     7,601
  Number of employees................................................................        1,528        1,777
</TABLE>
    
 
No cash dividends on common stock have been declared during the five-year
period.
   
Net income for 1996 includes a gain of $32.2 million resulting from a
divestiture.
    
- ------------------------
(1) The Company was in a deficit equity position for these periods.
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
                    UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
   
    On June 25, 1996, the Company sold its European based Auto Dealer Systems
business ("EADS") to Kalamazoo Computer Group, plc ("Kalamazoo") for $33 million
less certain adjustments and escrow deposits. The accompanying unaudited Pro
Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended July 27,
1996 have been prepared to give effect to the Exchange Offer and the sale
referred to above as though each had been consummated on July 30, 1995. The
adjustments give effect to the Exchange Offer under the 50% Tender Assumption
and the 100% Conversion Assumption. The pro forma financial information does not
purport to be indicative of the results which would actually have been obtained
had the Exchange Offer and the sale of EADS to Kalamazoo been completed as of
the assumed date and for the period presented or which may be obtained in the
future and should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial
Statements of the Company and the related notes appearing elsewhere herein.
    
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
   
                             DATAPOINT CORPORATION
            PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                            YEAR ENDED JULY 27, 1996
                                  (UNAUDITED)
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                        100%
                                                                                                                     CONVERSION
                                                                                        50% TENDER ASSUMPTION        ASSUMPTION
                                                                                     ----------------------------   ------------
                                                                        HISTORICAL   ADJUSTMENTS      PRO FORMA     ADJUSTMENTS
                                                                        -----------  ------------   -------------   ------------
                                                                           (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                                                     <C>          <C>            <C>             <C>
Revenue:
  Sales...............................................................     $ 98,876    $ (3,679)A        $ 95,197     $ (3,679)A
  Service.............................................................       80,665     (13,349)A          67,316      (13,349)A
                                                                        -----------  ------------   -------------   ------------
    Total Revenue.....................................................      179,541     (17,028)          162,513      (17,028)
Operating Cost and Expenses:
  Cost of Sales.......................................................       72,483                        72,483
  Cost of Service and Other...........................................       51,524      (6,377)A          45,147       (6,377)A
  Research and Development............................................        2,661                         2,661
  Selling, General and Administrative.................................       51,593      (7,537)A          41,356       (7,537)A
                                                                                         (2,700)B                       (2,700)B
  Reorganization/Restructuring Costs..................................          263                           263
                                                                        -----------  ------------   -------------   ------------
    Total Operating Costs and Expenses................................      178,524     (16,614)          161,910      (16,614)
Operating Income (Loss):..............................................        1,017        (414)              603         (414)
                                                                        -----------  ------------   -------------   ------------
Non-Operating Income (Expense):
  Interest Expense....................................................       (8,619)                       (8,619)
Realized gain on sale of EADS.........................................       32,200     (32,200)B               0      (32,200)B
  Other, Net..........................................................       (1,891)       (712)B          (2,603)        (712)B
                                                                        -----------  ------------   -------------   ------------
    Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes and Extraordinary Credit........       22,707     (33,326)          (10,619)     (33,326)
Income Taxes..........................................................        3,692        (272)A             261         (272)A
                                                                                         (3,159)B                       (3,159)B
                                                                        -----------  ------------   -------------   ------------
    Income (Loss) Before Extraordinary Credit.........................       19,015     (29,895)          (10,880)     (29,895)
    Extraordinary Credit-Debt Extinguishment..........................          327                           327
                                                                        -----------  ------------   -------------   ------------
    Net Income (loss).................................................     $ 19,342   $ (29,895)        $ (10,553)   $ (29,895)
                                                                        -----------  ------------   -------------   ------------
                                                                        -----------  ------------   -------------   ------------
Net Income (Loss) Less
 Preferred Stock Dividends............................................     $ 17,457                     $ (11,496)
                                                                        -----------                 -------------
                                                                        -----------                 -------------
Net Income (Loss) Per Common Share:
    Before Extraordinary Credit.......................................        $1.27                        $(0.72)
    Extraordinary Credit-Debt Extinguishment..........................         0.03                          0.02
                                                                        -----------
      Net Income (Loss)...............................................        $1.30                        $(0.70)
 
Average Common Shares:................................................   13,455,878   3,035,616C       16,491,494    6,071,231C
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                          PRO FORMA
                                                                        --------------
 
<S>                                                                     <C>
Revenue:
  Sales...............................................................        $ 95,197
  Service.............................................................          67,416
                                                                        --------------
    Total Revenue.....................................................         162,513
Operating Cost and Expenses:
  Cost of Sales.......................................................          72,483
  Cost of Service and Other...........................................          45,147
  Research and Development............................................           2,661
  Selling, General and Administrative.................................          41,356
 
  Reorganization/Restructuring Costs..................................             263
                                                                        --------------
    Total Operating Costs and Expenses................................         161,910
Operating Income (Loss):..............................................             603
                                                                        --------------
Non-Operating Income (Expense):
  Interest Expense....................................................          (8,619)
Realized gain on sale of EADS.........................................               0
  Other, Net..........................................................          (2,603)
                                                                        --------------
    Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes and Extraordinary Credit........         (10,619)
Income Taxes..........................................................             261
 
                                                                        --------------
    Income (Loss) Before Extraordinary Credit.........................         (10,880)
    Extraordinary Credit-Debt Extinguishment..........................             327
                                                                        --------------
    Net Income (loss).................................................       $ (10,553)
                                                                        --------------
                                                                        --------------
Net Income (Loss) Less
 Preferred Stock Dividends............................................       $ (10,553)
                                                                        --------------
                                                                        --------------
Net Income (Loss) Per Common Share:
    Before Extraordinary Credit.......................................          $(0.56)
    Extraordinary Credit-Debt Extinguishment..........................            0.02
 
      Net Income (Loss)...............................................          $(0.54)
Average Common Shares:................................................      19,527,109
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    See accompanying notes to Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of
                                   Operations
    
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
                             DATAPOINT CORPORATION
                          NOTES TO PRO FORMA CONDENSED
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
   
    A. This adjustment eliminates the operations of the EADS business. As part
of the agreement in connection with the sale of the EADS business, the Company
agreed to continue to sell hardware to Kalamazoo at various discounts from its
normal hardware prices and to continue to provide hardware service maintenance
to Kalamazoo at a 15% discount from the Company's normal hardware service
maintenance prices. The pro forma adjustments reduce historical revenues by the
agreed upon discount. However, there can be no assurances that the future volume
levels will remain the same. Revenues related to the EADS business remaining in
the pro forma amounts are $12.6 million for the year ended July 27, 1996. The
Company transferred to Kalamazoo all of its employees who were dedicated to the
EADS business. Because the Company's accounting records do not segregate the
EADS business' historical performance, certain allocations were required based
upon employee effort analyses of EADS and other appropriate measures.
    
 
   
    B.  This adjustment eliminates the gain on the sale of the EADS business and
the direct effects of the transaction which include the estimated income taxes
due in certain of the Company's subsidiaries, accrued Management bonuses based
upon the Company's pre-tax profitability and certain incentives associated with
the sale of EADS, and the settlement of a pension liability related to the
transfer of employees in one of the Company's subsidiaries to Kalamazoo.
    
 
   
    C.  This adjustment represents the issuance of shares of Common Stock held
in treasury pursuant to the 50% Tender Assumption and 100% Conversion
Assumption. Under both assumptions, each share of Preferred Stock was converted
into 3.25 shares of Common Stock.
    
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    Retention of the Preferred Stock or investment in the Common Stock is
subject to a number of material risks, including those enumerated below. Prior
to deciding whether to accept the offer of Common Stock in the Exchange Offer
and/or to vote for the Preferred Stock Amendment, each Holder should carefully
consider all of the information contained in this Proxy Statement/Prospectus,
especially the factors described or cross-referenced in the following
paragraphs.
 
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE COMPANY IN GENERAL
 
FINANCIAL CONDITION OF THE COMPANY
 
   
    For the fiscal year ended July 27, 1996, the Company realized net income
after giving effect to preferred stock dividends accumulated of approximately
$17.5 million ($1.30 per share of Common Stock). For the previous fiscal years
ending July 29, 1995 and July 30, 1994 the Company incurred a net loss of $30.2
million ($2.29 per share of Common Stock), and $95.2 million ($6.60 per share of
Common Stock), respectively after giving effect to preferred stock dividends
paid or accumulated. The net results after giving effect to preferred stock
dividends paid or accumulated in such years included the amounts of dividends on
the Preferred Stock of approximately $1.885 million, $1.815 million, $1.784
million, respectively. With respect to fiscal years 1996 and 1995, approximately
$1.885 million and $1.815 million, respectively, of such dividends were
undeclared and unpaid at year end, resulting in cumulative dividends in arrears
of $3.7 million as of July 27, 1996.
    
 
   
    During 1996, the Company had total revenue of $179.5 million, an increase of
$4.6 million from the previous year. The increase was primarily attributable to
higher sales in certain of the Company's European subsidiaries offset by a
declining maintenance revenue base in the European subsidiaries and a favorable
impact of $2.2 million related to the weakening U.S. dollar when compared with
the same period a year ago. In addition, as a result of the full year
realization of the several cost cutting actions undertaken in the prior year,
operating expenses decreased $12.3 million. The combination of these two factors
resulted in the Company's achieving operating income during 1996 of $1.0
million.
    
 
   
    At July 27, 1996, the Company had outstanding long-term debt (including the
current portion thereof) on a consolidated basis of approximately $67.1 million,
having a debt service requirement of approximately $5.86 million over the
succeeding four quarters, all of which is payable in cash. The Company has not
paid the eight quarterly dividends on the Preferred Stock due from October 15,
1994 through and including July 15, 1996, aggregating approximately $3.7 million
with respect to the Preferred Stock outstanding as of July 27, 1996.
    
 
   
    At July 27, 1996, the Company had tax operating loss carryforwards
approximating $165 million and $28 million for federal and foreign tax purposes,
respectively, expiring in various amounts beginning in 2001 and 1997,
respectively. Federal long-term capital loss carryforwards of $1.5 million
expire in various amounts beginning in 1997. Utilization of the ordinary and
capital tax loss carryforwards is subject to limitation in the event of more
than 50% change in ownership of the Company. (See Note 4 to Consolidated
Financial Statements).
    
 
   
    During 1996, the Company pursued and is continuing to pursue actions to
provide cash infusions, including the sale of selected assets and operations of
the Company, to meet certain of its obligations and to improve its financial
position. In this regard, on May 28, 1996, the Company entered into an agreement
with Kalamazoo Computer Group, plc, a public limited company organized under the
laws of England, providing for the sale by Datapoint to Kalamazoo of EADS, other
than its United Kingdom operations, for the purchase price of $33.0 million.
After net liabilities transferred to Kalamazoo and other expenses related to the
sale, the Company's net cash proceeds were approximately $29.4 million. As part
of the agreement, the Company will continue to provide computer hardware and
hardware services to the EADS network, at various discounts, through a
subcontract agreement with Kalamazoo.
    
 
   
    Of the approximately $29.4 million proceeds (net of transaction related
expenses and adjustments) received from the above sale, the Company paid
$850,000 to satisfy and discharge in full the outstanding senior secured
indebtedness owing to the CIT Group/Credit Finance ("CIT") and paid Northern
Telecom
    
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
   
Inc. ("NTI"), one of its two generally secured creditors, $2.2 million
representing the two deferred principal payments on secured debt which were due
in December 1994 and December 1995, as well as accrued and unpaid interest. In
addition, the proceeds from the Kalamazoo transaction enabled the Company to pay
by June 30, 1996 (within the 30-day grace period measured from June 1, 1996) the
$2.857 million interest payment on the Debentures. On July 1, 1996, Datapoint
entered into an agreement with NTI pursuant to which Datapoint paid $5.05
million to NTI in full satisfaction of all amounts due and to be due under a
1992 agreement Datapoint had entered into with NTI to resolve a patent dispute.
The prepayment agreement relieves the Company of its obligation to make annual
$1 million payments to NTI that commenced in December 1993 and of which seven
payments remained to be made, as well as certain contingent payment obligations.
The balance of the proceeds will be utilized by Datapoint for working capital
purposes and to pay other obligations of the Company. This may include, from
time to time, repurchasing in the public market or in privately negotiated
transactions the Debentures or otherwise reducing existing debt owed by the
Company to its creditor groups. See "Background; Purposes and Effects of the
Exchange Offer -- Recent Developments."
    
 
   
    The Company has retained Patricof in connection with the potential
disposition of its Telephony business, as well as other asset and equity sale
transactions and proposals. Consummation of any or all of the contemplated
Dispositions will result in a reduction of assets of the Company, and therefore
the assets of the Company available to pay obligations in respect of its
creditors and debt and equity holders in the event of bankruptcy, liquidation or
reorganization of the Company may be limited. See "Background; Purposes and
Effects of the Exchange Offer -- Recent Developments." Consummation of such
Dispositions will also result in the divestiture of historically significant
business operations of the Company, with the future focus of the Company
emphasizing the development and enforcement of its patent licenses and related
research and development. See "Business of the Company -- Patents and
Trademarks."
    
 
COMPETITION
 
    The Company operates in the intensely competitive computer data processing,
video conferencing and telephony industries that are characterized by the
frequent introduction of new products based upon technology advances. The
Company competes, domestically and abroad, with a substantial number of
companies, many of which are larger and have greater financial, research,
marketing and production resources than the Company. Such companies, considered
in the aggregate, compete in the entire line of products manufactured and
marketed by the Company. These competitors differ somewhat depending on the
market segment, customer and geographic area involved.
 
    Competition in this market is based primarily on the relationship between
price and performance; the ability to offer a variety of products and unique
functional capabilities; the strength of sales, service and support
organizations; and upgradability, flexibility, and ease of use of products. The
Company could be adversely affected if its competitors introduced
technologically superior products or substantial price reductions.
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
   
    In December 1994, a lawsuit was brought against the Company involving the
earlier sale of real estate by the Company. In April, 1996, an adverse jury
verdict was rendered against the Company and two of its executive officers.
During the fourth quarter of 1996, a settlement was reached among the litigants.
As such, the District Court entered a Judgment Non Obstante Veredicto (Judgment
Notwithstanding the Verdict) that set aside the jury's findings against the
Company and its two executive officers and set aside all damages. The $3.3
million settlement, which was reached to avoid the considerable expense and
business disruption of a protracted appeal and legal process, had no material
impact on the Company's then current cash position as it included payment of
funds from a non-working capital trust fund which were otherwise not available
to the Company, issuance of a short term note, and shares of the Company's
common stock. See "Background; Purposes and Effects of the Exchange Offer --
Recent Developments."
    
 
    The Company is a defendant in various lawsuits generally incidental to its
business. The amounts sought by the plaintiffs in such cases are substantial
and, if all such cases were decided adversely to the Company, the Company's
aggregate liability might be material. However, the Company does not expect such
an
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
aggregate result based upon the limited number of such actions and an assessment
that most such actions will be successfully defended. No provision has been made
in the accompanying financial statements for any possible liability with respect
to such lawsuits.
 
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH INVESTMENT IN THE EXCHANGE CONSIDERATION
 
COMPANY STRUCTURE
 
    Substantially all of the Company's operations are conducted through its
consolidated subsidiaries. Funds are provided to the Company by its subsidiaries
through dividend payments and other intercompany payments. The Company will be
dependent on the earnings and cash flow from these and other subsidiaries to pay
dividends on the Common Stock. The Company has not paid cash dividends to date
on its Common Stock and has no present intention to pay cash dividends on its
Common Stock in the near future. Because a substantial part of the assets of the
Company are and will continue to be held by its subsidiaries, any claims of the
holders of Preferred Stock or Common Stock on the assets of the Company will be
subject to the payment of all liabilities (whether or not for borrowed money) of
such subsidiaries.
 
SUBORDINATION
 
    The Common Stock will continue to be subordinate to the Preferred Stock and
to claims of all creditors of the Company, including holders of the Debentures,
and has no liquidation preference. Therefore, in the event of the bankruptcy,
liquidation or reorganization of the Company, the assets of the Company will be
available to pay obligations in respect of the Common Stock only after claims of
all creditors of the Company have been paid in full and the liquidation
preference, plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid dividends, has been paid
to all holders of Preferred Stock. Accordingly, in such event sufficient assets
may not exist to pay any claims of holders of Common Stock. Unless the Preferred
Stock Amendment is adopted and the Preferred Stock Reclassification is
consummated, the Preferred Stock not tendered and exchanged in the Exchange
Offer will continue to be senior to any claims of the Holders of Common Stock,
including Common Stock issued in the Exchange Offer, in the event of the
bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of the Company.
 
LEVERAGE AND LIQUIDITY
 
    Consummation of the Preferred Stock Reclassification will increase common
stockholders' equity of the Company while concurrently eliminating its
obligations to pay dividends on the Preferred Stock; however, the Company,
together with its subsidiaries, will continue to have consolidated indebtedness
that is substantial in relation to its stockholders' equity. The Company's
leverage may have the effect generally of impairing the Company's ability to
obtain financing in the future and reducing the Company's flexibility in
responding to changing business and economic conditions.
 
    The Company is a holding company with no significant operations or assets
other than the stock of its subsidiaries. As a result, the Company's ability to
pay cash interest on its debt and cash dividends on its Preferred Stock and
Common Stock is dependent upon the ability of its subsidiaries to pay cash
dividends or make other distributions, which may be significantly limited by,
among other things, provisions contained in agreements governing indebtedness of
the Company's subsidiaries. In addition, the Company anticipates entering into a
senior secured credit facility to provide working capital, and such credit
facility may contain limitations on the Company's ability to pay cash dividends
on its capital stock.
 
REPRESENTATION
 
    No representative has been retained to act on behalf of the Holders of the
Common Stock in connection with the Exchange Offer or the preparation of this
Proxy Statement/Prospectus. Patricof has been retained by the Company to express
its opinion to the Board of Directors regarding the fairness, from a financial
point of view, to the Holders of Common Stock (other than Mr. Edelman, with
respect to whom no opinion was requested), of the Exchange Consideration
proposed to be issued to exchanging Holders of Preferred Stock. Patricof has
rendered its written opinion, dated July 24, 1996, that the Exchange
Consideration to be received by exchanging Holders of Preferred Stock (other
than Mr. Edelman, with respect to whom no opinion was requested), is fair from a
financial point of view to the Holders of Common Stock. Patricof has made no
recommendation as to whether a Holder of Preferred Stock should tender his
shares in the
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
Exchange Offer. Holders are urged to consult their own advisors in making such
decision as to whether to participate in the Exchange Offer and/or to vote for
the Preferred Stock Amendment. See "Background; Purposes and Effects of the
Exchange Offer -- Fairness Opinions" and "Annex C -- Fairness Opinion of
Patricof."
 
POTENTIAL IMPACT ON THE MARKET PRICE OF COMMON STOCK AS A
RESULT OF CONSUMMATION OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER OR THE PREFERRED STOCK
RECLASSIFICATION
 
    The Company intends to issue up to a maximum of 6,071,182 shares of Common
Stock in connection with the Exchange Offer. The issuance of such shares will
result in dilution of the Common Stock which may cause a decline in the market
price of the Common Stock. If 6,071,182 shares of Common Stock are issued in
connection with the Preferred Stock Reclassification, shares of Common Stock
outstanding immediately prior to the Expiration Date will represent
approximately 70% of the total outstanding shares of Common Stock immediately
following consummation of the Preferred Stock Reclassification. If 3,035,591
shares of Common Stock are issued under the 50% Tender Assumption, shares of
Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Expiration Date will represent
approximately 82% of the total outstanding shares of Common Stock immediately
following consummation of the Exchange Offer. See "Background; Purposes and
Effects of the Exchange Offer -- Dilution."
 
VALUE OF COMMON STOCK RECEIVED
 
    The market for the Common Stock is subject to fluctuation as a result of
dilution or other factors. Accordingly, the market value of Common Stock that
holders receive on the date of receipt may be more or less than the market value
of such Common Stock on the date of this Proxy Statement/Prospectus.
 
TAX CONSEQUENCES
 
    If the Preferred Stock is exchanged for the Exchange Consideration and the
fair market value of the Common Stock received for one share of Preferred Stock
exceeds the issue price of the Preferred Stock, the lesser of such excess and
the amount of dividend arrearages on the Preferred Stock will be taxable as a
dividend to the recipient to the extent of the Company's current and accumulated
earnings and profits. See "Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences -- Exchange
of Preferred Stock for Common Stock."
 
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH RETENTION OF THE PREFERRED STOCK
 
COMPANY STRUCTURE
 
    Substantially all of the Company's operations are conducted through its
consolidated subsidiaries. Funds are provided to the Company by its subsidiaries
through dividend payments and other intercompany payments. The Company will be
dependent on the earnings and cash flow from these and other subsidiaries to pay
dividends on the Preferred Stock. Because a substantial part of the assets of
the Company are and will continue to be held by its subsidiaries, any claims of
the holders of the Preferred Stock or Common Stock on the assets of the Company
will be subject to the payment of all liabilities (whether or not for borrowed
money) of such subsidiaries.
 
   
    Upon consummation of certain contemplated transactions with respect to the
sale of selected assets and operations of the Company, the Company may improve
its financial position sufficiently to enable it to resume dividend payments on
the Preferred Stock in the future. There can be no assurances, however, that the
proceeds from any such transactions will be sufficient for the Company to
maintain its debt service requirements and meet its outstanding obligations,
including interest payments on the Debentures and the currently existing $4.2
million dividend arrearages on the Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors of
the Company has concluded that it is unlikely that the Company will be able to
pay such dividend arrearages in the near future. See "Background; Purposes and
Effects of the Exchange Offer -- Determinations of the Board of Directors."
    
 
SUBORDINATION
 
    The Preferred Stock will be subordinate to claims of all creditors of the
Company, including holders of the Debentures. Therefore, in the event of the
bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of the Company,
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
the assets of the Company will be available to pay obligations in respect of the
Preferred Stock only after claims of all creditors of the Company have been paid
in full. Accordingly, in such event sufficient assets may not exist to pay the
liquidation preference on the Preferred Stock. However, if the Preferred Stock
Amendment is not adopted, the Preferred Stock not tendered and exchanged in the
Exchange Offer will continue to be senior to any claims of the Holders of Common
Stock, including Common Stock issued in the Exchange Offer, in the event of the
bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of the Company. The Preferred Stock
Designation does not contain any limitation on the incurrence of additional
indebtedness by the Company or its subsidiaries. See "Annex A -- Description of
Preferred Stock."
 
LEVERAGE AND LIQUIDITY
 
    Consummation of the Exchange Offer will increase common stockholders' equity
of the Company while concurrently reducing its obligations to pay dividends on
the Preferred Stock; however, the Company, together with its subsidiaries, will
continue to have consolidated indebtedness that is substantial in relation to
its stockholders' equity. The Company's leverage may have the effect generally
of impairing the Company's ability to obtain financing in the future and
reducing the Company's flexibility in responding to changing business and
economic conditions.
 
    The Company is a holding company with no significant operations or assets
other than the stock of its subsidiaries. As a result, the Company's ability to
pay cash interest on its debt and cash dividends on its Preferred Stock and
Common Stock is dependent upon the ability of its subsidiaries to pay cash
dividends or make other distributions, which may be significantly limited by,
among other things, provisions contained in agreements governing indebtedness of
the Company's subsidiaries. In addition, the Company anticipates entering into a
senior secured credit facility to provide working capital and such credit
facility may contain limitations on the Company's ability to pay cash dividends
on its capital stock.
 
NYSE LISTING
 
   
    The Preferred Stock is listed on the NYSE. In the event that the Preferred
Stock Amendment is not approved (and therefore the Preferred Stock
Reclassification does not occur) but the Exchange Offer is consummated with the
issuance of the Exchange Consideration, the trading market for the shares of
Preferred Stock not exchanged in the Exchange Offer will become more limited,
and such Preferred Stock may no longer be eligible for continued listing on the
NYSE or any other national securities exchange. The NYSE will consider delisting
a class of preferred stock such as the Preferred Stock if the aggregate market
value of shares of such class of preferred stock that is publicly held is less
than $2 million (although failure to comply with this criteria will not
automatically result in the delisting of such security). As of October 18, 1996,
the aggregate market value of the Preferred Stock was approximately $6.8
million. Assuming the 50% Tender Assumption, the aggregate market value of the
Preferred Stock will be approximately $3.4 million. If the Preferred Stock is
delisted from the NYSE, the extent of the public market for such Preferred Stock
and availability of quotations thereof would depend upon the number of holders
of such Preferred Stock remaining at such time, the interest in maintaining a
market in such Preferred Stock on the part of securities firms and other
factors. An issue of preferred stock with a small outstanding number of shares
available for trading (a small "float") may command a lower price than would a
comparable issue of preferred stock with a greater float. Therefore, the market
price for Preferred Stock not exchanged in the Exchange Offer may be reduced to
the extent that the amount of Preferred Stock exchanged pursuant to the Exchange
Offer reduces the float. The reduced float may also tend to make trading prices
more volatile. See "Market Prices for Preferred Stock and Common Stock." In the
event the NYSE delists the Preferred Stock, the Company will attempt to have the
Preferred Stock listed on another national securities exchange. However, the
Company can make no assurances that the Preferred Stock will continue to be
listed on the NYSE or any other national securities exchange or the prices at
which the Preferred Stock might be traded.
    
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
REPRESENTATION
 
    No representative other than the Independent Committee has been retained to
act on behalf of the Holders of Preferred Stock in connection with the Exchange
Offer or the preparation of this Proxy Statement/Prospectus. Corporate Capital
has been retained by the Independent Committee to express its opinion, from a
financial point of view, of the Exchange Consideration to be received by
exchanging Holders of Preferred Stock (other than Mr. Edelman, with respect to
whom no opinion was requested). Corporate Capital has rendered its written
opinion, dated July 24, 1996 that the Exchange Consideration to be received by
exchanging Holders of Preferred Stock (other than Mr. Edelman, with respect to
whom no opinion was requested) is fair from a financial point of view to such
Holders. Corporate Capital has made no recommendation as to whether a Holder of
Preferred Stock should tender his shares in the Exchange Offer. Holders are
urged to consult their own advisors in making a decision as to whether to
participate in the Exchange Offer and/or to vote for the Preferred Stock
Amendment. See "Background; Purposes and Effects of the Exchange Offer --
Fairness Opinions" and "Annex C -- Fairness Opinion of Corporate Capital."
 
CERTAIN CONSEQUENCES TO NON-TENDERING HOLDERS
 
    If the Requisite Votes are received and the Preferred Stock Amendment
becomes effective, each share of Preferred Stock will be subject to the
Preferred Stock Amendment and will be automatically reclassified as and changed
into 3.25 shares of Common Stock, regardless of whether such Holder thereof
voted for the Preferred Stock Amendment. Holders of Preferred Stock that is
reclassified in the Preferred Stock Reclassification will not be entitled to
receive dividends accumulated thereon, will no longer be entitled to elect two
directors of the Company at future annual meetings as a result of dividend
arrearages and will not be entitled to receive the $20 liquidation preference,
plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid dividends, in the event of the
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company.
 
             BACKGROUND; PURPOSES AND EFFECTS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
BACKGROUND
 
   
    The Company's net income, after giving effect to preferred stock dividends
accumulated for fiscal 1996 was $17.457 million. In 1994 and 1995, the Company
incurred a net loss, adjusted for preferred stock dividends paid or accumulated
of $95.209 million and $30.158 million, respectively.
    
 
   
    During 1996, the Company had total revenue of $179.5 million, an increase of
$4.6 million from the previous year. The increase was primarily attributable to
higher sales in certain of the Company's European subsidiaries offset by a
declining maintenance revenue base in the European subsidiaries and a favorable
impact of $2.2 million related to the weakening U.S. dollar when compared with
the same period a year ago. In addition, as a result of the full year
realization of the several cost cutting actions undertaken in the prior year,
operating expenses decreased $12.3 million. The combination of these two factors
resulted in the Company's achieving operating income during 1996 of $1.0
million.
    
 
   
    During 1996, the company pursued and is continuing to pursue actions to
provide cash infusions, including the sale of selected assets and operations of
the company, to meet certain of its obligations and to improve its financial
position. In this regard, on May 28, 1996, the Company entered into an agreement
with Kalamazoo Computer Group, plc, a public limited company organized under the
laws of England, providing for the sale by Datapoint to Kalamazoo of EADS, other
than its United Kingdom operations, for a purchase price of $33.0 million. After
net liabilities transferred to Kalamazoo and other expenses related to the sale,
the Company's net cash proceeds were approximately $29.4 million. As part of the
agreement, the Company will continue to provide computer hardware and hardware
services to the EADS network, at various discounts, through a subcontract
agreement with Kalamazoo. See "-- Recent Developments."
    
 
   
    As a result of the Company's capital deficiency which existed at the end of
1994, and throughout 1995 and 1996, the Company determined not to pay the
October 15, 1994, January 15, 1995, April 15, 1995, July 15, 1995, October 15,
1995, January 15, 1996, April 15, 1996, July 15, 1996 and October 15, 1996
preferred dividend payments to stockholders. On January 16, 1996, the Company
announced that the preferred dividend payments were six full quarters in
arrears, and that, as such, each holder of Preferred Stock has the right to
exchange each such share (inclusive of all accrued and unpaid dividends) into
two
    
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
   
shares of Common Stock and the holders of Preferred Stock, voting separately as
a class, have the right to elect two directors to the Company's Board of
Directors at the next annual meeting of stockholders. These rights continue
until such time as the dividend arrearages have been paid in full. The number of
directors constituting the Board of Directors of the Company has been increased
by two and Holders of the Preferred Stock (not including those who had exchanged
Preferred Stock for the Common Stock), voting as a single class, have the right
to elect two directors to the Board of Directors of the Company to fill such
newly created directorships at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders. See "Annual
Meeting" and "Election of Directors". The Company had 1,868,056 shares of its
Preferred Stock outstanding at October 15, 1996.
    
 
   
    In order to reduce its debt service requirements and outstanding
indebtedness, the Company has repurchased a portion of the Debentures. As of
July 27, 1996, $36.348 million aggregate principal amount of Debentures has been
repurchased. The Company has, from time to time, repurchased Debentures in the
open market and may continue to do so from time to time, and, although it has no
present intentions to propose an exchange offer for the Debentures, the Company
may in the future make such a proposal.
    
 
   
    The Company will continue to proceed with the above actions, including the
Dispositions, and any other actions which will result in additional cost
reductions and cash infusions. These additional cash infusions are necessary to
meet certain of the Company's obligations, including interest payments on the
Debentures. The Company has retained Patricof in connection with the potential
disposition of its Telephony business, as well as other asset and equity sale
transactions and proposals.
    
 
    The terms of the Exchange Offer were developed by management of the Company
in consultation with the Company's financial advisor, Patricof, and have been
approved by the Board of Directors upon recommendation by an independent
committee of the Board of Directors (the "Independent Committee"). The Board of
Directors, members of the Company's management and representatives of Corporate
Capital held discussions with the Independent Committee and its counsel in
developing the terms of the Exchange Offer. See "Background; Purposes and
Effects of the Exchange Offer -- Background"; "-- Determinations of the Board of
Directors" and "-- Fairness Opinions."
 
PURPOSES AND EFFECTS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND THE PREFERRED STOCK
RECLASSIFICATION
 
   
    The Exchange Offer and the Preferred Stock Reclassification are designed to
reduce or eliminate the accumulated but unpaid dividends on the Preferred Stock
(aggregating $4.2 million through and including October 15, 1996), reduce or
eliminate the future dividend payment requirements on the Preferred Stock and
reduce or eliminate the Preferred Stock liquidation preference, as the case may
be. The issuance of the Exchange Consideration to exchanging Holders of
Preferred Stock will give such Holders a common equity interest which should
more directly reflect any continuing improvement in the Company's performance.
The existing Holders of Common Stock will be diluted upon consummation of the
Exchange Offer or the Preferred Stock Reclassification, but the Company believes
that the value of the Common Stock should reflect the reduction or elimination
of the accumulated dividends, liquidation preference and future dividend
payments relating to the Preferred Stock. However, the Company is unable to
quantify the extent to which the value of the Common Stock will reflect such
matters, if at all.
    
 
    The equity interest of the current Holders of Common Stock would be diluted
to approximately 70% of the total issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock,
assuming the 100% Conversion Assumption, or approximately 82% of the total
issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock, assuming the 50% Tender
Assumption. See "-- Dilution."
 
   
    Assuming the 100% Conversion Assumption, on a pro forma basis after giving
effect to the Exchange Offer for fiscal 1996, the aggregate preferred stock
liquidation preference (including accumulated dividends) would be eliminated (as
compared to approximately $41.1 million, as of July 27, 1996, of which
approximately $3.7 million constituted accumulated but unpaid dividends).
Assuming the 50% Tender Assumption, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to
the Exchange Offer for fiscal 1996, the aggregate preferred stock liquidation
preference (including accumulated dividends) would decrease to approximately
$20.5 and the total preferred stock dividends would decrease to approximately
$1.9 million.
    
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
   
    The Company has not paid the nine regularly scheduled quarterly dividends on
the Preferred Stock due from October 15, 1994 through and including October 15,
1996, aggregating approximately $4.2 million with respect to the Preferred Stock
outstanding as of October 15, 1996. As a result, each Holder of Preferred Stock
has the right to exchange each such share (inclusive of all accrued and unpaid
dividends) for two shares of Common Stock and the Holders of Preferred Stock,
voting separately as a class, have the right to elect two directors to the
Company's Board of Directors at the Annual Meeting. These rights continue until
such time as all dividends in arrears on the Preferred Stock have been paid and
the then current quarterly dividend thereon has been paid or declared and set
apart for payment. In the event that the Requisite Votes are received at the
Annual Meeting, and the Preferred Stock Reclassification is consummated, such
continuing rights, including the right to elect two directors at future annual
meetings, will be eliminated. However, if the Preferred Stock Amendment is not
adopted, then the Holders of Preferred Stock remaining after consummation of the
Exchange Offer shall continue to have such rights, including the right to elect
two directors at the next annual meeting of stockholders and at each successive
annual meeting thereafter (until such time as all dividends in arrears on the
Preferred Stock have been paid and the then current quarterly dividend has been
paid or declared and set apart for payment).
    
 
   
    Upon consummation of certain contemplated Dispositions, the Company may
improve its financial position sufficiently to enable it to resume dividend
payments on the Preferred Stock in the future. There can be no assurances,
however, that the proceeds from any such transactions will be sufficient for the
Company to maintain its debt service requirements and meet its outstanding
obligations, including the currently existing $4.2 million dividend arrearages
on the Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors of the Company has concluded that
it is unlikely that the Company will be able to pay such dividend arrearages in
the near future. See "-- Determinations of the Board of Directors."
    
 
    For a summary description of certain pro forma financial effects of the
Exchange Offer and Preferred Stock Reclassification, see "Pro Forma Unaudited
Financial Information." For a description of the consequences to the Holders of
Preferred Stock who do not tender their Preferred Stock in the Exchange Offer,
see "-- Certain Consequences to Non-Tendering Holders of Preferred Stock."
 
DETERMINATIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
    Based on preliminary analysis, the Company announced on April 16, 1996 that
it intended to submit a proposal to stockholders under which each share of the
Preferred Stock would be converted into 2.75 shares of Common Stock in an effort
to improve its financial position. In this respect the Company formed the
Independent Committee, consisting of Director Daniel R. Kail, which retained
Corporate Capital to evaluate the terms of such proposal.
 
   
    In light of the desirability of reducing and potentially eliminating the
Company's accumulated dividends on the Preferred Stock and the future
expenditure for dividends on the Preferred Stock and the factors discussed
below, the Board of Directors of the Company (with Mr. Edelman abstaining), upon
the recommendation by the Independent Committee, determined at a meeting held on
July 18 and 24, 1996, that the Exchange Offer is fair to and in the best
interests of the Company, and is fair to the Holders of Preferred Stock and the
Holders of the Common Stock. The Board of Directors makes no recommendation as
to whether a Holder of Preferred Stock should tender his shares and accept the
Exchange Consideration because, although the directors believe that the
transaction is fair to Holders of Preferred Stock. The directors also believe
that such Holders of Preferred Stock should make an independent judgment as to
whether such action is in their own best interest. The directors and officers of
the Company, however, have indicated their present intention to tender their
shares of Preferred Stock in the Exchange Offer and to vote for the Preferred
Stock Amendment. See "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
Management."
    
 
    In reaching its conclusion as to fairness, the Board of Directors
considered, among other things, the recommendation of the Independent Committee,
the written fairness opinions delivered by Patricof and Corporate Capital and
the oral presentations and analyses delivered by each of Patricof and Corporate
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
Capital and financial information, including book value, liquidation analysis,
discounted cash flow analysis and comparable company data, as described under
"Fairness Opinions" below, supporting the fairness opinions.
 
    The Independent Committee met with Corporate Capital on June 12, 1996, at
which time Corporate Capital reported its initial analysis and additional
information gathering steps to be taken in its analysis. On July 18, 1996,
Corporate Capital delivered to the Independent Committee a preliminary oral
opinion that an exchange ratio of at least 3.00 shares of Common Stock for each
share of Preferred Stock would be necessary for the proposed exchange offer to
be fair, from a financial point of view, to the Holders of Preferred Stock and
that further analysis would be required to finalize its conclusion. Immediately
following the July 18th meeting of Corporate Capital with the Independent
Committee, a meeting of the full Board of Directors was convened. At such
meeting, Patricof delivered a preliminary opinion with respect to the fairness,
from a financial point of view, to the Holders of Common Stock of the proposed
exchange offer at an exchange ratio of 2.75 shares of Common Stock for each
share of Preferred Stock (inclusive of accrued and unpaid dividends). Thereafter
at such meeting, Corporate Capital reported its initial conclusion that an
exchange ratio of at least 3.00 shares of Common Stock for each share of
Preferred Stock would be necessary to make the transaction fair to the Holders
of Preferred Stock, and the Independent Committee reported that it would not be
able to recommend an exchange ratio of anything less than 3.00 shares of Common
Stock for each share of Preferred Stock. At such time the Board took no further
action and adjourned the meeting for further consideration and analysis. On July
24, 1996, the Independent Committee met with Corporate Capital, which gave a
presentation supporting an exchange ratio of 3.00 to 3.25 shares of Common Stock
per share of Preferred Stock. Based on the presentation and upon further
discussion, the Independent Committee determined to recommend an exchange ratio
of 3.25 shares of Common Stock per share of Preferred Stock. Immediately
following the meeting of Corporate Capital with the Independent Committee, the
Board of Directors meeting was reconvened. At that meeting, Corporate Capital
delivered its oral report that a ratio of 3.25 shares of Common Stock per share
of Preferred Stock was fair, from a financial point of view, to the Holders of
Preferred Stock, and the Independent Committee recommended to the Board of
Directors that the exchange ratio be set at 3.25 shares of Common Stock per
share of Preferred Stock. Patricof then delivered it oral opinion that such an
exchange ratio would be fair to the Holders of Common Stock. The Board of
Directors, with Mr. Edelman abstaining, then unanimously approved the Exchange
Offer. On July 24, 1996, Corporate Capital delivered to the Independent
Committee a written fairness opinion, which concluded that the Exchange
Consideration proposed to be issued to the Holders of Preferred Stock in the
Exchange Offer is fair from a financial point of view to the exchanging Holders
of Preferred Stock (other than Mr. Edelman, with respect to whom no opinion was
requested). Also on July 24, 1996, Patricof delivered to the Board a written
fairness opinion concluding that the Exchange Offer is fair, from a financial
point of view, to the Holders of Common Stock (other than Mr. Edelman, with
respect to whom no opinion was requested). See "-- Fairness Opinions" and
Annexes B and C for a description of the types of analyses performed and the
factors considered by Patricof and Corporate Capital and for a description of
the scope and limitations on their fairness opinions.
 
    The Independent Committee and the Board of Directors considered the
financial position of the Company, the various disclosures contained in this
Proxy Statement/Prospectus and other factors, including the following:
 
        (i) the current and historical market prices for the Preferred Stock and
    Common Stock. See "Market Prices for Preferred Stock and Common Stock." The
    Independent Committee and the Board considered the fact that the historical
    prices for the Preferred Stock had historically traded significantly under
    its liquidation preference. The Board also considered that the prices for
    these securities in recent months were likely to have been impacted by the
    pendency of an exchange offer and investor attitudes as to the likelihood of
    its consummation and impact on the Company.
 
        (ii) the fact that the Company has not paid the last eight
    regularly-scheduled quarterly dividends payable on the Preferred Stock from
    and including October 15, 1994, and that, pursuant to the terms of the
    Preferred Stock Designation, the Holders of Preferred Stock, as of January
    16, 1996, became entitled to elect two directors to the Board of Directors
    at the Annual Meeting and to exchange each
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
    share of Preferred Stock for two shares of Common Stock. The Independent
    Committee and the Board also considered that exchanging Holders of Preferred
    Stock would receive the full voting equity interests in the Company
    attendant to ownership of the Common Stock to be issued in the Exchange
    Offer;
 
       (iii) the possible conflicts of interest based on the ownership of Common
    Stock and Preferred Stock by certain members of the Board and entities with
    which they are affiliated and, in particular, that Mr. Edelman and certain
    of his affiliates have a significant investment in the Preferred Stock and
    Common Stock. See "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
    Management"; and
 
        (iv) the fact that, if the Requisite Votes are received, non-tendering
    Holders will receive the same consideration in the Preferred Stock
    Reclassification compared with the Exchange Consideration to be issued in
    the Exchange Offer.
 
    In determining whether the Exchange Offer is in the best interests of the
Company, the Independent Committee and the Board also considered whether the
Company should, over time, simply attempt to pay the dividend arrearages on the
Preferred Stock. The Independent Committee and the Board concluded that it was
unlikely that the Company would be able to pay such arrearages in the near
future, and that the Exchange Offer would reduce or eliminate such arrearages,
while providing Holders of Preferred Stock with a mechanism by which they could
share in any appreciation in the value of the Company through the receipt of
Common Stock.
 
    In view of the wide variety of factors considered by the Independent
Committee and the Board of Directors in connection with the Exchange Offer, the
Independent Committee and the Board of Directors did not find it practicable to,
and did not, quantify or otherwise assign relative weight to the factors
considered in reaching its determination set forth above.
 
    The Independent Committee engaged the law firm of Morris, Nichols, Arsht &
Tunnell ("Morris Nichols") to advise it in connection with the Exchange Offer
and retained Corporate Capital to provide a written opinion as to the fairness,
from a financial point of view, to the holders of the Company's Preferred Stock,
of the Exchange Offer.
 
    FOR THE REASONS DISCUSSED ABOVE, THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS (WITH MR. EDELMAN
ABSTAINING) UNANIMOUSLY APPROVED THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND RECOMMENDS THAT ALL
STOCKHOLDERS OF THE COMPANY VOTE "FOR" THE APPROVAL AND ADOPTION OF THE
PREFERRED STOCK AMENDMENT.
 
FAIRNESS OPINIONS
 
FAIRNESS OPINION OF CORPORATE CAPITAL
 
    The Independent Committee retained Corporate Capital to provide a written
opinion as to the fairness, from a financial point of view, to the Holders of
the Company's Preferred Stock (other than Mr. Edelman, with respect to whom no
opinion was requested) of a proposed plan by the Company to offer to exchange
shares of Common Stock for the Preferred Stock. On July 18, 1996, Corporate
Capital delivered to the Independent Committee a preliminary oral opinion with
respect to the fairness, from a financial point of view, to the Holders of
Preferred Stock of the proposed exchange offer at an exchange ratio of at least
3.0 shares of Common Stock for each share of Preferred Stock. On July 24, 1996,
Corporate Capital delivered to the Independent Committee a written fairness
opinion (the "CCC Opinion") concluding that the Exchange Offer is fair, from a
financial point of view, to the Holders of Preferred Stock (other than Mr.
Edelman, with respect to whom no opinion was requested). The CCC Opinion is
attached hereto as Annex B, and the written presentation to the Independent
Committee describing CCC's analysis is attached as Exhibit (99)(e) to the
Company's Registration Statement filed with the Commission on September 27, 1996
in connection with the Exchange Offer.
 
    In connection with rendering the CCC Opinion, Corporate Capital reviewed and
analyzed, among other things: a) drafts of the Registration Statement for the
Company on Form S-4 up to and including the draft as of July 16, 1996 (the
"Registration Statement"); b) the Forms 10-K filed by Datapoint for the fiscal
years 1991 through 1995; c) the Forms 10-Q for the Company for the three fiscal
quarters ended April 27,
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
1996; d) drafts of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus; e) the indenture pertaining
to the Company's Debentures; f) various corporate documents, including by-laws,
minutes, loan agreements, litigation documents, employment agreements, product
literature, proxies, and so forth; g) certain internal financial documents,
memoranda and other information furnished by the Company; h) historical market
prices for the two classes of stock; i) certain financial, operational, and
stock market data of companies engaged in businesses comparable to the Company;
and additional information provided from time to time by Datapoint or by other
sources deemed relevant. No limitations were imposed by the Independent
Committee with respect to the investigations made or procedures followed by
Corporate Capital in rendering its opinion.
 
    In addition, Corporate Capital: a) met with the Company's principal officers
and visited its San Antonio facility; b) discussed the Company's financial and
operating performance with such officers; c) reviewed with such officers the
current and future prospects of Datapoint; and d) considered such other
information, financial studies, analyses and investigations and financial,
economic and market criteria as Corporate Capital deemed relevant.
 
    In rendering this opinion, Corporate Capital has not made any independent
appraisal of any of the physical or intangible assets or liabilities of the
Company, and has assumed, without independent verification, the accuracy and
completeness of the financial and other information and representations
contained in the materials that have been provided to it by the Company, or
which are publicly available. Corporate Capital has also relied on the
representations made by various representatives of the Company and their agents
and advisors, and other relevant factors.
 
    Based upon and subject to the foregoing, Corporate Capital is of the opinion
that, as of the date of its opinion letter, the Exchange Consideration to be
received by the Holders of the Preferred Stock (other than Mr. Edelman, with
respect to whom no opinion was requested) upon the terms and conditions set
forth in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus, is fair, from a financial point of
view, to such Holders.
 
    The following is a summary of the material financial analyses utilized by
Corporate Capital in connection with providing its opinion to the Independent
Committee.
 
    STOCK TRADING ANALYSIS
    Corporate Capital reviewed markets for, and tracked trading activity of,
both classes of stock from April 30, 1992, the date of inception of trading of
the Preferred Stock, through July 16, 1996. However, particular attention was
paid to the twenty trading days prior to the announcement on April 16, 1996 of
the proposal to exchange 2.75 shares of Common Stock for each share of Preferred
Stock, in order to judge prices accorded by a free market prior to the
proposal's change in the exchange ratio from 2:1, which was in effect since the
Company's preferred dividend payments became six full quarters in arrears. The
average closing price of a share of Common Stock was $1.44 for that twenty-day
period, and $3.10 for a share of the Preferred Stock. This constituted a ratio
of 2.15:1, indicating that the Preferred Stock was trading at just over its 2:1
conversion value in effect prior to the April 16 announcement, or at a premium
of approximately 7.6% over that value. At the ratio of 2.75:1 proposed in the
April 16 announcement, the Preferred Stock was worth approximately $3.96 per
share, a 37.5% premium over the pre-announcement conversion value, and the
additional 0.75 shares of Common Stock proposed in the April 16 announcement
were worth $1.08 per share. Corporate Capital also compared the value of (1) the
increment in the April 16 proposal over the two shares of Common Stock into
which the Holders of Preferred Stock have the ability to convert each share
until all of the Preferred Stock dividend arrearage is paid in full with (2) the
value of the arrearage. This analysis contemplated the possibility that the
Preferred stockholders could receive almost all of the dividend arrearage and
then convert each share of Preferred Stock into two shares of Common Stock. The
cumulative Preferred Stock arrearage averaged $1.58, $0.50 above the additional
0.75-share exchange value proposed in the April 16 announcement. To put it
another way, the incremental exchange value provided in the proposal announced
on April 16 constituted a 32% discount off the cumulative arrearage on the
Preferred Stock.
 
    On July 16, 1996, the most recent date tracked by Corporate Capital, the
Common Stock closed at $1.13 and the Preferred Stock at $3.25, a ratio of
2.88:1. Thus, the Preferred Stock sold at a slightly higher price than the 2.75
conversion value proposed on April 16. According to these closing prices, the
0.75-share incremental conversion value was worth approximately $0.85 per share
vs. $1.75 per share in the current cumulative Preferred Stock arrearage (which
would be $2.00 by the end of July), a discount of approximately 52%.
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
    To reach the cumulative arrearage for the average twenty-day period
preceding the April 16, 1996 announcement would have required $0.50 more of
Common Stock value per share of Preferred Stock. At an average closing price of
$1.44 per share for the Common Stock for this twenty-day period, Corporate
Capital calculated that the exchange ratio would have to be 3.10 shares of
Common Stock for each share of Preferred Stock. As of the most recent date
Corporate Capital examined, given the $1.13 closing price of Datapoint's Common
Stock, the additional value required to reach the cumulative Preferred Stock
dividend arrearage was approximately $0.90 per share, which would require
raising the exchange ratio to 3.55:1.
 
    Corporate Capital was of the opinion that there should be a discount from
the dividend arrearage to reflect both the high risk of actually receiving most
of the arrearage and retaining the conversion right. But Corporate Capital was
also cognizant that there is an intangible value to giving up the seniority of
the Preferred Stock, which is difficult to quantify. This portion of Corporate
Capital's study, comparing the market prices of the Preferred Stock and the
Common Stock, and comparing the value of the arrearage with the market value of
the incremental conversion value, led it to conclude that the exchange ratio
should be no less than 3:1. Thus, Corporate Capital concluded that, from a stock
trading perspective, the Exchange Consideration of 3.25 shares to one share of
Preferred Stock was fair.
 
    COMPARABLE COMPANY ANALYSIS
    Corporate Capital examined certain financial operating and stock market data
for selected companies in the value added reseller and servicing businesses
related to computer-based networking and internetworking products and services.
Specifically, Corporate Capital reviewed such data for Alpha Microsystems,
Alphanet Solutions, BTG, Inc., Fore Systems, Inc., Micros-To-Mainframes, Inc.,
Network Peripherals, Inc., North Star Universal, Inc., Optical Data Systems,
Inc., Techforce Corporation, and Western Micro Technology, Inc. (the "Selected
Companies"). These companies were chosen in part because their revenues were in
the range of $30 million to $235 million, as compared to the 1995 revenues of
the Company of approximately $175 million. Corporate Capital noted, however,
that none were really directly comparable to the Company in terms of the nature
of their business, the fact that they have operated primarily domestically
whereas nearly all of Datapoint's business has been in Europe, and that their
financial history and balance sheets have been more stable. Based upon recent
closing prices, such analysis indicated that, for the Selected Companies, the
median market capitalization to trailing twelve months earnings before
depreciation and amortization, interest and taxes ("EBDAIT") was 10.8 times, and
the median market capitalization to earnings before interest and taxes ("EBIT")
was 11.9 times. As determined from the data by Corporate Capital, the median
market value to EBDAIT for the Selected Companies was 7.9 times, the median
market value to EBIT was 9 times and the median market value to the latest
twelve months' earnings per share was 21.4 times. Owing to the relative
financial condition of the Company and its history of losses, Corporate Capital
concluded that such medians should be considered the upper limits of multiples
applied to Datapoint.
 
    Corporate Capital used two sets of projected numbers for Datapoint, assuming
that: a) no further assets would be sold by the Company; and b) certain other
business assets would be sold in the near future. Corporate Capital removed
certain non-recurring items, adjusted for employee reductions, and, in the case
of the second scenario, assumed the application of net proceeds from the asset
sale to the reduction of certain long-term debt.
 
    According to its comparable company analysis, Corporate Capital found that
Datapoint's Common Stock would be valued from a range of $5.27 to $11.90 per
share before dilution stemming from the ratio proposed in the April 16
announcement, and from $3.93 to $8.75 per share after such dilution. The
Exchange Consideration of 3.25:1 would increase the dilution, reducing the range
to $3.74 to $8.34. Multiplying any of these values by either exchange ratio
would produce such high numbers relative to the market value of the Preferred
Stock that even a lower exchange ratio would be fair to the Preferred Stock
shareholders. However, Corporate Capital concluded that little or no weight
should be placed on this analysis owing to the lack of real comparability, and
the inherent risk in the various assumptions used.
 
    DISCOUNTED CASH FLOW ANALYSIS
    Corporate Capital projected the net present value of the Company based on
Corporate Capital's own five-year forecasts. These projected an optimistic case
based on 5% annual sales growth, a no-growth case, and a negative case with
sales declining 5% per annum. Corporate Capital applied in each of these cases
the
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
two previously described scenarios relating to further sale versus retention of
certain other assets. Three discount rates were used: 15.3%, 22%, and 30%, and
applied to the projected net free cash flow over a five-year period commencing
with the 1997 fiscal year, and to a terminal value based on applying a multiple
of seven times projected EBDAIT at the end of five years. Both net free cash
flow and terminal value were discounted back to the April 16 announcement. The
resulting scenarios were weighted, with the no-growth scenario after sale of
assets given most prominent weight. This yielded a present value range for the
Common Stock of $1.22 to $1.36 per share, with the lower end of the range
reflecting full dilution. At the proposal announced on April 16 to exchange 2.75
shares of Common Stock per share of Preferred Stock, the Preferred Stock would
be valued at between $3.36 to $3.74 per share, a range in excess of the average
market price of the Preferred Stock of $3.10 for the twenty days immediately
prior to that announcement. On this basis, in Corporate Capital's opinion, the
exchange ratio appeared to have given some value to the intangible factors of
the loss of the Preferred dividend arrearage, liquidation preference and board
representation for Preferred Stock shareholders. This suggested to Corporate
Capital that the terms of the proposal announced on April 16 were fair to the
Preferred Stock shareholders. Of course, on this basis, the higher exchange
ratio provided in the Exchange Offer would be considerably more attractive to
Holders of the Preferred Stock. However, Corporate Capital could not place much
emphasis on this approach, again because of the speculative nature of forecasts,
which were partially offset by the discount rate factors used.
 
    LIQUIDATION VALUE
    Although one major operation has been sold and another asset may be offered
for sale, the Company has advised Corporate Capital that it has no present
intention to liquidate the Company's remaining business. Nevertheless, Corporate
Capital felt compelled to analyze the Exchange Offer on this basis, because the
Preferred Stock has a $20.00 liquidation value and would be entitled to that sum
plus the cumulative arrearage in a liquidation scenario. Based on the fair
market value of the remaining net assets using the discounted present value and
comparable company analyses described above, in a liquidation after costs,
expenses, and taxes, Corporate Capital estimated that the shares of Preferred
Stock in a liquidation scenario would be worth between 23% and 100% of their
liquidation value. Corporate Capital did not rely on this approach for the
reasons that it is not contemplated by management, the Preferred Stock
shareholders have no control over the possibility that it could happen, and the
figures are based on highly speculative forecasts of cash flow and valuations.
 
    COMPARABLE TRANSACTIONS ANALYSIS
    Corporate Capital was able to find and review only two recent transactions
involving similar companies. Both transactions were for companies with revenues
in excess of $1 billion, and in one of the two cases, no price information was
publicly disclosed. The other transaction was the purchase of AmeriData
Technologies, Inc. ("AmeriData") by General Electric Capital Corporation at
$16.00 a share through a recent tender offer. Corporate Capital calculated that
such a purchase of AmeriData's outstanding common stock was at approximately
0.235 times 1995 revenues, 0.1695 estimated 1996 revenues, 5.24 times 1995
EBDAIT, 3.15 times estimated 1996 EBDAIT, 20.25 times 1995 earnings per share
before dilution, 11.9 times estimated 1996 earnings, and finally, 2.2 times
year-end 1995 stated book value. On the basis of such multiples, Corporate
Capital calculated that the implied value of the Company would be in the range
of $0.59 to $3.69 per share, averaging $2.24 per share, and the Exchange
Consideration would be worth $1.92 to $11.99 per share of Preferred Stock.
However, Corporate Capital considered that this was not a very meaningful
approach owing to the size and operating history of AmeriData as compared to the
Company, and gave no weight to this analysis.
 
    PROJECTED BOOK VALUE
    Corporate Capital took as its base case the Company's projected balance
sheet for the end of the fiscal year, which it adjusted to take into account the
sale of EADS and adjustments stemming from that. Corporate Capital then computed
pro forma balance sheets for the two principal scenarios concerning sale versus
retention of certain assets by the Company. The negative net worth of
$80,870,000 of the base case was reduced to a negative $54,351,000 after taking
into account the sale of EADS and no further Dispositions, and to a positive net
worth of $2,792,000 in its optimistic scenario, with specific assets sold under
certain optimistic assumptions.
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
    Taking the most optimistic result, Corporate Capital applied a reduction to
the $2,792,000 net worth to account for the par value of the Preferred Stock of
$1,892,000 in the most recent stated balance sheet, which left the Common Stock
with a book value of $896,000, or nearly $.07 per Share. The Preferred Stock
would have only $1.49 of aggregate book value.
 
    Thus, Corporate Capital concluded that book value technically was next to
worthless, though it should be considered in a minor way.
 
    ABILITY TO PAY ARREARS AND RESUME DIVIDEND PAYMENTS
    Corporate Capital also considered the ability of the Company to pay the
cumulative dividend arrearage and resume dividend payments of the Preferred
Stock. Based on Corporate Capital's projections of cash flow per the various
forecasted scenarios described above, Corporate Capital concluded that the
earliest point at which such arrearage could be paid in its entirety would be by
the end of fiscal 1999. With a less optimistic forecast, assuming moderate
growth but no further asset sales beyond that of EADS, the arrearage could be
paid in full at the end of fiscal 2001. Discounting the cumulative arrearage
payments at 30% provided a range of present values of $1.77 to $2.13 per share
of Preferred Stock as of the announcement date of April 16. Since the proposal
announced on that date provided for 2.75 shares of Common Stock to be exchanged
for each share of Preferred Stock, versus the 2:1 conversion ratio then in
effect, the Preferred Stock shareholder would be giving up the possibility of
receiving almost the entire arrearage in return for an additional 0.75 Common
Stock shares, which were worth $1.08 on the basis of the Common Stock market
value at the date of announcement, as against the $1.77 to $2.13 per share
present value of the arrearage. On the basis of the probability-weighted
discounted present value of the Common Stock derived from Corporate Capital's
discounted cash flow analysis, Corporate Capital found that the additional 0.75
shares of Common Stock would be worth between $0.92 to $1.02 per share. The
Exchange Consideration, on the other hand, provided an additional 1.25 shares of
Common Stock over the 2:1 conversion ratio currently in effect. This was worth
$1.80 per share, on the basis of the Common Stock market value at announcement
date, as against the $1.77 to $2.13 present value range for the arrearage. From
the standpoint of discounted cash flow values of the Common Stock, the range of
value provided in the Exchange Consideration was $1.53 to $1.70.
 
    Corporate Capital also compared the value of the Exchange Consideration with
not only giving up the ability to collect the cumulative arrearage in the
future, but also with the market value of the Preferred Stock when dividends
become current. Corporate Capital assumed that once the Preferred Stock dividend
is on a current basis (in 1999 or 2001), the Preferred Stock will sell at
between $8 and $10 a share, based on the stock price history of the Preferred
Stock prior to the deferment of dividend payments. The combined present value of
both arrearage and the assumed Preferred Stock market price, discounted at a 30%
rate, ranged from $3.79 to $6.39, with the higher number representing the higher
price achieved at the earliest date. In comparing these values against the
exchange ratio proposed on April 16, Corporate Capital found that whereas the
2.75 shares of Common Stock at market value prior to the announcement of the
offer yielded a value at the lower end of this range ($3.96), the Exchange
Consideration's 3.25:1 ratio, yielded a value of $4.68 based on the market value
of the Common Stock before the April 16 announcement. Finally, comparing the
combined present value of the arrearage and assumed Preferred Stock price
against the probability-weighted present value of the Common Stock per Corporate
Capital's discounted cash flow analysis, Corporate Capital found that at the
exchange ratio proposed on April 16, the value of the offer would be in a range
from $3.36 to $3.74 per share. On the other hand, the equivalent value of the
Exchange Consideration ranged between $3.97 to $4.42, putting it well within the
range.
 
    From this perspective, Corporate Capital concluded that the Exchange
Consideration was well within a range of fairness, considering the high risk of
actually achieving the dividend payment and market price scenarios described
above.
 
    OTHER FACTORS
 
    Corporate Capital also considered the fact that the Preferred Stock is
thinly traded compared to the Common Stock, whose average daily volume over the
longest period examined was approximately nine times that of the Preferred
Stock. Thus, it is advantageous to exchange the Preferred Stock for Common Stock
for liquidity purposes.
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
    Corporate Capital reviewed the possible returns from patent litigation which
could potentially reward the Company with royalty payments over time. While this
could only be a positive factor in the valuation of the Company's Preferred and
Common Stock, Corporate Capital expressed its belief that there was no way to
put a reasonable figure on the possibility of payments. Thus, Corporate Capital
has chosen to ignore them in this valuation.
 
    CONCLUSION
 
    Although Corporate Capital gave most weight to the Stock Trading and Ability
to Pay Arrears Analyses, it was of the opinion that its analyses must be
considered as a whole, and as a whole they supported a conclusion that the
Exchange Consideration is fair to the Preferred Stock shareholders from a
financial point of view. Corporate Capital was cognizant throughout its analysis
that any estimates incorporated in such analyses, particularly in the discounted
cash flow analysis, were not necessarily indicative of actual past or future
results or values, which may be more or less favorable than such estimates, and
which are inherently subject to uncertainty.
 
    CCC has reviewed the most current preliminary 1997 budget information of
Datapoint and reviewed its analyses based on such information assuming both the
expected sale of Telephony and the possibility that Telephony will not be sold,
and it remains CCC's opinion that the Exchange Offer is fair, from a financial
point of view, to the exchanging holders of the Company's Preferred Stock (other
than Mr. Edelman, with respect to whom no opinion was requested).
 
    In its capacity as an investment banking firm, Corporate Capital is
regularly engaged in the valuation of businesses and their securities in
connection with recapitalizations, exchange offers, and other corporate
transactions. Corporate Capital has not in the past provided investment banking
services to the Company or to its principal officers and does not have any
equity interest in the Company.
 
    The terms of the engagement of Corporate Capital by the Independent
Committee are set forth in a letter agreement dated May 30, 1996, between
Corporate Capital and the Independent Committee (the "Engagement Letter").
Pursuant to the Engagement Letter, the Company has agreed to pay Corporate
Capital a fee based on Corporate Capital's hourly rate of $300.00, with a
minimum fee of $10,000, plus out-of-pocket expenses. A retainer of $10,000 has
been paid by the Company. The total estimated fee to be paid by the Company is
$54,200. Datapoint, pursuant to the Engagement Letter, has agreed to indemnify
Corporate Capital against certain liabilities in connection with its engagement,
including certain liabilities under the Federal securities laws.
 
FAIRNESS OPINION OF PATRICOF
 
    Patricof was retained to consider the fairness, from a financial point of
view, of the Exchange Offer to the unaffiliated holders of Common Stock.
Patricof delivered a preliminary opinion on July 18, 1996 with respect to the
fairness, from a financial point of view, to the holders of Common Stock of the
proposed exchange offer at an exchange ratio of 2.75 shares of Common Stock for
each share of Preferred Stock (inclusive and accrued and unpaid dividends). Upon
reconsideration of certain analyses, on July 24, 1996, Patricof delivered to the
Board a written fairness opinion (the "Patricof Fairness Opinion") concluding
that the proposed Exchange Offer at an exchange ratio of 3.25 shares of Common
Stock for each share of Preferred Stock (inclusive of accrued and unpaid
dividends) is fair to the holders of Common Stock (other than Mr. Edelman, with
respect to whom no opinion was requested). Patricof has consented to the use of
its opinion in this Proxy Statement/Prospectus. The Patricof Fairness Opinion is
attached hereto as Annex C, and the written presentation to the Board describing
Patricof's analysis is attached as Exhibit (99)(f) to the Company's Registration
Statement filed with the Commission on September 27, 1996 in connection with the
Exchange Offer.
 
    BASIS OF FAIRNESS OPINION; SCOPE OF REVIEW
 
    In arriving at its opinion, Patricof reviewed the draft S-4 statements (up
to and including the draft as of July 16, 1996), public filings of the Company,
financial and other information provided by Company management, and information
obtained in conversations with Company management. Information provided
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
by Company management included financial statements reflecting estimated 1996
fiscal year results, adjusted to remove non-recurring items and to reflect
completed and planned cost reductions, pro forma for the sale of EADS (announced
June 25, 1996) and certain Dispositions. The Company has retained Patricof to
explore the sale of certain assets and intends to use the proceeds from any such
sales to repurchase Debentures. In addition, Company management provided base
case, upside case and downside case projected financial results of the Company
through 2001 together with estimates of the likelihood of occurrence of each
case. Patricof relied upon and assumed without independent verification the
accuracy and completeness of all information about the Company that Patricof
reviewed. With respect to the pro forma financial statements and projections,
Patricof assumed that such pro forma financial statements and projections had
been prepared on bases reflecting the best currently available estimates and
judgments of the management of the Company as to its expected future
performance. Patricof did not assume any responsibility for the information or
forecasts provided to it. Patricof relied upon assurances of Company management
that they are unaware of any facts that would make the information or forecasts
provided to Patricof incomplete or misleading. Patricof did not make an
independent evaluation or appraisal of the assets or liabilities (contingent or
otherwise) of the Company.
 
    In addition, Patricof compared certain financial data of the Company with
various other companies whose securities are publicly traded, reviewed the
historical prices and trading volumes of the Common Stock, Preferred Stock and
Debentures of the Company, and, as further discussed below, conducted such other
financial studies, analyses and investigations as it deemed appropriate for
purposes of its opinion, including consideration, on a pre- and post- exchange
basis, of the value per share of Common Stock based on comparative company,
liquidation and discounted cash flow valuation methods.
 
    In rendering its opinion, Patricof performed valuation analyses which
compared the estimated value of the Common Stock on a per share basis prior to
the consummation of the Exchange Offer with the estimated value of the Common
Stock on a per share basis pro forma for the consummation of the Exchange Offer.
The estimated value of the Common Stock prior to the consummation of the
Exchange Offer was calculated as the equity value of the Company less the
estimated value of the Preferred Stock. In its determination of the equity value
of the Company, Patricof relied equally on the results of a discounted cash flow
valuation of the Company and the results of a comparative company valuation of
the Company. These analyses were based primarily on the Company's estimated 1996
fiscal year results, adjusted to remove non-recurring items and to reflect
completed and planned cost reductions results, pro forma for the sale of EADS
and certain Dispositions, assuming the use of proceeds from any such sales plus
cash on hand to repurchase Debentures. In its determination of the estimated
value of the Preferred Stock, Patricof utilized a discounted dividend approach.
Based on these analyses and various assumptions respecting discount rates, the
price at which certain Dispositions will be sold and the price at which
Debentures will be repurchased, Patricof estimates a range of value per share of
Common Stock of $1.86 to $4.16 prior to the consummation of the Exchange Offer
and $1.61 to $3.81 pro forma for the consummation of the Exchange Offer.
 
    Patricof expressed no opinion as to the prices at which the Common Stock may
trade following the consummation of the Exchange Offer.
 
    METHODOLOGY
 
    The following is a summary of the analyses undertaken by Patricof in
rendering the Patricof Fairness Opinion. This summary does not purport, however,
to be a complete description of the analyses underlying the Patricof Fairness
Opinion. The preparation of a fairness opinion is a complex analytical process
involving various determinations as the most appropriate and relevant methods of
financial analysis and the application of those methods to the particular
circumstances at hand. Accordingly, a fairness opinion is not readily
susceptible to summary description.
 
    In valuing the equity of the Company, Patricof considered (i) the Company's
market focus, growth opportunities, and competition, (ii) the value of the
Company's tangible and intangible assets, (iii) the
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
Company's earnings capacity and predictability of earnings, (iv) the market
value of the Company's Common and Preferred Stock, (v) the value of comparative
public companies ("Comparative Company Analysis"), (vi) the discounted cash flow
projected by the Company ("Discounted Cash Flow Analysis"), and (vii) the
discounted value of the Preferred Stock arrearage and annual dividends.
 
    MARKET FOCUS, GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES AND COMPETITION
 
    As of the date of the April 27, 1996 10-Q, the Company primarily consisted
of three lines of business: the automotive dealer management system business
("EADS"), the computer telephony integration systems business ("CTI"), and the
systems integration and proprietary hardware and software business (Open Systems
Networking division, or "OSN") which includes the MINX video conferencing
business. The Company estimates total revenue of $184.6 million, EBITDA of $15.3
million and loss before extraordinary items (excluding the gain realized on the
sale of EADS) of $6.6 million for the fiscal year ended July 27, 1996.
 
    On June 25, 1996 Datapoint announced the sale of EADS to Kalamazoo Computer
Group plc for a price of $33 million. During 1996 Datapoint took actions to
reduce operating expenses. Adjusting estimated fiscal year 1996 results for the
full year impact of cost reductions and for non-recurring expenses results in an
increase in earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization
("EBITDA") of $3.1 million. The Company plans to undertake additional cost
cutting programs in the remainder of fiscal year 1996 and into fiscal year 1997.
Adjusting estimated fiscal year 1996 results for these actions results in an
increase in EBITDA of an additional $2.6 million. The Company has estimated 1996
revenue and EBITDA, pro forma for the sale of EADS, and adjusted for
non-recurring items and cost reductions, of $158.2 million and $15.0 million.
The Company generated the majority (over 90%) of this estimated fiscal year 1996
revenue in Europe.
 
    Pro forma for the sale of EADS, the Company is focused on (i) systems
integration for corporate clients in the field of computer telephony
integration, including the sale of computer telephony integration products
manufactured by third parties and provision of ongoing service and maintenance
for this equipment, and (ii) the sale of proprietary and third party computer
systems networking equipment and software, the integration of this equipment and
software into the customers existing systems, and the ongoing service and
maintenance of this equipment (OSN). Both the CTI and OSN divisions face strong
competition from larger, well capitalized companies. Management believes that
the CTI division is well positioned to capitalize on the strong growth expected
in the computer telephony integration market, and that the OSN division will
maintain its current sales level by selling upgrades and service to its
installed base of proprietary hardware and software and by assisting existing
and new customers in integrating third party hardware and software.
 
    VALUE OF TANGIBLE AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
    The Company is not anticipating a liquidation of its assets, and Patricof
therefore placed little weight on the result of a liquidation value analysis of
the Company's tangible assets. Based on the Company's estimated fiscal year end
1996 balance sheet, the value of the Company's tangible assets in a liquidation,
after satisfaction of the Company's liabilities, is likely to be negative and
therefore lower than the going concern value of the Company.
 
    The most significant intangible assets of the Company are its video
conferencing and dual speed local area networking patents, and related
litigation in which Datapoint is plaintiff. These patents and lawsuits are
potentially extremely valuable to the Company. However, Patricof believes based
on discussions with the Company's outside counsel, that there is no way to
predict the outcome of these lawsuits or the value of the patents at this time.
As such, Patricof has not assigned a quantitative value to these assets in its
analyses. However, when comparing the Company to the comparative companies in
the Comparative Company Analysis, Patricof did consider the potential value of
these assets as a positive factor for the Company.
 
EARNINGS CAPACITY AND PREDICTABILITY OF EARNINGS
 
    The Company has estimated 1996 revenue and EBITDA, pro forma for the sale of
EADS and certain Dispositions, and adjusted for non-recurring items and cost
reductions, of $113.7 million and $13.7 million, respectively. Company
management believes that it is likely the Company will continue to generate this
level
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
of revenue and EBITDA for the foreseeable future due to the stability of revenue
and profits from the installed base of proprietary hardware and software and due
to the Company's ability to generate revenue and profits from the sale of third
party equipment and software to existing and new customers.
 
MARKET PRICES OF COMMON AND PREFERRED STOCK
 
    Patricof considered, but did not rely upon, the trading history of the
Common Stock and Preferred Stock. The recent trading history of the Common Stock
and Preferred Stock has been influenced by the announcement of the proposed
exchange offer. Prior to the announcement of the proposed exchange offer, the
market prices of these securities did not fully reflect a successful sale of
EADS, and as such do not accurately reflect the current value of the Company.
 
ESTIMATED EQUITY VALUE OF THE COMPANY BASED ON COMPARATIVE COMPANY ANALYSIS
 
    Patricof selected companies comparative to Datapoint based on six criteria:
(i) primary SIC code of 7373, (ii) revenue between $25 and $500 million, (iii)
negative net income before extraordinary items for at least three of the last
five fiscal years, (iv) traded on NYSE, ASE, or NASDAQ exchange, (v) not the
subject of an ancillary transaction such as a takeover or going private
transaction, and (vi) U.S. company. This resulted in six companies (the
"Comparatives"): (i) Consilium, Inc., (ii) Control Data Systems, Inc., (iii)
IKOS Systems, Inc., (iv) Rational Software Corporation, (v) Structural Dynamics
Research Corporation, and (vi) Sulcus Computer Corporation. Patricof believes
that the most important investor appraisal ratios in valuing the Company's
equity to be total enterprise value (equity value plus net debt, "TEV") to
revenues and TEV to EBITDA. Patricof selected Control Data Systems, Inc. as the
most comparable to the Company. Based on analyst estimates of revenue and EBITDA
for Control Data Systems, Inc. for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996,
Control Data Systems, Inc. exhibited TEV to revenue and TEV to EBITDA ratios of
0.6x and 9.6x, respectively. Patricof applied a 20% discount to these multiples
to reflect the smaller size and weaker capital structure of the Company, offset
by the potential value of the Company's patents and litigation. The discounted
multiples of 0.5x revenue and 7.7x EBITDA were applied to the Company's
estimated 1996 revenue and EBITDA, pro forma for the sale of EADS and certain
Dispositions, and adjusted for non-recurring items and cost reductions, of
$113.7 million and $13.7 million, to obtain a TEV for the Company. Net debt was
subtracted from this TEV, at varying levels of net debt based on various sales
prices for certain Dispositions and repurchase scenarios for Debentures, to
reach an estimated equity value for the Company of $42.5 to $77.5 million.
 
ESTIMATED EQUITY VALUE OF THE COMPANY BASED ON DISCOUNTED CASH FLOW ANALYSIS
 
    The Company's unlevered free cash flow from 1997 through 2001 was discounted
to the present. A terminal value was calculated based on the average of (i) the
perpetuity value of 2001 unlevered free cash flow and (ii) a terminal multiple
of between seven and nine times EBITDA. The value of the discounted unlevered
free cash flow was added to the discounted terminal value to obtain a TEV for
the Company for each of the Company's base case, downside case and upside case
projections, given a range of discount rates reflecting a range of Datapoint
cost of equity of 15% to 25%. Net debt was subtracted from this TEV, at varying
levels of net debt based on various sales prices for certain Dispositions and
repurchase scenarios for Debentures, to reach an estimated equity value for the
Company of $21 million to $73 million.
 
ESTIMATED VALUE OF PREFERRED STOCK
 
    Patricof has been informed by the Company's counsel that there are various
restrictions under Delaware law that may limit the Company's ability to pay
dividends on its Preferred Stock. The accumulated dividend arrearage and the
value of the $1 annual dividend were discounted to the present from the date at
which the Company would reach positive net worth, on the assumption that under
Delaware law then Company would then be permitted to pay such dividends and the
Company's Board would declare dividends at that juncture. This calculation was
performed for each of the base case, upside case and downside case projections,
and based on various sales prices for certain Dispositions and repurchase
scenarios for Debentures, to reach an estimated value of the Preferred Stock of
$6.3 million to $18.4 million.
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
CONCLUSION
 
   
    The above ranges of value are necessarily broad, as they reflect the results
of a number of different scenarios considered in arriving at Patricof's opinion.
The scenarios represent a range of assumptions regarding two variables (the
proceeds from the sale of Telephony and the discount rate applied in the
discounted cash flow analysis) in the case of the determination of the
discounted cash flow equity value and the preferred value, and one variable (the
proceeds from the sale of Telephony) in the case of the determination of the
comparative company equity value. The fairness of the Exchange Offer in each of
the scenarios was considered in determining Patricof's opinion (e.g. in the
scenario in Patricof's analysis which results in an equity value at the bottom
of the range, the Exchange Offer is fair to common shareholders, similarly, in
the scenario in which the equity value is at the top end of the range the
Exchange Offer is fair to the common shareholders). Based on the average of the
equity values obtained in the Comparative Company and Discounted Cash Flow
analyses and the value of the Preferred Stock obtained as described above,
Patricof estimates a range of value per share of Common Stock of $1.86 to $4.16
prior to the consummation of the Exchange Offer and $1.61 to $3.81 pro forma for
the consummation of the Exchange Offer. Based on the overlapping ranges of value
and upon the consideration of unquantifiable benefits to holders of Common
Stock, such as increased financial flexibility of the Company following the
consummation of the Exchange Offer, it is Patricof's opinion as of July 24, 1996
and as of the date of this Proxy Statement that the Exchange Offer is fair, from
a financial point of view, to the holders of Common Stock (other than Mr.
Edelman, with respect to whom no opinion was requested).
    
 
   
    Patricof and its affiliate, Apax Partners & Co., approached a number of U.S.
and European companies which are potential strategic purchasers of Telephony.
Patricof provided those potential purchasers evidencing interest in Telephony
with certain business and financial information regarding Telephony and set a
deadline of September 16, 1996 for submission of indications of interest by
prospective purchasers (such indications of interest are to contain a
preliminary valuation of Telephony). On October 22, 1996 the Company announced
that it had received indications of interest in connection with the potential
sale of Telephony and that negotiations are being actively pursued.
    
 
   
    Patricof has reviewed the Company's Form 10-K dated July 27, 1996 and the
most current 1997 preliminary budget information of Datapoint and reviewed its
analyses based on such information assuming both the expected sale of Telephony
and the possibility that Telephony will not be sold, and it remains Patricof's
opinion that the Exchange Offer is fair, from a financial point of view, to the
holders of the Company's Common Stock (other than Mr. Edelman, with respect to
whom no opinion was requested).
    
 
    Patricof is a nationally recognized investment banking firm and is
continually engaged in the valuation of businesses in connection with
restructuring, mergers and acquisitions, private placements, leveraged buyouts,
fairness opinions and valuations for estate, corporate and other purposes.
 
    Patricof has served as financial advisor to the Company with respect to the
sale of Telephony since March 20, 1996. With respect to the sale of Telephony,
Patricof has received $100,000 in retainer payments. An additional retainer of
$100,000 is payable to Patricof at such time as a letter of intent or a similar
agreement is entered into. The retainers are creditable against any success fee
due to Patricof upon the sale of Telephony. Patricof will receive a success fee
upon the sale of Telephony of 1 1/2% of the purchase price up to $55 million,
plus an additional 2 1/2% of the purchase price from $55 million to $65 million,
plus an additional 5% of any part of the purchase price exceeding $65 million.
In addition, Patricof has been engaged as financial advisor to the Board of
Directors with respect to the Exchange Offer since April 9, 1996 and the Company
has paid to Patricof $50,000 in connection with this engagement. An additional
$50,000 is payable by the Company upon delivery of Patricof's written opinion.
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
CERTAIN CONSEQUENCES TO HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK THAT IS NOT EXCHANGED
 
    If the Requisite Votes are received and the Preferred Stock Amendment
becomes effective, each share of Preferred Stock (inclusive of accumulated and
unpaid dividends) will be subject to the Preferred Stock Amendment, and will be
automatically reclassified as and changed into 3.25 shares of Common Stock,
regardless of whether the holder of such Preferred Stock voted for the Preferred
Stock Amendment. Upon receipt of the Requisite Votes at the Annual Meeting, the
Company will file the Preferred Stock Amendment with the Secretary of State of
the State of Delaware. The Company will immediately thereafter commence the
exchange of certificates representing shares of Preferred Stock for certificates
representing shares of Common Stock in accordance with the terms of the
Preferred Stock Amendment. Holders of Preferred Stock that is reclassified as
shares of Common Stock in the Preferred Stock Reclassification will not be
entitled to receive accumulated dividends thereon. Notwithstanding the approval
of the Preferred Stock Amendment at the Annual Meeting, the Board of Directors
reserves the right to abandon filing the Preferred Stock Amendment and
consummation of the Preferred Stock Reclassification. See "The Exchange Offer --
Conditions."
 
    If the Preferred Stock Amendment is not approved at the Annual Meeting, the
Company shall accept for exchange such Preferred Stock tendered and not
withdrawn as of the Expiration Date, provided that at least 66 2/3% of the
outstanding shares of Preferred Stock has been tendered and not withdrawn as of
the Expiration Date. If less than 66 2/3% of the outstanding shares of Preferred
Stock has been tendered and not withdrawn as of the Expiration Date, the Company
may elect to accept for exchange such shares of Preferred Stock in whole, or in
the alternative, to not accept any such shares for exchange.
 
    If the Preferred Stock Amendment is not adopted, certain adverse
consequences may occur to Holders of Preferred Stock whose shares are not
tendered and exchanged in the Exchange Offer including the following: (i) the
trading market for shares of Preferred Stock may become more limited, which may
affect the liquidity and market price of such Preferred Stock and (ii) the
Company may determine not to pay dividends on the Preferred Stock as a result of
its financial position or be prohibited from paying dividends under any future
credit facility entered into by the Company, and as such, the dividend
arrearages on the Preferred Stock will continue to accumulate and remain unpaid,
negatively impacting the Company's ability to improve its financial position.
However, Holders of Preferred Stock not exchanged will (i) have the right to
elect two directors of the Company at the next annual meeting of stockholders
and at each successive annual meeting thereafter until all dividend arrearages
on the Preferred Stock are eliminated; (ii) continue to be entitled to a $20
liquidation preference, plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid dividends, in
the event of the liquidation, dissolution of winding up of the Company; and
(iii) continue to be senior to any claims of the Holders of Common Stock,
including Common Stock issued in the Exchange Offer, in the event of the
bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of the Company. In addition, each
Holder of Preferred Stock has the right to exchange each such share (inclusive
of all accrued and unpaid dividends) into two shares of the Common Stock until
all dividend arrearages on the Preferred Stock are eliminated. See "Risk Factors
- -- Risks Associated with Retention of the Preferred Stock."
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
DILUTION
 
    The equity interest of the current Holders of Common Stock would be diluted
to not less than approximately 70% of the total issued and outstanding shares of
Common Stock under the 100% Conversion Assumption, or to approximately 82% of
the total issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock under the 50% Tender
Assumption. See "Pro Forma Unaudited Financial Information." The following table
shows the beneficial ownership by the parties indicated therein of the Common
Stock before and after consummation of the Exchange Offer:
                         COMMON STOCK OWNERSHIP SUMMARY
   
                            (AS OF OCTOBER 18, 1996)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             AFTER CONSUMMATION
                                                                                           OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
                                                                            ----------------------------------------------------
                                                                                 100% CONVERSION              50% TENDER
                                                    PRE-EXCHANGE OFFER             ASSUMPTION                 ASSUMPTION
                                                 -------------------------  -------------------------  -------------------------
                                                    SHARES          %          SHARES          %          SHARES          %
                                                 ------------  -----------  ------------  -----------  ------------  -----------
<S>                                              <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>
Existing Holders of Common Stock...............    13,931,640        100%     13,931,640         70%     13,931,640         82%
Exchanging Holders of Preferred Stock..........             0          0%      6,071,182         30%      3,035,591         18%
                                                 ------------        ---    ------------        ---    ------------        ---
    Total......................................    13,931,640        100%     20,002,822        100%     16,967,231        100%
                                                 ------------        ---    ------------        ---    ------------        ---
                                                 ------------        ---    ------------        ---    ------------        ---
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
(1) Existing Holders of Preferred Stock currently have the right to exchange
    each share of Preferred Stock outstanding into two shares of Common Stock in
    accordance with the terms of the Preferred Stock Designation as a result of
    the current dividend arrearages (not included in calculations).
 
RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
 
    In order for the Company to meet certain of its obligations and to improve
its financial position, the Company is pursuing actions to provide additional
cash infusions, including the sale of selected assets and operations of the
Company. The Company has retained Patricof in connection with the potential
disposition of its Telephony division, as well as other asset and equity sale
transactions and proposals.
 
   
    On May 28, 1996, the Company entered into an agreement with Kalamazoo
Computer Group, plc, a public limited company organized under the laws of
England, providing for the sale by Datapoint to Kalamazoo of Datapoint's
European Automotive Dealer Management systems division for a purchase price of
approximately $33.0 million. From the sales proceeds, the Company realized
approximately $29.4 million (net of transaction related expenses and
adjustments). As part of the arrangements, Datapoint will continue to provide
computer hardware and hardware services through a subcontract arrangement with
Kalamazoo.
    
 
   
    Of the approximately $29.4 million net proceeds received from the above
sale, the Company paid $850,000 to satisfy and discharge in full the outstanding
senior secured indebtedness owing to CIT and paid NTI, one of its two generally
secured creditors, $2.2 million representing the two deferred principal payments
on secured debt which were due in December 1994 and December 1995, as well as
accrued and unpaid interest. In addition, the proceeds from the Kalamazoo
transaction enabled the Company to pay by June 30, 1996 (within the 30-day grace
period measured from June 1, 1996) the $2.9 million interest payment on the
Debentures. On July 1, 1996, Datapoint entered into an agreement with NTI
pursuant to which Datapoint paid $5.05 million to NTI in full satisfaction of
all amounts due and to be due under a 1992 agreement Datapoint had entered into
with NTI to resolve a patent dispute. The prepayment agreement relieves the
Company of its obligation to make annual $1 million payments to NTI that
commenced in December 1993 and of which seven payments remained to be made, as
well as certain contingent payment obligations. The balance of the proceeds from
the sale of EADS will be utilized by Datapoint for working capital purposes and
to pay other obligations of the Company. This may include, from time to time,
repurchasing its Debentures in the public market or in privately negotiated
transactions or otherwise reducing existing debt owed by the Company to its
creditor groups.
    
 
    On May 14, 1996, the Company, working with a Florida based systems
integrator for the corrections industry, announced the completion of the
installation of the first large scale video visitation system in the U.S. at the
Brevard County Detention Center in Florida resulting in $204,520 revenue for the
Company.
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
   
    In December 1994, a lawsuit was brought against the Company involving the
earlier sale of real estate by the Company. In April 1996, an adverse jury
verdict was rendered against the Company and two of its executive officers.
During the fourth quarter of 1996, a settlement was reached among the litigants.
As such, the District Court entered a Judgment Non Obstante Veredicto (Judgment
Notwithstanding the Verdict) that set aside the jury's findings against the
Company and its two executive officers and set aside all damages. The $3.3
million settlement, which was reached to avoid the considerable expense,
including the business disruption of a protracted appeal and legal process, had
no material impact on the Company's then current cash position as it included
payment of funds from a non-working capital trust fund that were otherwise not
available to the Company, issuance of a short term note, and shares of the
Company's common stock.
    
 
   
    The Company has recently been successful in asserting its United States
video conferencing patents resulting in payments for licenses. On June 6, 1996,
the Company entered into an agreement with NEC America, Inc. for the licensing
of Datapoint's video conferencing patents. On April 10, 1996, the Company
announced that it had commenced suit in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern
District of New York to recover damages against two companies for infringement
of Datapoint's patent covering multi-speed network processing (U.S. Patent No.
5,008,879). These patents cover certain ARCNET and Fast Ethernet products
recently introduced by various suppliers to the local-area network industry and
dominates certain types of dual-speed LAN Adaptor Products recently introduced
by various industry leaders. Currently, the Company is pursuing litigation in
this respect against six defendants (DATAPOINT CORPORATION V. COMPRESSION LABS,
INC., No. 3:93-CV-2522 D (N.D.Tex.); DATAPOINT CORPORATION V. PICTURETEL
CORPORATION, No. 3:93-CV-2381-D (N.D.Tex) (for which a trial date has been set
in February 1997); DATAPOINT CORPORATION V. VIDEOLAN CORP., No.96-2861-AET
(D.N.J.); DATAPOINT V. TELEOS COMMUNICATIONS, INC., No. 95-4455-AET (D.N.J.);
DATAPOINT CORPORATION V. STANDARD MICRO-SYSTEMS, INC. AND INTEL CORPORATION, No.
CV-96-1685 JBW (E.D.N.Y.) (the "--1685 action") and has negotiated three
settlements, two for an aggregate of $1.0 million and one for an undisclosed
amount. On August 1, 1996, the Company commenced an additional suit against
Intel and Standard Microsystems for infringement of a closely-related patent,
U.S. No. 5,077,732. (DATAPOINT CORP. V. STANDARD MICROSYSTEMS CORP. AND INTEL
CORP., INDIVIDUALLY, AND AS REPRESENTATIVES OF THE CLASS OF ALL MANUFACTURERS,
VENDORS AND USERS OF FAST ETHERNET-COMPLIANT, DUAL PROTOCOL LOCAL-AREA NETWORK
PRODUCTS, Civil Action No. CV-96-3819 (JBW)(E.D.N.Y.) (the "--3819 action")).
The Company has moved to certify the -1685 action as a defendant class action
with respect to all manufacturers, vendors, and users of dual-protocol, Fast
Ethernet-compliant local area network products. On June 28, 1996, the Court
denied that motion, without prejudice to renew at a later date. The Company
intends, in the future, to renew its motion to certify the -1685 action, and to
seek similar "defendant class action" status for the -3819 action. If successful
in its certification efforts, the defendant classes in the -1685 and -3819
actions would include approximately one-hundred potential infringers of the
multispeed network processing and related patents.
    
 
    In JOHN FRASSANITO AND DAVID A. MONROE V. DATAPOINT CORP., Civil Action No.
H-95-812 (S.D. Tex.) plaintiffs alleged that the Company usurped various
patentable inventions and trade secrets in connection with the development of
its MINX systems. They also asserted a cause of action for patent infringement,
and a cause of action requiring Datapoint to assign certain MINX-related patents
and other intellectual property. On August 16, 1996, the Court dismissed with
prejudice plaintiffs' claims of patent infringement against Datapoint and
dismissed without prejudice plaintiffs' pendent state law claims and Datapoint's
state law counter-claims for lack of subject matter jurisdiction.
 
    These actions represent the first step in the Company's industry-wide
program to license and enforce its multi-speed networking patents and video
conferencing patents through negotiations and/or litigation. The Company
believes that these patents provide broad coverage in video conferencing and
multi-speed networking technology and present the opportunity for further
royalty bearing licenses. Such royalty bearing licenses and enforcement of its
patents will be a primary strategy of the Company's business going forward to
create long-term value for its stockholders. See "Business of the Company --
Patents and Trademarks."
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
                          DESCRIPTION OF COMMON STOCK
 
GENERAL
 
   
    The Company's Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, authorizes the
issuance of 40 million shares of Common Stock of which 13,931,640 shares
(excluding 7,059,577 treasury shares) were issued and outstanding on October 18,
1996. The aggregate market value (based upon the last reported sale price of the
Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange--Composite Tape on October 18, 1996)
of the shares of Common Stock held by non-affiliates was approximately $14.9
million. (For purposes of calculating the preceding amount only, all directors
and executive officers of the registrant are assumed to be affiliates.) The
Company has reserved a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock for issuance
upon exchange of shares of the Preferred Stock pursuant to the Exchange Offer or
Preferred Stock Reclassification, as the case may be.
    
 
PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS; LIQUIDATION OR DISSOLUTION
 
    The holders of Common Stock do not have preemptive rights and are not
entitled to a liquidation preference in the event of the liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Company. Subject to the preferential rights of
the Holders of the Preferred Stock and any other shares of preferred stock of
the Company hereafter issued, all shares of Common Stock rank equally on
dissolution and are entitled to participate equally in such dividends as may be
declared by the Board out of funds legally available therefor. All shares of
Common Stock presently outstanding are, and, when issued upon exchange of the
Preferred Stock pursuant to the Exchange Offer or Preferred Stock
Reclassification, as the case may be, all shares of Common stock will be, fully
paid and nonassessable.
 
VOTING RIGHTS
 
    The holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share held of
record on all matters upon which stockholders generally have the right to vote.
The Common Stock does not have cumulative voting rights.
 
DIVIDENDS
 
    Dividends on the Common Stock may be declared by the Board from time to time
out of funds legally available therefor, after provision for the preferential
dividend rights of Holders of the Preferred Stock and any other preferential
dividend rights the Board may fix for any other series of preferred stock that
may be issued and outstanding. The Preferred Stock Designation prohibits the
payment of dividends on the Common Stock whenever quarterly dividend payments on
the Preferred Stock are in arrears. See "Market Prices for Preferred Stock and
Common Stock"; and "Annex A -- Description of Preferred Stock -- Dividends."
 
LISTING, TRANSFER AGENT
 
    The outstanding Common Stock is listed on the NYSE. Continental Stock
Transfer and Trust Company acts as Registrar and Transfer Agent for the
outstanding Common Stock. The Company will make application and use its best
efforts to seek the authorization of the NYSE for listing any additional shares
of Common Stock issued in the Exchange Offer or Preferred Stock
Reclassification, as the case may be, on the NYSE as may be necessary.
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
               MARKET PRICES FOR PREFERRED STOCK AND COMMON STOCK
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
   
    There are 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock authorized for issuance,
2,000,000 of which have been designated as the Preferred Stock. As of October
18, 1996, there were approximately 415 record holders and 1,868,056 outstanding
shares of Preferred Stock. The Preferred Stock is listed and traded on the NYSE
under the symbol "DPTA".
    
 
    The following table provides, for the periods indicated, the high and low
closing sales price per share for the Preferred Stock:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   PRICE RANGE
                                                                               --------------------
<S>                                                                            <C>        <C>
                                                                                 HIGH        LOW
                                                                               ---------  ---------
Fiscal year 1996
  Fourth quarter.............................................................  $    4.00  $    2.00
  Third quarter..............................................................       4.00       2.00
  Second quarter.............................................................       2.63       1.88
  First quarter..............................................................       2.63       1.75
Fiscal year 1995:
  Fourth quarter.............................................................       1.88       1.13
  Third quarter..............................................................       1.88       1.00
  Second quarter.............................................................       2.63       1.25
  First quarter..............................................................       6.38       2.25
Fiscal year 1994
  Fourth quarter.............................................................       8.00       5.75
  Third quarter..............................................................       8.63       7.63
  Second quarter.............................................................       8.88       8.00
  First quarter..............................................................       8.38       7.75
Fiscal year 1993
  Fourth quarter.............................................................       8.38       7.50
  Third quarter..............................................................       9.13       7.75
  Second quarter.............................................................       8.00       6.63
  First quarter..............................................................       7.88       6.25
</TABLE>
 
   
    The annual dividend rate on the Preferred Stock is $1.00 per share, payable
in cash on a quarterly basis. In fiscal 1993, the Company paid an aggregate of
approximately $1.8 million in dividends on Preferred Stock ($1.00 per share).
From and including October 15, 1994 the Company has not issued the dividends
payable on the Preferred Stock, resulting in accumulated dividends aggregating
approximately $4.2 million ($2.23 per share) as of October 15, 1996. See "Risk
Factors -- Risks Associated with the Company in General -- Financial Condition
of the Company," "-- Risks Associated with Retention of the Preferred Stock" and
"Background; Purposes and Effects of the Exchange Offer." If the Preferred Stock
Amendment is approved and the Preferred Stock Reclassification is consummated,
each share of Preferred Stock (inclusive of unpaid dividends) will be subject to
the Preferred Stock Reclassification and will be reclassified as and changed
into 3.25 shares of Common Stock in accordance therewith. If the Preferred Stock
Reclassification is not consummated, to the extent that the Preferred Stock is
tendered and exchanged in the Exchange Offer, the trading market for Preferred
Stock not tendered and exchanged in the Exchange Offer may become limited or
eliminated. See "Risk Factors -- Risks Associated with Retention of the
Preferred Stock -- NYSE Listing" and "Background; Purposes and Effects of the
Exchange Offer -- Certain Consequences to Non-Tendering Holders of Preferred
Stock."
    
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
COMMON STOCK
 
   
    There are 40,000,000 shares of Common Stock authorized for issuance. As of
October 18, 1996 there were approximately 3,128 record holders and 13,931,640
outstanding shares of Common Stock. The Common Stock is listed and traded on the
NYSE under the symbol "DPT".
    
 
    The following table provides, for the periods indicated, the high and low
closing sales price for the Common Stock:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   PRICE RANGE
                                                                               --------------------
<S>                                                                            <C>        <C>
                                                                                 HIGH        LOW
                                                                               ---------  ---------
Fiscal year 1996
  Fourth quarter.............................................................  $    1.88  $    1.00
  Third quarter..............................................................       1.88       1.00
  Second quarter.............................................................       1.50       1.00
  First quarter..............................................................       2.38       1.38
Fiscal year 1995:
  Fourth quarter.............................................................       1.88       1.00
  Third quarter..............................................................       2.00       1.25
  Second quarter.............................................................       2.34       1.50
  First quarter..............................................................       3.88       1.25
Fiscal year 1994
  Fourth quarter.............................................................       6.13       3.38
  Third quarter..............................................................       7.38       4.50
  Second quarter.............................................................       8.25       5.88
  First quarter..............................................................       7.63       5.50
Fiscal year 1993
  Fourth quarter.............................................................       7.38       3.88
  Third quarter..............................................................       6.75       4.25
  Second quarter.............................................................       5.25       1.63
  First quarter..............................................................       2.88       1.38
</TABLE>
    
 
    Dividends on the Common Stock are paid when and as declared by the Board of
Directors. The Company has not paid cash dividends to date on its Common Stock
and has no present intention to pay cash dividends on its Common Stock in the
near future. The Preferred Stock Designation prohibits the payment of dividends
on the Common Stock whenever quarterly dividend payments on the Preferred Stock
are in arrears. See "Risk Factors -- Risks Associated with the Company in
General -- Financial Condition of the Company", "-- Risks Associated with
Investment in the Exchange Consideration" and "Background; Purposes and Effects
of the Exchange Offer."
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
   
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
    
 
   
OVERVIEW
    
 
   
    Throughout 1996, the Company's main objectives to preserve and improve the
Company's cash liquidity and financial position and to allow the Company to meet
its future operating cash flow requirements were as follows:
    
 
   
    1.  Product marketing to maintain stabilized revenue levels
    
 
   
    2.  Continued review and reduction of operating costs; and
    
 
   
    3.  One-time cash infusions to meet operating requirements.
    
 
   
    During 1996, the Company had total revenue of $179.5 million, an increase of
$4.6 million from the previous year. The increase was primarily attributable to
higher sales in certain of the Company's European subsidiaries offset by a
declining maintenance revenue base in the European subsidiaries and a favorable
impact of $2.2 million related to the weakening U.S. dollar when compared with
the same period a year ago. In addition, as a result of the full year
realization of the several cost cutting actions undertaken in the prior year,
operating expenses decreased $12.3 million. The combination of these two factors
resulted in the Company's achieving operating income during 1996 of $1.0
million.
    
 
   
    During 1996, the Company pursued and is continuing to pursue actions to
provide cash infusions, including the sale of selected assets and operations of
the Company, to meet certain of its obligations and to improve its financial
position. In this regard, on May 28, 1996, the Company entered into an agreement
with Kalamazoo Computer Group, plc, a public limited company organized under the
laws of England, providing for the sale by Datapoint to Kalamazoo of EADS, other
than its United Kingdom operations, for a purchase price of $33.0 million. After
net liabilities transferred to Kalamazoo and other expenses related to the sale,
the Company's net cash proceeds were approximately $29.4 million. As part of the
agreement, the Company will continue to provide computer hardware and hardware
services to the EADS network, at various discounts, through a subcontract
agreement with Kalamazoo.
    
 
   
    Of the approximate $29.4 million net proceeds received from the above sale,
the Company paid $850,000 to satisfy and discharge in full the outstanding
senior secured indebtedness owing to the CIT Group/Credit Finance ("CIT") and
paid Northern Telecom Inc. ("NTI"), one of its two generally secured creditors,
$2.2 million representing the two deferred principal payments on secured debt
which were due in December 1994 and December 1995, as well as accrued and unpaid
interest. In addition, the proceeds from the Kalamazoo transaction enabled the
Company to pay by June 30, 1996 (within the 30-day grace period measured from
June 1, 1996) the $2.9 million interest payment on the 8 7/8% convertible
subordinated Debentures. On July 1, 1996, Datapoint entered into an agreement
with NTI pursuant to which Datapoint paid $5.05 million to NTI in full
satisfaction of all amounts due and to be due under the note Datapoint had
entered into with NTI to resolve a patent dispute. The prepayment agreement
relieves the Company of its obligation to make annual $1.0 million payments to
NTI that commenced in December 1993 and of which seven payments remained to be
made, as well as certain contingent payment obligations. The balance of the
proceeds from the sale of EADS will be utilized by Datapoint for working capital
purposes and to pay other obligations of the Company. This may include, from
time to time, repurchasing in the public market or in privately negotiated
transactions the Debentures or otherwise reducing existing debt owed by the
Company to its creditor groups.
    
 
   
    In addition, on July 24, 1996, the Company announced that its Board of
Directors determined to offer for exchange for each share of its $1.00
Exchangeable Preferred Stock ($1.00 par value) 3.25 shares of its Common Stock
($.25 par value) and to submit a proposal to stockholders under which each share
of its $1.00 Exchangeable Preferred Stock would be converted into 3.25 shares of
Common Stock. The Company had previously announced on April 16, 1996, that it
intended to submit to its stockholders a proposal to effect the conversion of
the $1.00 Exchangeable Preferred Stock into 2.75 shares of its Common Stock. The
affirmative vote of two-thirds of the outstanding shares of the $1.00
Exchangeable Preferred Stock and a majority vote of
    
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
   
the outstanding shares of the Common Stock will be required to adopt the
proposal which the Company expects to submit at its Annual Meeting of
Stockholders to be held on December 10, 1996. On January 16, 1996, the Company
announced that it was in arrears on its $1.00 preferred stock in an aggregate
amount equal to six full quarterly dividends. As a result, each holder of $1.00
preferred stock currently has the right to exchange each such share into two
shares of the Company's common stock.
    
 
   
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY
    
 
   
    During 1996, the Company's net cash provided from operations was $1.3
million. Primarily, this was attributable to reduced inventory and accounts
receivable, offset by the $3.8 million in payments of restructuring costs.
    
 
   
    During 1996, net cash provided from investing activities increased $25.8
million. This increase was largely due to the approximate $29.4 million net
proceeds received from the sale of EADS to Kalamazoo, offset by fixed asset
purchases, net of dispositions, of $3.4 million.
    
 
   
    Net cash used in financing activities was $11.9 million in 1996, primarily
related to the net paydown of the Company's borrowings including the debt
repayments to CIT and NTI.
    
 
   
    As of July 27, 1996, the Company had restricted cash of $0.9 million as
compared to $2.5 million in the prior year. The 1996 and 1995 balances were
restricted primarily to cover various lines of credits, reflected as payables to
banks.
    
 
   
    Cash used for investment in fixed assets (primarily test equipment, spares
and internally-used equipment) was $3.7 million in 1996, compared to $4.7
million in 1995 and $10.8 million in 1994. There are no material commitments for
capital expenditures at the present time.
    
 
   
    Accounts payable decreased to $20.3 million in 1996 from $23.3 million in
1995. Throughout the year, the Company continued to work with its accounts
payable creditors to extend additional credit and credit terms, thus maintaining
functional relationships with such creditors during 1996. The Company has no
significant purchase commitments outstanding as of July 27, 1996.
    
 
   
    The Company's cash and cash equivalents increased $14.7 million to $23.2
million. This was primarily due to the cash infusion in 1996 of approximately
$29.4 million resulting from the sale of the Company's EADS business to
Kalamazoo, as described earlier, offset by the payments of a large portion of
the Company's debt.
    
 
   
    As of July 27, 1996, the Company has included in payables to banks an amount
of $5.0 million payable to International Factors "De Factorij" B.V., a
subsidiary of ABN-AMRO Bank of the Netherlands. The loan is secured by the
receivables of the Company's U.K., Dutch and German subsidiaries.
    
 
   
    The Company had a secured credit facility with The CIT Group/Credit Finance
("CIT"), which consisted of a term loan and a revolving loan. From the proceeds
of the sale of EADS, the Company paid $850,000 to satisfy and discharge in full
the indebtedness owed to CIT.
    
 
   
    The Company has available lines of credit from foreign banks to its foreign
subsidiaries. The unused lines of credit at July 27, 1996 totaled $2.7 million
after borrowings of $9.8 million.
    
 
   
    The Company believes its available cash, cash equivalents and funds
generated by operations will be sufficient to provide its working capital and
cash requirements for fiscal 1997. In addition, management believes the Company
will be able to discharge its obligations in the long term with cash generated
from operations and other sources such as sale of selected assets or operations,
and capital transactions.
    
 
   
    During 1993, the Company settled a long standing patent-related legal action
brought against it by NTI. Pursuant to this settlement, during 1994 and 1993,
the Company paid NTI $1.0 million and $7.5 million, respectively. The Company
also agreed to a ten-year note payable to NTI which required annual $1.0 million
payments each December. As of June 24, 1996, the December 1994 and December 1995
installments were in arrears. From the proceeds of the sale of EADS, the Company
paid NTI $2.2 million representing payment of these deferred payments plus
accrued and unpaid interest. On July 1, 1996, the Company entered into an
    
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
   
agreement with NTI pursuant to which Datapoint paid $5.05 million to NTI in full
satisfaction of all amounts due and to be due. The prepayment agreement relieved
the Company of its obligation to make the annual $1.0 million payments, as well
as certain contingent payment obligations.
    
 
   
    As a result of the Company's capital deficiency which existed at the end of
1994 and throughout 1995 and 1996, the Company determined not to pay the October
15, 1994, January 15, 1995, April 15, 1995, July 15, 1995, October 15, 1995,
January 15, 1996, April 15, 1996, July 15, 1996, and the October 15, 1996
preferred dividend payments to stockholders. Since dividends are at least six
quarters in arrears, the preferred stockholders have the right to vote as a
separate class and elect two board members at the next annual meeting of
shareholders and each preferred share (inclusive of all accrued and unpaid
dividends) is exchangeable into two shares of common stock at the option of the
holder.
    
 
   
    The Company adopted, effective August 1, 1993, SFAS No. 109, "Accounting for
Income Taxes", which superseded SFAS No. 96 and APB Opinion No. 11. The Company
recorded a favorable cumulative accounting change effect of approximately $1.3
million in the first quarter of fiscal 1994 (see note 4 to Consolidated
Financial Statements).
    
 
   
    At July 27, 1996, the Company had available federal tax net operating losses
aggregating approximately $165.0 million, expiring in various amounts beginning
in 2001. In the event that the Company's ability to utilize its net operating
losses to reduce its federal tax liability with respect to current and future
income becomes subject to limitation, the Company may be required to pay, sooner
than it otherwise might have to, any amounts owing with respect to such federal
tax liability, which would reduce the amount of cash otherwise available to the
Company (see note 4 to Consolidated Financial Statements).
    
 
   
    In December 1994, a lawsuit was brought against the Company involving the
earlier sale of real estate by the Company. In April 1996, an adverse jury
verdict was rendered against the Company and two of its executive officers.
During the fourth quarter of 1996, a settlement was reached among the litigants.
As such, the District Court entered a Judgment Non Obstante Veredicto (Judgment
Notwithstanding the Verdict) that set aside the jury's findings against the
Company and its two executive officers and set aside all damages. The $3.3
million settlement, which was reached to avoid the considerable expense,
including the business disruption of a protracted appeal and legal process, had
no material impact on the Company's then current cash position as it included
payment of funds from a non-working capital trust fund which were otherwise not
available to the Company, issuance of a short term note, and shares of the
Company's common stock.
    
 
   
REORGANIZATION/RESTRUCTURING COSTS
    
 
   
    A rollforward of the restructuring accrual from July 31, 1993 through July
27, 1996 is as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    TOTAL
                                                                                --------------
<S>                                                                             <C>
                                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
Restructuring accrual as of July 31, 1993.....................................    $    2,565
Fiscal 1994 additions.........................................................        14,853
Fiscal 1994 payments..........................................................        (3,430)
                                                                                     -------
Restructuring accrual as of July 30, 1994.....................................        13,988
Fiscal 1995 additions.........................................................         9,213
Fiscal 1995 asset write-offs..................................................        (1,895)
Fiscal 1995 payments..........................................................       (17,138)
                                                                                     -------
Restructuring accrual as of July 29, 1995.....................................    $    4,168
Fiscal 1996 additions.........................................................           263
Fiscal 1996 payments..........................................................        (3,776)
                                                                                     -------
Restructuring accrual as of July 27, 1996.....................................    $      655
                                                                                     -------
                                                                                     -------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
   
    The projected payout of the restructuring accrual balance as of July 27,
1996, which related almost entirely to unpaid employee termination costs, is as
follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                    <C>
First quarter 1997...................................................  $     491
Second quarter 1997..................................................         74
Third quarter 1997...................................................         43
Fourth quarter 1997..................................................         22
Beyond...............................................................         25
                                                                       ---------
Restructuring accrual as of July 27, 1996............................  $     655
                                                                       ---------
                                                                       ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    Restructuring charges are not recorded until specific employees are
determined (and notified of termination) by management in accordance with its
overall restructuring plan. As such, employee termination payments are generally
paid out over a period of time rather than as one lump sum. Although a
reasonable estimate of the amount of future termination costs cannot be made at
this time, management expects to incur additional charges for terminations.
    
 
   
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
    
 
   
    The following is a summary of the Company's sources of revenue for each of
fiscal 1996, 1995 and 1994:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  1996        1995        1994
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                            <C>         <C>         <C>
                                                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
Sales:
  U.S........................................................................  $    3,185  $    5,728  $    6,453
  Foreign....................................................................      95,691      78,459      78,300
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                                   98,876      84,187      84,753
Service and other:
  U.S........................................................................         906       1,393       1,164
  Foreign....................................................................      79,759      89,321      87,019
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                                   80,665      90,714      88,183
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
Total revenue................................................................  $  179,541  $  174,901  $  172,936
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
1996 COMPARED TO 1995
    
 
   
    Total revenue increased by 2.7% to $179.5 million in 1996 from $174.9
million in 1995. The increase was primarily attributable to higher sales volume
in certain of the Company's European subsidiaries offset by a declining
maintenance revenue base in the European subsidiaries and a favorable impact of
$2.2 million related to the weakening U.S. dollar when compared with the same
period a year ago.
    
 
   
    Included in the operating income for 1996 of $1.0 million is a $0.4 million
inventory provision and $2.7 million bonus accrual of which $2.1 million is
related to contractual arrangements with three of the Company's executive
officers and based upon the pre-tax profitability of the Company.
    
 
   
    Gross profit margins during 1996 were 30.9% compared with 32.9% for 1995.
Excluding the additional inventory provisions recorded in 1996, the gross profit
margins were 31.2%. The decrease was primarily due to the impact of a high sales
volume of a low margin commodity product in a Northern European subsidiary, a
changing product mix toward lower margin, non-company sourced product and
competitive pricing pressures worldwide.
    
 
   
    Operating expenses (research and development plus selling, general &
administrative) during 1996 declined 18.4% or $12.3 million from 1995 to $54.3
million. The decline was a result of the continued cost-cutting actions taken
over 1996 and 1995 which reduced costs of internal operations offset by an
unfavorable impact of $0.5 million related to the weakening U.S. dollar when
compared with the same period a year ago. Research and development expenses
decreased from $4.3 million in 1995 to $2.7 million in 1996. Management expects
research and development expenditures to remain relatively flat in 1997.
    
 
   
    Non-operating results for 1996 include a gain of $32.2 million from the sale
of the Company's European Automotive Dealer Management Systems business to
Kalamazoo Computer Group, plc. and $0.7 million in foreign currency exchange
rate gains on certain of the Company's intercompany payables and receivables
offset by a $3.3 million legal settlement. Non-operating results for 1995
include the $1.7 million gain on the
    
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
   
sale of vacant land in San Antonio, Texas, $1.0 million from the favorable
settlement of two patent infringement lawsuits, and $1.5 million in foreign
exchange rate losses on the Company's intercompany payables and receivables.
    
 
   
1995 COMPARED TO 1994
    
 
   
    Total revenue increased by 1% to $174.9 million in 1995 from $172.9 million
in 1994. The increase was due to a weaker U.S. dollar, on average, in 1995 as
compared to the average U.S. dollar strength in 1994 as the Company incurred a
$14.6 million increase in total revenue attributable solely to currency changes
($6.4 million for sales and $8.1 million for service and other).
    
 
   
    Included in the operating loss for 1995 of $18.2 million were additional
inventory provisions of $5.0 million and $1.0 million of additional receivable
provisions. Operating income during 1994 included a fire insurance settlement
gain of $0.9 million related to a fire in the second quarter in a leased
warehouse facility in the Company's Belgian subsidiary.
    
 
   
    Gross profit margins during 1995 were 32.9% compared with 37.9% for 1994.
Excluding the additional inventory provisions recorded in 1995, the gross profit
margins were 35.7%. Gross profit margins during 1994 were 37.9% compared with
41.6% for 1993. Excluding the impact upon cost of sales of the fires noted
above, gross profit margins during 1994 were 37.4%.
    
 
   
    Operating expenses (research and development plus selling, general &
administrative) during 1995 declined 10% or $7.6 million from 1994 to $66.5
million. The decline was a result of cost-cutting actions taken over 1995 which
reduced costs of internal operations. Excluding the impact of the weaker U.S.
dollar in 1995 as compared with 1994, operating expenses declined $10.3 million
year over year.
    
 
   
    Interest expense decreased $0.2 million in 1995 from 1994 as the Company
benefited from both lower rates on borrowings in Europe and decreased borrowing
amounts in the U.S.
    
 
   
    Non-operating results for 1995 include a gain of $1.7 million from the sale
of the vacant land in San Antonio, Texas, $1.0 million from the favorable
settlement of two patent infringement lawsuits, and $1.5 million in foreign
exchange rate losses on the Company's intercompany payables and receivables.
Non-operating results for 1994 include the $3.2 million write-off of an
investment in a partially owned company, $0.7 million in foreign currency
exchange rate losses on certain of the Company's intercompany payables and
receivables and a $0.5 million fire settlement gain on fixed assets.
    
 
   
    Prior to 1994, the Company's foreign subsidiaries reported their results to
the parent on a one-month lag which allowed more time to compile results but
produced comparability problems in management accounting. Due to improved
internal applications, the one-month lag became unnecessary and therefore was
eliminated subsequent to 1993 and prior to 1994. As a result, the July 1993
results of operations for the Company's foreign subsidiaries was recorded to the
retained deficit. This action resulted in a charge of $5.5 million being
recorded against the retained deficit. The loss incurred in July 1993 resulted
primarily from a low revenue level, which is usual for the first month following
the end of a fiscal year.
    
 
   
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES THAT MAY AFFECT FUTURE
RESULTS
    
 
   
    This Proxy Statement/Prospectus contains forward-looking statements about
the business, financial condition and prospects of the Company. The actual
results of the Company could differ materially from those indicated by the
forward-looking statements because of various risks and uncertainties including
without limitation changes in product demand, the availability of products,
changes in competition, economic conditions, new product development, various
inventory risks due to changes in market conditions, changes in tax and other
governmental rules and regulations applicable to the Company, and other risks
indicated in the Company's filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
These risks and uncertainties are beyond the ability of the Company to control,
and in many cases, the Company cannot predict the risks and uncertainties that
could cause its actual results to differ materially from those indicated by the
forward-looking statements. When used in this Proxy Statement/Prospectus the
words "believes," "estimates," "plans," "expects," and "anticipates" and similar
expressions as they relate to the Company or its management are intended to
identify forward-looking statements.
    
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
                            BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY
 
   
    Datapoint Corporation, including its subsidiaries is principally engaged in
the development, acquisition, marketing, servicing and to a lesser degree,
manufacture of computer and communication products -- both hardware and software
- -- for integrated computer, telecommunication and video conferencing network
systems. The Company is also actively engaged in the business of licensing its
video conferencing technology and its dual protocol local area network ("LAN")
technology.
    
 
    Datapoint was reincorporated in Delaware in 1976 as the successor
corporation to a Texas corporation originally incorporated in 1968 as Computer
Terminal Corporation and which changed its name to Datapoint Corporation in
1972. Its principal executive offices are located at 4 rue d'Aguesseau, 75008,
Paris, France (telephone number -- (33-1) 40 07 37 37) and at 8410 Datapoint
Drive, San Antonio, Texas 78229-8500 (telephone number -- (210)-593-7000).
 
    Throughout the 1970's, the Company developed, distributed and serviced
minicomputers, and later computer networks and telecommunications products.
During that period sales and service revenue was predominately derived from the
U.S. market, supplemented by international sales through a network of
independent distributors.
 
    In 1981, the Company purchased most of its major international distributors,
which have been subsequently operated as subsidiaries. In 1985, the Company
separately incorporated its U.S. hardware service business as an independent
company and distributed its shares to stockholders.
 
   
    Throughout the 1980's and the early 1990's, the Company's business was
characterized by a significant decline in total revenue, recurring significant
losses, and a reduction of the domestic workforce. This was primarily due to (1)
a mass entry of competitors in the networking marketplace compounded by (2) a
marketplace demand for "Open Systems" products and standard interfaces, both of
which had a negative impact on the traditional networking and data processing
components of the Datapoint business. The marketplace was forced into a sameness
of design that lead to highly competitive pricing being the only significant
product differentiator. These adverse effects were, in turn, worsened by the
increasing availability of low-cost, off-the-shelf software applications
packages written in a number of industry-standard programming languages. Since
1994, the Company has been able to maintain a consistent and slightly increasing
revenue level while at the same time restructuring its operations (mostly
through significant workforce reductions worldwide) to reduce its cost base to
support such revenue levels.
    
 
   
    During fiscal year 1996, the Company pursued and is continuing to pursue
actions to provide cash infusions, including the sale of selected assets and
operations of the Company to improve its financial position. In this regard, on
May 28, 1996, the Company entered into an agreement with Kalamazoo Computer
Group, plc, a public limited company organized under the laws of England,
providing for the sale by Datapoint to Kalamazoo of Datapoint's European
Automotive Dealer Management Systems business for a purchase price of
approximately $33.0 million. From the sales proceeds, the Company realized
approximately $29.4 million net of transaction related expenses and adjustments.
(See note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a more detailed
description of this transaction). The Company has retained Patricof & Co.
Capital Corp. in connection with the potential disposition of its telephony
business, as well as other asset and equity sale transactions and proposals.
    
 
   
    During the first quarter of 1996, the Company signed a letter of intent to
become a joint venture partner in spinning off the Company's Multimedia
Information Network Exchange ("MINX") video conferencing patents and operations
into separate entities. While such discussions were terminated in the second
quarter of 1996, the Company is continuing its efforts to enter into discussions
with a suitable partner to exploit the development and marketing of its MINX
video networking technology.
    
 
   
    The Company has recently been successful in asserting its United States
video conferencing patents resulting in payments for licenses. On June 6, 1996,
the Company entered into an agreement with NEC America, Inc. for the licensing
of Datapoint's video conferencing patents. On April 10, 1996, the Company
announced that it had commenced suit in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern
District of New York to
    
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
   
recover damages against two companies for infringement of Datapoint's patent
covering multi-speed network processing (U.S. Patent No. 5,008,879). These
patents cover certain ARCNET and Fast Ethernet products recently introduced by
various suppliers to the local-area network industry and dominates certain types
of dual-speed LAN Adaptor Products recently introduced by various industry
leaders. Currently, the Company is pursuing litigation in this respect against
six defendants (DATAPOINT CORPORATION V. COMPRESSION LABS, INC., No.
3:93-CV-2522-D (N.D.Tex.); DATAPOINT CORPORATION V. PICTURETEL CORPORATION, No.
3:93-CV-2381-D (N.D.Tex) (for which a trial date has been set in February 1997);
DATAPOINT CORPORATION V. VIDEOLAN CORP.; No.96-2861-AET (D.N.J.); DATAPOINT V.
TELEOS COMMUNICATIONS, INC., No. 95-4455-AET (D.N.J.); DATAPOINT CORPORATION V.
STANDARD MICRO-SYSTEMS, INC. AND INTEL CORPORATION, No. CV-96-1685 JBW
(E.D.N.Y.) (the "-1685 action") and has negotiated three settlements, two for an
aggregate of $1 million and one for an undisclosed amount. On August 1, 1996,
the Company commenced an additional suit against Intel and Standard Microsystems
for infringement of a closely-related patent, U.S. No. 5,077,732. (DATAPOINT
CORP. V. STANDARD MICROSYSTEMS CORP. AND INTEL CORP., INDIVIDUALLY, AND AS
REPRESENTATIVES OF THE CLASS OF ALL MANUFACTURERS, VENDORS AND USERS OF FAST
ETHERNET-COMPLIANT, DUAL PROTOCOL LOCAL-AREA NETWORK PRODUCTS, Civil Action No.
CV-96-3819 (JBW)(E.D.N.Y.) (the "-3819 action")). The Company has moved to
certify the -1685 action as a defendant class action with respect to all
manufacturers, vendors, and users of dual-protocol, Fast Ethernet-compliant
local area network products. On June 28, 1996, the Court denied that motion,
without prejudice to renew at a later date. The Company intends, in the future,
to renew its motion to certify the -1685 action, and to seek similar "defendant
class action" status for the -3819 action. If successful in its certification
efforts, the defendant classes in the -1685 and -3819 actions would include
approximately one-hundred potential infringers of the multispeed network
processing and related patents.
    
 
    In JOHN FRASSANITO AND DAVID A. MONROE V. DATAPOINT CORP., Civil Action No.
H-95-812 (S.D. Tex.) plaintiffs alleged that the Company usurped various
patentable inventions and trade secrets in connection with the development of
its MINX systems. They also asserted a cause of action for patent infringement,
and a cause of action requiring Datapoint to assign certain MINX-related patents
and other intellectual property. On August 16, 1996, the Court dismissed with
prejudice plaintiffs' claims of patent infringement against Datapoint and
dismissed without prejudice plaintiffs' pendent state law claims and Datapoint's
state law counter-claims for lack of subject matter jurisdiction.
 
    These actions represent the first step in the Company's industry-wide
program to license and enforce its multi-speed networking patents and video
conferencing patents through negotiations and/or litigation. The Company
believes that these patents provide broad coverage in video conferencing and
multi-speed networking technology and present the opportunity for further
royalty bearing licenses. Such royalty bearing licenses and enforcement of its
patents will be a primary strategy of the Company's business going forward to
create long-term value for its stockholders. See "Background; Purposes and
Effects of the Exchange Offer -- Recent Developments" and "Business of the
Company -- Patents and Trademarks."
 
PRODUCTS
 
    The Company provides a complete line of products that meet data processing,
video communications, and telecommunications requirements. The network-based
products include video communications, data sharing applications,
platform-independent local area networking, wide area networking, relational
database systems, and telecommunications integration.
 
   
    In 1994, the Company announced its third generation of Multimedia
Information Network Exchange ("MINX") video communications products which
provide the capacity for large video networks, data conferencing features, and
aggressive pricing. A complete range of products is available from a fully
interactive, broadcast-quality, full-motion video network which can accommodate
over 700 local workstations to a single video station for a remote office. All
of the video products are interoperable and provide functionality and picture
quality that is unparalleled in the industry. Concurrently, the Company
strengthened its direct Sales, Support, and Engineering efforts to respond to
the growing desktop video communications market. On May 14, 1996, the Company,
working with a Florida based systems integrator for the corrections industry,
announced the completion of the installation of the first large scale video
visitation system in the U.S. at the Brevard County Detention Center in Florida
resulting in $204,520 in revenue for the Company.
    
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
   
    In 1994, consistent with the Company's patent licensing business, the
Company began patent infringement suits against several defendants related to
the Company's video conferencing patents and dual protocol local area network
patents. The Company's patent enforcement policy includes the identification of
video conferencing and dual protocol local area network products and
applications which infringe the related patents and the execution of licensing
agreements through a) normal commercial negotiations or b) pursuant to
settlements of litigation brought against the patent infringers. The Company has
been successful in asserting its U.S. video conferencing patents resulting in
payments for licenses. On June 6, 1996, the Company entered into an agreement
with NEC America, Inc. for the licensing of Datapoint's video conferencing
patents. The Company is also taking steps through an industry-wide program to
license and enforce its multi-speed networking patents through negotiations
and/or litigation. Currently, these patent infringement suits are pending with
respect to Datapoint's patents on its dual protocol networking technology. These
patents cover certain ARCNET and Fast Ethernet products recently introduced by
various suppliers to the local-area network industry and dominates certain types
of dual-speed LAN Adaptor Products recently introduced by various industry
leaders. Such royalty bearing licenses and enforcement of its patents will be a
primary strategy of the Company's business going forward to create long-term
value for its stockholders. See "Background; Purposes and Effects of the
Exchange Offer -- Recent Developments" and "Business of the Company -- Patents
and Trademarks."
    
 
   
    The Company's Open Systems Networking products are industry-standard. The
file servers are based upon a scalable architecture using the Intel
microprocessor because of its cost and performance. The multi-processor
functionality is provided for the Company's highly sophisticated RMS network
operating system. The same systems can be used for Windows N.T. and UNIX
operating systems. The Company offers high-performance, Pentium and Pentium Pro
file servers. All systems support redundant disk, RAID and popular network
protocols such as TCP/IP and Net BIOS.
    
 
    The Company's networking products focus on linking file servers,
workstations, terminals, printers, and other peripherals (such as modems) to the
network. High performance networking software and hardware components comprise
the product offering and provide the ability to implement high-capacity, highly
efficient networks composed of client/server and data communications devices.
The networking solutions provide the capability of running MS-DOS, WINDOWS,
UNIX, and RMS simultaneously along with both ARCNET, ARCNETPLUS, and Ethernet
adapters. These capabilities provide customers the flexibility to design network
architecture to meet their specific requirements.
 
    Realizing that personal computers are the desktop workstation of choice, the
Company offers PC-based hardware and software. One software component is a full
featured, Microsoft Windows compliant terminal emulation package for the RMS
environment which can be run on existing PCs. Industry-standard terminals are
offered for customers who desire a low-cost data station rather than a networked
PC.
 
    The Company offers a complete set of telecommunications products and
services to meet the requirements of large call centers, customer service
organizations, and telemarketing firms. Power dialers to increase call
efficiency for outbound communications applications, interactive voice response
systems which allow customers to interrogate an organization's database with a
simple telephone, and automatic call distribution systems that manage large
volume of incoming calls comprise the portfolio of telecommunications products.
The Company has an agreement with AT&T to market their Definity line of
automatic call distributors through several of the Company's European
subsidiaries. Telecommunications solutions are provided with the combined
expertise in networking, data processing, and telecommunications products.
 
    The supplier and value-added reseller relationships that the Company
continues to develop, allow its customers worldwide to enhance their
productivity with sensible, cost-effective computer-based networking, telephony
and video communication solutions.
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
MARKETS
 
    CUSTOMERS
 
   
    Datapoint sells generally to business and government customers, including
the U.S. government, financial institutions, insurance companies, educational
institutions, and manufacturers. During fiscal 1996, no one customer accounted
for 10 percent or more of consolidated revenues.
    
 
    DOMESTIC
 
    Datapoint markets its products in the United States through independent
sales representatives who, on a commission basis, solicit orders for Datapoint's
products; through value-added resellers, who purchase Datapoint's products for
resale; original equipment manufacturers, who integrate Datapoint's products
into their overall offerings; and through Datapoint's own end user sales force.
Independent sales representatives, value-added resellers, and original equipment
manufacturers generally market Datapoint's products in conjunction with
application software and other products developed and marketed by such firms.
 
    INTERNATIONAL
 
   
    Datapoint's products are marketed to end users in over forty countries
through a network of wholly-owned subsidiaries and independent distributors.
Datapoint distributes its products internationally through wholly-owned sales
and service operations in Belgium, France, Germany, Holland, Italy, New Zealand,
Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and the United Kingdom and through authorized
distributors worldwide. During fiscal year 1996, 97 percent of Datapoint's
international revenue was derived from customers in Western Europe.
    
 
CUSTOMER SERVICE
 
   
    During 1995, Datapoint entered into an agreement with Decision Servcom, Inc.
(DSI), whereby DSI would serve as the non-exclusive authorized service agent for
Datapoint's proprietary data processing products in the United States.
Maintenance of equipment outside the United States is provided by Datapoint's
international subsidiaries and distributors. The maintenance operations of the
Company's international subsidiaries produced 44 percent of total company
revenues and 52 percent of total company gross profit for the fiscal year ended
July 27, 1996.
    
 
   
    In connection with the sale of Datapoint's European Automotive Dealer
Management Systems business to Kalamazoo, Datapoint entered into a subcontract
with Kalamazoo to provide computer hardware and hardware maintenance service to
such EADS network.
    
 
MANUFACTURING, RAW MATERIALS, AND SUPPLIES
 
   
    A significant portion of Datapoint's products are purchased from third
parties, who manufacture products meeting Datapoint's specifications. The
products are then resold badged/unbadged within Datapoint configurations upon
the completion of testing and packaging procedures performed at the Company's
facilities in San Antonio, Texas.
    
 
    Datapoint seeks, and maintains where practical, multiple sources of supply
for the products, components, and raw materials which it uses. However, certain
products and components are purchased only from single sources, and Datapoint
could experience manufacturing delays if such suppliers should fail to meet
Datapoint's requirements. The interruption of any components, whether for supply
or quality reasons, can become critical to production flows. The Company's
general experience has been good in terms of minimizing exposure; however,
guarantees regarding possible future situations and rectifying actions that
could arise cannot be made.
 
RESEARCH AND PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT
 
    The technology involved in the design and operation of Datapoint's products
is complex and subject to constant change. Accordingly, Datapoint is committed
to a program of research and development which is oriented toward the
development of new hardware and software products and the improvement and
expansion of its existing products and services.
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
   
    Datapoint incurred expense of $2.7 million, $4.3 million, and $5.3 million
in the fiscal years ended July 27, 1996, July 29, 1995, and July 30, 1994,
respectively, on research and development activity. Datapoint maintains its
principal research and development facility in San Antonio, Texas.
    
 
COMPETITION
 
    Datapoint operates in the intensely competitive computer data processing,
video conferencing and telephony industries that are characterized by the
frequent introduction of new products based upon technological advances.
Datapoint competes, domestically and abroad, with a substantial number of
companies, many of which are larger and have greater resources than Datapoint.
Such companies, considered in the aggregate, compete in the entire line of
products manufactured and marketed by Datapoint. These competitors differ
somewhat depending on the market segment, customer and geographic area involved.
 
    Competition in this market is based primarily on the relationship between
price and performance; the ability to offer a variety of products and unique
functional capabilities; the strength of sales, service and support
organizations; and upgradability, flexibility, and ease of use of products. The
Company could be adversely affected if its competitors introduced
technologically superior products or substantial price reductions.
 
BACKLOG
 
   
    The backlog of firm orders for the sale or lease of the Company's products
(using then existing end-user purchase prices for products to be leased and
giving effect to appropriate discounts for products to be sold) as of July 27,
1996, and July 29, 1995 was $8.1 million and $14.2 million, respectively. The
backlog amounts are not necessarily indicative of the Company's future results,
since an increasing amount of the Company's revenues are derived from orders
obtained in the period of shipment. Furthermore, a portion of the Company's
backlog may be cancelable at the customer's option, under certain conditions,
without financial penalty. All orders included in the backlog at July 27, 1996
are currently scheduled for delivery during the subsequent 12 months. All orders
are subject to the Company's ability to meet delivery commitments. The Company
records only firm orders as backlog, and generally such orders are cancelable
only by the Company. In the event that a new product is released, a customer is
allowed to upgrade (i.e., cancel) an existing order and place a new order for
the new product. This is done at the Company's discretion with no financial
penalty to the customer.
    
 
    Backlog is also not a reliable indicator of future results, as changes in
product mix (depending on whether the product content contained in backlog has a
low or high sales margin) and costs may significantly impact reported results.
Therefore, the Company believes that the backlog data is not meaningful to an
understanding of the Company's business or future reported results.
 
PATENTS AND TRADEMARKS
 
   
    Datapoint owns certain patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets in
both network and video conferencing technologies, which it considers valuable
proprietary assets. The Company does not primarily rely on these rights to
establish or protect its market position, but does view them as providing the
Company a technological advantage in certain cases and does intend to fully
exploit their value, The Company believes that in particular its video
conferencing patents and multi-speed network processing patents and related
patents are of material importance to its business as a whole.
    
 
   
    In 1994, the Company began patent infringement suits against several
defendants related to the Company's video conferencing patents. In 1995, the
Company received $1.0 million from two defendants and patent infringement suits
against other defendants are currently pending. (DATAPOINT CORPORATION V.
COMPRESSION LABS, INC., No. 3:93-CV-2522-D (N.D.Tex); DATAPOINT CORPORATION V.
PICTURETEL CORPORATION, No. 3:93-CV-2381-D (N.D. Tex) (for which a trial date
has been set in February 1997); DATAPOINT CORPORATION V. VIDEOLAN CORP.; No.
96-2861-AET (D.N.J.); DATAPOINT V. TELEOS COMMUNICATIONS, INC., No. 95-4455-AET
(D.N.J.)) On June 6, 1996, the Company entered into an agreement with NEC
America, Inc. for the licensing of Datapoint's video conferencing patents. On
April 10, 1996, the Company announced that it had commenced suit in the U.S.
District Court for the Eastern District of New York to recover damages against
two companies for infringement of Datapoint's patent covering multi-speed
network processing (U.S. Patent
    
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
   
No. 5,008,879) (DATAPOINT CORPORATION V. STANDARD MICRO-SYSTEMS, INC. AND INTEL
CORPORATION, No. C.V.-96-1685 JBW (E.D.N.Y.) (the "-1685 actions")). These
patents cover certain ARCNET and Fast Ethernet products recently introduced by
various suppliers to the local-area network industry and dominates certain types
of dual-speed LAN Adaptor Products recently introduced by various industry
leaders. On August 1, 1996, the Company commenced an additional suit against
Intel and Standard Microsystems for infringement of a closely-related patent,
U.S. No. 5,077,732. (DATAPOINT CORP. V. STANDARD MICROSYSTEMS CORP. AND INTEL
CORP., INDIVIDUALLY, AND AS REPRESENTATIVES OF THE CLASS OF ALL MANUFACTURERS,
VENDORS AND USERS OF FAST ETHERNET-COMPLIANT, DUAL PROTOCOL LOCAL-AREA NETWORK
PRODUCTS, Civil Action No. CV-96-3819 (JBW)(E.D.N.Y.) (the "-3819 action)). The
Company has moved to certify the -1685 action as a defendant class action with
respect to all manufacturers, vendors, and users of dual-protocol, Fast
Ethernet-compliant local area network products. On June 28, 1996, the Court
denied that motion, without prejudice to renew at a later date. The Company
intends, in the future, to renew its motion to certify the -1685 action, and to
seek similar "defendant class action" status for the -3819 action. If successful
in its certification efforts, the defendant classes in the -1685 and -3819
actions would include approximately one-hundred potential infringers of the
multispeed networking patents.
    
 
    In JOHN FRASSANITO AND DAVID A. MONROE V. DATAPOINT CORP., Civil Action No.
H-95-812 (S.D. Tex.) plaintiffs alleged that the Company usurped various
patentable inventions and trade secrets in connection with the development of
its MINX systems. They also asserted a cause of action for patent infringement,
and a cause of action requiring Datapoint to assign certain MINX-related patents
and other intellectual property. On August 16, 1996, the Court dismissed with
prejudice plaintiffs' claims of patent infringement against Datapoint and
dismissed without prejudice plaintiffs' pendent state law claims and Datapoint's
state law counter-claims for lack of subject matter jurisdiction.
 
    These actions represent the first step in the Company's industry-wide
program to license and enforce its video conferencing and multi-speed networking
patents through negotiations and/or litigation. Currently, the Company is
pursuing litigation in this respect against six defendants and has negotiated
three settlements, two for an aggregate of $1 million and one for an undisclosed
amount. The Company believes that these patents provide broad coverage in video
conferencing and multi-speed networking technology and present the opportunity
for further royalty bearing licenses. Such royalty bearing licenses and
enforcement of its patents will be a primary strategy of the Company's business
going forward to create long-term value for its stockholders. See "Background;
Purposes and Effects of the Exchange Offer -- Recent Developments."
 
    The Company utilizes a number of trademarks, most importantly "DATAPOINT",
"ARCNET" and "MINX". The Company registers or otherwise protects those
trademarks it deems valuable to its business and anticipates no significant
impairment of its ability to continue to use and protect its important
trademarks. Datapoint, the "D" logo, ARC, ARCNET, RMS, MINX, and Resource
Management System are trademarks of Datapoint Corporation registered in the U.S.
Patent and Trademark office. Attached Resource Computer, ARCNETPLUS, and DATALAN
are trademarks of the Company. (AT&T is a registered trademark of American
Telephone and Telegraph. Ethernet is a registered trademark of Xerox
Corporation. Intel is a registered trademark of Intel Corporation. Microsoft and
MS-DOS are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. UNIX is a registered
trademark of UNIX System Laboratories, Inc.)
 
EMPLOYEES
 
   
    At July 27, 1996, the Company had 705 employees. The Company considers its
relations with employees to be satisfactory.
    
 
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
 
    Compliance with current federal, state, and local regulations relating to
the protection of the environment has not had, and is not expected to have, a
material effect upon the capital expenditures, earnings, or competitive position
of Datapoint.
 
                                       55
<PAGE>
PROPERTIES
 
   
    Datapoint's principal executive offices are located in Paris, France and the
Company maintains executive offices in San Antonio, Texas. Datapoint believes
that its plants and offices are generally well maintained, in good operating
condition and are adequately equipped for their present use. Information
regarding the principal plants and properties, excluding leases assigned or
subleased, as of July 27, 1996 is as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         APPROXIMATE
                                                           FACILITY
        LOCATION                       USE               SQ. FOOTAGE   OWNED OR LEASED LAND AREA
- ------------------------  -----------------------------  ------------  --------------------------
<S>                       <C>                            <C>           <C>
San Antonio, Texas        Office                             144,000             Owned; 12 acres
                                                                           (Subject to mortgage)
Gouda, Netherlands        Office                              52,000               Owned; 1 acre
                                                                           (Subject to mortgage)
Paris, France             Office                               7,000             Leased; expires
                                                                                   June 30, 1999
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    Additionally, at July 27, 1996, excluding leases assigned or subleased, the
Company leased sales and service offices having an aggregate of 256,000 square
feet in metropolitan areas throughout the world, pursuant to lease agreements
which expire between 1996 and 2009. The aggregate annual rental of all of these
sales and service offices is approximately $3.3 million and most of these leases
are subject to rental increases under certain escalation provisions and renewals
on similar terms.
    
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
   
    In December 1994, a lawsuit was brought against the Company involving the
earlier sale of real estate by the Company. In April, 1996, an adverse jury
verdict was rendered against the Company and two of its executive officers.
During the fourth quarter of 1996, a settlement was reached among the litigants.
As such, the District Court entered a Judgment Non Obstante Veredicto (Judgment
Notwithstanding the Verdict) that set aside the jury's findings against the
Company and its two executive officers and set aside all damages. The $3.3
million settlement, which was reached to avoid the considerable expense and
business disruption of a protracted appeal and legal process, had no material
impact on the Company's then current cash position as it included payment of
funds from a non-working capital trust fund which were otherwise not available
to the Company, issuance of a short term note, and shares of the Company's
common stock. See "Background; Purposes and Effects of the Exchange Offer --
Recent Developments."
    
 
    The Company is a defendant in various lawsuits generally incidental to its
business. The amounts sought by the plaintiffs in such cases are substantial
and, if all such cases were decided adversely to the Company, the Company's
aggregate liability might be material. However, the Company does not expect such
an aggregate result based upon the limited number of such actions and an
assessment that most such actions will be successfully defended. No provision
has been made in the accompanying financial statements for any possible
liability with respect to such lawsuits.
 
CERTAIN PURCHASES OF PREFERRED STOCK
 
   
    During fiscal 1996, 1995 and 1994, the Company has not repurchased any
shares of Preferred Stock.
    
 
                                       56
<PAGE>
                             ELECTION OF DIRECTORS
 
    At the Annual Meeting, eight directorships are to be filled, constituting
the entire Board of Directors of Datapoint, two directorships to be filled by
the plurality vote of the Holders of Preferred Stock and six directorships to be
filled by the plurality vote of the Holders of Common Stock. The directors so
elected will hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until
their respective successors are elected and qualified.
 
    Although the Board of Directors does not contemplate that any of the
nominees for directors named herein will be unavailable for election, in the
event of a vacancy in the slate of nominees, the proxy will be voted for the
election of a nominee who will be selected by the Board of Directors, unless the
Board of Directors elects instead to reduce the number of directors.
 
    Each of the nominees for election as a director at the Annual Meeting by
holders of Common Stock currently serves as a director of the Company. The
nominees for election as directors by Holders of Common Stock are as follows:
 
   
    GERALD N. AGRANOFF, age 49, is currently Vice President, General Counsel and
Corporate Secretary of Datapoint. Mr. Agranoff has been a general partner of
Edelman Securities Company L.P., (formerly Arbitrage Securities
Company)("Edelman Securities Company"), for more than five years. Mr. Agranoff
also has been a General Partner of Plaza Securities Company since January, 1987,
and a Trustee of Management Assistance Inc. Liquidating Trust since February
1986. Mr. Agranoff is a director of Bull Run Corporation, Atlantic Gulf
Communities, The American Energy Group, Ltd., and Canal Capital Corporation. Mr.
Agranoff also has been the General Counsel to Edelman Securities Company and
Plaza Securities Company for more than five years. He has been a director of
Datapoint since 1991. The principal business address of Mr. Agranoff is 8410
Datapoint Drive, San Antonio, Texas 78229-8500.
    
 
   
    ASHER B. EDELMAN, age 56, joined Datapoint's Board of Directors as its
Chairman in March 1985, and has served in that capacity and as Chairman of its
Executive Committee to the present date, and as Chief Executive Officer since
February 1993. Mr. Edelman has served as General Partner of Asco Partners, a
general partner of Edelman Securities Company, since June 1984 . Mr. Edelman is
a director, Chairman of the Board and Chairman of the Executive Committee of
Canal Capital Corporation. The principal business address of Mr. Edelman is 85
Av. General Guisan, CH-1009 Pully, Switzerland.
    
 
   
    IRVING J. GARFINKEL, age 59, has been a General Partner of Asco Partners, a
general partner of Edelman Securities Company, for more than five years. Mr.
Garfinkel also has been a General Partner and controller of Plaza Securities
Company for more than the past five years. He has served as a director of
Datapoint since 1991, and is Chairman of the Audit Committee and serves on the
Compensation Committee. The principal business address of Mr. Garfinkel in 717
Fifth Avenue, 4th Floor, Suite 407, New York, New York 10022.
    
 
   
    DANIEL R. KAIL, age 61, has been Managing Trustee of Management Assistance
Inc. Liquidating Trust since January 1986, and prior thereto had been a
director, Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer since October
1984 of Management Assistance Inc., a computer manufacturing and servicing
company. He also was a director and Executive Vice President of Canal Capital
Corporation from 1987 until 1991. He has served as a director of Datapoint since
1985 and is Chairman of the Independent Committee and the Compensation Committee
and a member of the Audit Committee. The principal business address of Mr. Kail
is 980 Post Road East, Suite 3, Westport, Connecticut 06880-5300.
    
 
   
    DIDIER M. M. RUFFAT, age 60, is currently the Vice-President of Digital
Equipment Europe and the Managing Director of Digital Equipment France. He has
served for 25 years in various capacities with France's BULL computer group,
most recently as President and Chief Executive Officer of BULL Europe, and
previously in senior executive positions in sales, marketing and finance. He has
served as a director of Datapoint since December 1993 and is a member of the
Compensation Committee. The principal business address of Mr. Ruffat is 8 rue de
la Renaissance 92187 Antony Cedex, France.
    
 
   
    BLAKE D. THOMAS, age 45, has been the Executive Vice President and Chief
Operating Officer of the Company since December 1995. He had served since 1994
as special consultant for the Board on Datapoint
    
 
                                       57
<PAGE>
   
general management and business affairs. He has been engaged in the business of
investing in listed securities for more than five years. He is President of
Blake D. Thomas, Inc., a corporation that until 1991 published The Thomas
Report, an investment newspaper that specialized in evaluating stocks traded on
the New York Stock Exchange, was General Partner of Mainsail Limited Partnership
from 1990 until its dissolution in December 1992, has been since 1990 General
Partner of Foresail Limited Partnership, which is engaged in the business of
investing in listed securities; and has been since November 1991 President of
Symba, Inc., which until April '96 was the General Partner of Windward Limited
Partnership. Windward was engaged in the business of investing in listed
securities and was dissolved in April 1996. He has served as a director of
Datapoint since 1992. The principal business address of Mr. Thomas is 4 rue
D'Aguesseau 75008, Paris, France.
    
 
    Datapoint, Mr. Edelman, Mr. Thomas and Mainsail Limited Partnership entered
into an agreement in settlement of litigation involving an exchange offer for
Datapoint's now-extinguished $4.94 Exchangeable Preferred Stock whereby, among
other things, Datapoint agreed to propose (and Mr. Edelman agreed to support)
Mr. Thomas for election to the Board of Directors of Datapoint at the 1991 and
1992 annual meetings of stockholders.
 
    The nominees for election as directors by Holders of Preferred Stock are as
follows:
 
   
    CHARLES F. ROBINSON, F.C.A, age 50, has been General Partner of
Anglo-American Financial since its inception in 1979. He is a Director and
Senior Vice-President of Anglo-American Investor Services Corp. Anglo-American
Financial was one of the first market makers in stripped bonds. Through its
subsidiaries Anglo-American Financial has also acted as an options broker on the
London Stock Exchange, an SEC registered Investment Advisor, and an NASD and
SIPC broker-dealer selling fixed-income securities to financial institutions and
individuals. He was a Chartered Accountant with Arthur Young in London where he
was responsible for developing the firm's computer auditing procedures in the
United Kingdom. Mr. Robinson obtained a Senior Optima in mathematics at
Cambridge University and is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants
in England and Wales.
    
 
   
    ROBERT D. SUMMER, age 63, is currently President and Chief Executive Officer
of Dimensional Media Associates, Inc. ("DMA"). Mr. Summer joined DMA after
holding a series of high level positions in the music industry. As President and
Chief Executive Officer, he guides DMA's transition from invention and product
development to full operations, including the rollout of consumer, commercial
and medical products. The company markets proprietary 3D optical technologies.
Before joining DMA in 1995, Mr. Summer served as Executive Vice President, Sony
Music Entertainment; and concurrently as President, Sony Entertainment European
Community Affairs, representing the corporation's software interests to
international government groups. He joined CBS Records International in 1986 as
President and continued in that position through the company's acquisition by
Sony in 1988. Mr. Summer joined CBS Records after nearly three decades with RCA
Records, where he served in key executive posts including President, RCA/Ariola
(now BMG); President, RCA Records; Vice President, RCA Records USA: Vice
President, RCA Records International; and President, RCA Red Seal, the company's
classical music division. Mr. Summer has served as Chairman of the Recording
Industry Association of American (RIAA) and Vice President and member of The
Board of Directors of the International Federation of the Phonographic Industry
(IFPI) where he served as a key negotiator for the industry. He received his
bachelor's degree in engineering from Carnegie Mellon University in 1955.
    
 
                                       58
<PAGE>
                DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY
 
    The names, ages, positions and offices with the Company of the current
directors and executive officers of the Company are set forth below.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                            DIRECTOR/
                                                AGE AS OF                                                    OFFICER
NAME                                          JULY 15, 1996                    POSITION                       SINCE
- -------------------------------------------  ---------------  -------------------------------------------  -----------
<S>                                          <C>              <C>                                          <C>
A.B. Edelman...............................            56     Director -- Chairman of the Board and Chief        1985
                                                               Executive Officer
B.D. Thomas................................            45     Executive Vice President, Chief Operating          1992
                                                               Officer and Director
P.P. Krumb.................................            54     Vice President and Chief Financial Officer         1994
G.N. Agranoff..............................            49     Vice President, General Counsel, Corporate         1991
                                                               Secretary and Director
D. Berger..................................            47     Vice President, Sales & Distribution               1993
J. Berger..................................            53     Vice President, Sales & Marketing                  1991
I. J. Garfinkel............................            59     Director                                           1991
D.R. Kail..................................            61     Director                                           1985
D.M.M. Ruffat..............................            60     Director                                           1993
R. Edmonds.................................            51     Vice President, Technical Services                 1996
W. Gevers..................................            59     Vice President, OSN                                1996
J. Perkins.................................            48     Vice President, Development                        1996
</TABLE>
 
    The principal occupations and business experience of each of the current
directors of the Company are described under "Election of Directors." The
principal occupations and business experience of each of the current executive
officers of the Company who are not also directors are described below.
 
   
    PHILLIP P. KRUMB, age 54, joined the Company as Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer in October 1994. Prior to joining the Company he was employed
by IOMEGA Corporation for 7 years as Senior Vice President Finance and Chief
Financial Officer. The principal business address of Mr. Krumb is 8410 Datapoint
Drive, San Antonio, Texas 78229-8500.
    
 
   
    DAVID BERGER, age 47, was promoted to Vice President, Sales and Distribution
in July 1993. Mr. Berger joined the Company in 1991 as Managing Director of the
Company's United Kingdom subsidiary. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Berger
was employed from 1988 to 1991 by RS2, a U.K. marketing communications company,
as Group Managing Director. The principal business address of Mr. Berger is 4
rue d'Aguesseau 75008, Paris, France.
    
 
   
    JAN BERGER, age 53, joined the Company as Vice President, Sales and
Marketing in June 1991. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Berger was employed by
SCANVEST of Norway, Datapoint's largest independent foreign distributor, for 21
years, most recently as Managing Director, and previously as Director of
Marketing. The principal business address of Mr. Berger is 4 rue d'Aguesseau
75008, Paris, France.
    
 
   
    ROGER EDMONDS, age 51, was promoted to Vice President, Technical Services in
February 1996. Mr. Edmonds joined the Company's United Kingdom subsidiary in
1972 as Project Leader, and has held various management positions within the
Company. Mr. Edmonds is also currently Technical Director of the U.K.
subsidiary. The principle business address of Mr. Edmonds is Datapoint House,
400 North Circular Road, London NW10 0JG.
    
 
                                       59
<PAGE>
   
    WALTER GEVERS, age 59, was promoted to Vice President, OSN in March 1996.
Mr. Gevers joined the Company as Managing Director, Datapoint Belgium in January
1983. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Gevers was employed by SAIT Electronics,
Datapoint's distributor in Belgium, for nineteen years as Sales Manager. The
principal business address of Mr. Gevers is rue de la Fusee 100, 1130 Bruxelles,
Belgium.
    
 
   
    JOHN PERKINS, age 48, was promoted to Vice President, Development in May
1996. Mr. Perkins joined the Company as Director, Engineering in 1981. Prior to
joining the Company, Mr. Perkins was employed by General Electric Information
Services Company as Market Planner. The principal business address of Mr.
Perkins is 8410 Datapoint Drive, San Antonio, Texas 78229-8500.
    
 
AUDIT, COMPENSATION AND EXECUTIVE COMMITTEES
 
    The Company has Audit, Compensation and Executive Committees of the Board of
Directors. The Company does not have a Nominating Committee. The current members
of the Audit Committee are Irving J. Garfinkel (Chairman) and Daniel R. Kail.
The current members of the Compensation Committee are Daniel R. Kail (Chairman),
Didier M. M. Ruffat and Irving J. Garfinkel. The members of the Executive
Committee are Asher B. Edelman (Chairman) and Blake D. Thomas.
 
   
    The Audit Committee annually recommends to the Board of Directors
independent auditors for the Company and its subsidiaries; meets with the
independent auditors concerning the audit; evaluates non-audit services and the
financial statements and accounting developments that may affect the Company;
meets with management concerning matters similar to those discussed with the
outside auditors; and makes reports and recommendations to the Board of
Directors and the Company's management and independent auditors from time to
time as it deems appropriate. The Committee met 4 times during the fiscal year
ended July 27, 1996.
    
 
   
    The Compensation Committee makes salary recommendations regarding senior
management to the Board of Directors and administers the Company's Bonus and
Stock Option Plans as described below. The Committee met 2 times during the
fiscal year ended July 27, 1996.
    
 
INDEPENDENT COMMITTEE
 
    In connection with the Exchange Offer, the Board created the Independent
Committee, consisting of Director Daniel R. Kail, to consider the terms of the
consideration to be offered in the Exchange Offer to the Holders of Preferred
Stock. The Independent Committee retained Morris Nichols to advise it in
connection with the Exchange Offer. Corporate Capital was retained by the
Independent Committee to express its opinion regarding the fairness, from a
financial point of view, of the Exchange Consideration to be received by
exchanging Holders of Preferred Stock (other than Mr. Edelman, with respect to
whom no opinion was requested). The terms of the Exchange Offer were approved by
the Board of Directors upon the recommendation of the Independent Committee.
 
MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND COMMITTEES
 
   
    The Board of Directors met 7 times during the fiscal year ended July 27,
1996. Each director, except Mr. Ruffat, attended at least 75% of the aggregate
of (a) the total number of meetings of the Board of Directors (held during the
period of his/her service) and (b) the total number of meetings held by all
committees of the Board on which he/she served (during the period that he/she
served). Mr. Ruffat, based in Paris, attended two Board Meetings and one
Compensation Committee Meeting.
    
 
                                       60
<PAGE>
          COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION;
                 CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
 
   
    Mr. Edelman (the Company's current Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive
Officer), Messrs. Agranoff and Kail (currently directors), and former Company
director Dwight D. Sutherland were also directors of Intelogic Trace, Inc.
("Intelogic"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company and its computer
hardware maintenance division in the U.S., comprising four of Intelogic's six
directors, when Intelogic filed a voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11
of the Bankruptcy Code in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court, Western District of Texas,
San Antonio Division, Case No. 94-52172-C-11 on August 5, 1994. Intelogic
emerged from bankruptcy pursuant to approval of a modified first amended plan of
reorganization on November 28, 1994. The above named directors resigned from
Intelogic on December 8, 1994. On March 16, 1995, Intelogic again filed for
bankruptcy protection under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code in the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court, Western District of Texas, San Antonio Division, Case No.
95-50753-LMC-11. During that proceeding, substantially all of Intelogic's
operating assets were sold to a third party on April 5, 1995. Intelogic is
effectively no longer in business.
    
 
    The above named directors received compensation and/or benefits from
Intelogic prior to their resignations. Also, these directors and former director
may be deemed to have beneficially owned approximately 15% of Intelogic's common
stock as of July 30, 1994. In addition, they had options to purchase shares of
Intelogic common stock equal in the aggregate to approximately 1% of the amount
then outstanding. The overlap of directors does not give rise to a reportable
compensation committee interlock.
 
   
    Since the 1985 spin-off of Intelogic from Datapoint up until April 5, 1995,
when substantially all of its operating assets were sold to a third party,
Datapoint engaged in and continued to engage in various transactions with
Intelogic as an independent computer maintenance company. All such transactions
were billed to Intelogic by Datapoint at its cost. All other transactions
between Datapoint and Intelogic were pursuant to a Master Maintenance Agreement
entered into at the time of the spin-off and related to the ordinary business
operations of both Datapoint and Intelogic. For fiscal year 1994 Intelogic paid
Datapoint approximately $196,000 for equipment and field support spares,
royalties and expenses, and Datapoint paid Intelogic approximately $3,000 and
$28,000 in 1995 and 1994, respectively, for services and sales.
    
 
    During fiscal year 1991, Datapoint sold its outstanding stock in Datapoint
Canada, a wholly-owned subsidiary, to Intelogic. The proceeds consisted of
$350,000 in cash and 25,000 shares of Intelogic preferred stock, redeemable at
the option of Intelogic, in escalating amounts, beginning at $62.50 per share on
or before November 9, 1992, and increasing to $100.00 per share on or before
November 10, 1994, until a mandatory redemption date of November 9, 1995. The
preferred stock was to also accrue dividends at an annual rate of $10.00 per
share, if paid in cash, or at an annual rate of $18.00 per share if paid in
additional shares of preferred stock. As an element of the transaction, the
parties caused Datapoint Canada to repay approximately $1,300,000 in operating
capital loans provided to Datapoint Canada as a subsidiary of Datapoint. No gain
or loss was recorded on the sale. As an aspect of consideration for the sale,
Datapoint received a five-year option to purchase substantially all of
Intelogic's holdings of Datapoint's common and preferred stock. The option
allowed Datapoint to purchase from Intelogic up to 2,700,000 shares of Common
Stock for $0.75 a share and up to 85,000 shares of Old Preferred Stock for
$1.375 a share. The Old Preferred Stock owned by Intelogic was exchanged for
85,000 shares of Preferred Stock and 170,000 shares of Common Stock in the 1992
Preferred Stock Exchange. Datapoint exercised its option and repurchased and
retired 85,000 shares of Preferred Stock and 170,000 shares of Common Stock.
 
   
    In September 1994, the Company reached an agreement with Intelogic, in
conjunction with Intelogic's court approved reorganization, to cancel its option
to purchase at $0.75 per share its Common Stock held by Intelogic in exchange
for all of the Company's holdings of Intelogic preferred stock which had no
carrying value. As a result of the exchange, the Company received from Intelogic
2,400,000 shares of Datapoint Common Stock.
    
 
   
    Director Agranoff has provided various tax, legal and real estate consulting
services prior to serving as Vice President General Counsel and Corporate
Secretary for the Company. During 1994, Datapoint paid
    
 
                                       61
<PAGE>
   
Mr. Agranoff $126,000 for those services. During fiscal years 1996, 1995 and
1994, Datapoint paid legal fees of $485,000, $51,000 and $5,000 to the law firm
of Pryor, Cashman, Sherman & Flynn, to which firm Mr. Agranoff is of counsel,
for legal services provided by attorneys other than Mr. Agranoff.
    
 
   
    Director Thomas worked from August 1994 until May 1, 1995 as a special
consultant for which he received compensation of $500 per day payable in shares
of common stock. Subsequently, on May 5, 1995, in consideration of the
additional work and responsibilities he had taken on for the Company as a
special consultant, the Board of Directors approved a special compensation
package for Director Thomas. From May 1, 1995 through July 31, 1995, he was paid
at the rate of $500 per day for his services, plus travel and housing expenses,
plus additional compensation of $2,000 per week for expenses. On July 31, 1995
Director Thomas' consulting contract was extended until December 31, 1995 and
then was to continue on a month-to-month basis to July 31, 1996. Upon the
resignation of Doris Bencsik as President and Chief Operating Officer, Director
Thomas was appointed on December 5, 1995 to the position of Executive Vice
President and Chief Operating Officer. Director Thomas was also entitled under
the extended contract to participate in the Standard Health Benefit program of
the Company until he was appointed Executive Vice President and Chief Operating
Officer. At such time, he converted to the Executive Health Benefit program.
During fiscal 1995, the Board also approved a one time special issuance of
45,000 shares of common stock of the Company to Director Thomas in recognition
of his service to the Company. During the term Director Thomas acted as a
special consultant he did not accrue or receive any regular Board or committee
fees.
    
 
   
    Director Ruffat had a consulting agreement from January 1994 through June
1995 under which he received a monthly compensation of $10,000. For 1996 and
1995, Director Ruffat was paid $50,000 and $80,000, respectively, for consulting
services.
    
 
      COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 16(A) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
    Datapoint believes that, during the fiscal year ended July 27, 1996, its
officers and directors complied with all filing requirements under Section 16(a)
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; except that executive officers Messrs.
Edmonds, Gevers and Perkins failed to file Form 3 required by such Section.
 
                                       62
<PAGE>
         SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
 
   
    The following table sets forth information with respect to the Common Stock
and Preferred Stock beneficially owned by each director and executive officer
and by all directors and executive officers as a group as of October 18, 1996.
Based on filings with the Commission or information provided to the Company,
there are no beneficial owners of 5% or more of either the Preferred Stock or
the Common Stock other than as set forth below.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            COMMON STOCK                    PREFERRED STOCK
                                                            BENEFICIALLY        PERCENT      BENEFICIALLY      PERCENT
NAME OF DIRECTOR                                             OWNED (1)         OF CLASS        OWNED (1)       OF CLASS
- -------------------------------------------------------  ------------------  -------------  ---------------  ------------
<S>                                                      <C>                 <C>            <C>              <C>
Gerald N. Agranoff (O&D)...............................       245,651(2)(5)         1.8%      182,471(3)(5)         9.8%
Asher B. Edelman (O&D).................................     1,634,953(2)(4)        11.7%      466,027(3)(4)        24.9%
Irving J. Garfinkel (D)................................       237,318(2)(5)         1.7%       70,471(5)            3.8%
Daniel R. Kail (D).....................................        25,000(2)           *              -0-             *
Didier M.M. Ruffat (D).................................        25,000(2)           *              -0-             *
Blake D. Thomas (O&D)..................................        51,999(2)           *           28,430               1.5%
David Berger (O).......................................        63,333(2)           *          112,000(3)            6.0%
Jan Berger (O).........................................        66,667(2)           *              -0-             *
Phillip P. Krumb (O)...................................        33,333(2)           *              -0-             *
Roger Edmonds (O)......................................        12,500(2)           *              -0-             *
Walter Gevers (O)......................................        46,667(2)           *              -0-             *
John Perkins (O).......................................         3,333(2)           *              -0-             *
Executive Officers and Directors of Datapoint as a
 group (12 persons)....................................     2,021,118              14.5%      494,457              26.5%
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
   
*   Indicates less than 1% ownership
    
 
   
(1) Information relating to beneficial ownership is based upon ownership
    information furnished by each person using "beneficial ownership"
    definitions set forth in Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
    as amended (the "Exchange Act"). Under those rules, a person is deemed to be
    a "beneficial owner" of a security if that person has or shares "voting
    power," which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting of such
    security, or "investment power," which includes the power to dispose or to
    direct the disposition of such security. The person is also deemed to be a
    beneficial owner of any security of which that person has a right to acquire
    beneficial ownership (such as by exercise of options) within 60 days. Under
    such rules, more than one person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of
    the same securities, and a person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of
    securities as to which he or she may disclaim any beneficial interest.
    Except as otherwise indicated in other table footnotes, the indicated
    directors and executive officers possessed sole voting and investment power
    with respect to all shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock attributed.
    
 
   
(2) The tabulation includes shares of Common Stock which may be deemed to be
    beneficially owned by such persons by reason of stock options currently
    exercisable or which may become exercisable within sixty (60) days after
    that date. The number of shares deemed to be beneficially owned by reason of
    such options is: Mr. Edelman, 188,333; Mr. Agranoff, 33,333; all other
    directors, 25,000 each (total 100,000); Mr. David Berger, 63,333; Mr. Jan
    Berger, 66,667; Mr. Krumb, 33,333; Mr. Edmonds, 12,500; Mr. Gevers, 46,667;
    Mr. Perkins, 3,333; all officers and directors as a group, 547,499.
    
 
   
(3) Gerald N. Agranoff, Asher B. Edelman, and David Berger are Trustees of the
    Datapoint Corporation Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the "Datapoint
    Plan") and may each be deemed to be beneficial owners of the 112,000
    Preferred Shares owned by the Datapoint Plan by virtue of their shared
    voting and investment powers as Trustees. In the above tabulation, such
    shares have been included
    
 
                                       63
<PAGE>
   
    within each party's Preferred Shares listing as well as the listing for the
    directors and executive officers as a group. Messrs. Agranoff, Edelman, and
    Berger each disclaim beneficial ownership of these shares except to the
    extent of pecuniary interests in such shares with which each party may
    currently be vested; being, Mr. Agranoff, 0 shares, Mr. Edelman, 31,968
    shares and Mr. Berger, 9,584 shares.
    
 
   
(4) Mr. Edelman's listed beneficial ownership of 1,634,953 shares of Common
    Stock is explained in detail in this paragraph. As the controlling general
    partner of each of Plaza Securities Company, A.B. Edelman Limited
    Partnership and Citas Partners, which is the sole general partner of
    Felicitas Partners, L.P., Mr. Edelman may be deemed to own beneficially the
    212,318, 783,890, and 4,402 shares held, respectively, by each of such
    entities for purposes of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, and these shares
    are included in the listed ownership. Also included are the 333,779 shares
    owned by Canal Capital Corporation ("Canal"), in which companies Mr. Edelman
    and various persons and entities with which he is affiliated own interests.
    By virtue of investment management agreements between A.B. Edelman
    Management Company Inc. and Canal, A.B. Edelman Management Company Inc. has
    the authority to purchase, sell and trade in securities on behalf of Canal.
    A.B. Edelman Management Company Inc. therefore may be deemed to be the
    beneficial owner of the 333,779 shares owned by Canal. Asher B. Edelman is
    the sole stockholder of A.B. Edelman Management Company Inc. and these
    shares are included. A.B. Edelman Management Company Inc. is also the sole
    general partner of Edelman Value Partners, L.P. which currently owns no
    common stock. Also included are Mr. Edelman's presently exercisable options
    to purchase 188,333 shares. Also included are the 86,204 shares owned by Mr.
    Edelman's spouse, Maria Regina M. Edelman, 5000 shares held by Mr. Edelman
    in a Keough account, and the 21,000 shares beneficially owned by Mr.
    Edelman's daughters in accounts for which he is the custodian. As a trustee
    of the Canal Capital Corporation Retirement Plan ("Canal Plan"), Mr. Edelman
    may be deemed to own beneficially and share voting and investment power over
    the 27 shares owned by such plan, which are included. Excluded are 15,835
    shares beneficially owned by Mr. Edelman's daughters in accounts for which
    their mother, Penelope C. Edelman, is the custodian and the 10,500 shares
    owned directly by Penelope C. Edelman. Mr. Edelman disclaims beneficial
    ownership of these shares.
    
 
   
    In addition, Mr. Edelman's listed beneficial ownership of 466,027 shares of
    Preferred Stock is explained in detail in this paragraph. As the controlling
    general partner of each of Plaza Securities Company, A.B. Edelman Limited
    Partnership and Citas Partners, which is the sole general partner of
    Felicitas Partners, L.P., Mr. Edelman may be deemed to hold beneficially the
    70,471, 51,229 and 581 shares held, respectively, by each of such entities
    for purposes of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, and these shares are
    included in the amount stated in the first sentence of this paragraph. Mr.
    Edelman is the sole stockholder of A.B. Edelman Management Company Inc.,
    which is the general partner of Edelman Value Partners, L.P., owner of
    50,300 shares. Also included are the 8,458 shares owned by Canal and the
    29,002 shares owned directly by Mr. Edelman's spouse, Maria Regina M.
    Edelman. Also included are the 104,400 shares owned by Edelman Value Fund,
    Ltd., a corporation in which Maria Regina M. Edelman is an investor and for
    which Mr. Edelman serves as investment manager. Mr. Edelman expressly
    disclaims both the Maria Regina M. Edelman and Edelman Value Fund, Ltd.
    shares. As a trustee of the Canal Plan and the Datapoint Plan, Mr. Edelman
    may be deemed to own beneficially and share voting and investment power over
    the 39,586 and 112,000 shares, respectively, owned by such plans, which are
    included. Mr. Edelman disclaims ownership except as to shares with which he
    is vested under each plan. Excluded are the 38,330 shares owned by Mr.
    Edelman's daughters in accounts for which their mother, Penelope C. Edelman,
    is the custodian and 20,009 shares owned directly by Penelope C. Edelman.
    Mr. Edelman disclaims beneficial ownership of these excluded shares.
    
 
   
(5) Messrs. Agranoff and Garfinkel are general partners of Plaza Securities
    Company, which owns 212,318 shares of Common Stock and 70,471 shares of
    Preferred Stock. Each disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares, which
    are included in each party's listing in the beneficial ownership table
    above.
    
 
                                       64
<PAGE>
                           COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
 
    Directors who are employees of Datapoint receive no additional compensation
for serving on the Board of Directors or its committees. Each director who is
not an employee of Datapoint receives fees as follows. Each non-employee
director receives an annual fee of $15,000, payable in quarterly installments.
Executive Committee members receive an additional $5,000 annual fee. Committee
Chairmen receive an additional $2,000 annual fee. Board members serving on more
than one committee receive an additional $1,000 annual fee. Each non-employee
director also receives a fee of $750 for each Board meeting attended, $500 for
each committee meeting attended and $500 for attendance at each meeting on
Datapoint's business other than a Board of Directors or committee meeting. Each
non-employee director is, at Datapoint's expense, provided with $50,000 of group
term life insurance and $250,000 accidental death insurance. Each non-employee
director has the option to purchase, at his own expense, coverage for himself
and his dependents under Datapoint's group medical and dental insurance plan.
 
    Datapoint maintains a retirement plan and a retirement medical care plan to
cover non-employee Board members. Both plans presently are purely contractual
rather than funded, and are self-insured except that retirees are required to
participate in Medicare parts A and B. The retirement plan provides for a
maximum annual benefit equal to a director's annual retainer in effect on the
date of retirement. A partial benefit will be paid to directors with less than
five years' service, and a full benefit will be paid to directors with five or
more years of service. The benefit will be payable for the greater of ten years
or life, and in the event a retiree should die within ten years of retirement,
the remaining benefit will be paid to his estate. The retirement medical care
plan affords non-employee directors, upon retirement, benefits and premiums
equivalent to COBRA coverage available to certain former employees and/or
dependents under Datapoint's group medical plan. Only directors elected to the
Board prior to March 25, 1996 are elibible to participate in the retirement
plan.
 
   
    Director Thomas worked from August 1994 until May 1, 1995 as a special
consultant for which he received compensation of $500 per day payable in shares
of common stock. Subsequently, on May 5, 1995, in consideration of the
additional work and responsibilities he had taken on for the Company as a
special consultant, the Board of Directors approved a special compensation
package for Director Thomas. From May 1, 1995 through July 31, 1995, he was paid
at the rate of $500 per day for his services, plus travel and housing expenses,
plus additional compensation of $2,000 per week for expenses. On July 31, 1995,
Director Thomas' consulting contract was extended until December 31, 1995 and
then was to continue on a month-to-month basis to July 31, 1996. Upon the
resignation of Doris Bencsik as President and Chief Operating Officer, Director
Thomas was appointed on December 5, 1995 to the position of Executive Vice
President and Chief Operating Officer. Director Thomas was also entitled under
the extended contract to participate in the Standard Health Benefit program of
the Company until he was appointed Executive Vice President and Chief Operating
Officer. At such time, he converted to the Executive Health Benefit program.
During fiscal 1995, the Board also approved a one time special issuance of
45,000 shares of common stock of the Company to Director Thomas in recognition
of his service to the Company. During the term Director Thomas acted as a
special consultant he did not accrue or receive any regular Board or committee
fees.
    
 
   
    Director Ruffat had a consulting agreement from January 1994 through June
1995 under which he received a monthly compensation of $10,000. For 1996 and
1995 Director Ruffat was paid $50,000 and $80,000, respectively, for consulting
services.
    
 
                                       65
<PAGE>
   
                       COMPENSATION OF EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
    
 
   
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
    
 
   
    The following table sets forth certain information regarding all cash
compensation paid or accrued for services rendered by the Company's Chief
Executive Officer, four most highly compensated executive officers for the last
three fiscal years, and one individual for whom disclosure would have been
applicable but for the fact that the individual was not serving as an executive
officer at the end of the last completed fiscal year.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  LONG-TERM
                                                  ANNUAL COMPENSATION            COMPENSATION
                                         --------------------------------------  -----------
                                                                       OTHER        STOCK         ALL
         NAME AND             FISCAL                                  ANNUAL       OPTIONS       OTHER
    PRINCIPAL POSITION         YEAR        SALARY        BONUS      COMPENSATION GRANTED (#)  COMPENSATION
- --------------------------  -----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                         <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>
Asher B. Edelman (1)              1996   $ 299,956    $1,152,918(2) $ 148,752(3)     40,000   $  17,952(18)
CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD AND         1995     275,104(4)          0      180,781(3)          0      30,000(18)
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER           1994     300,534             0      190,012(3)          0           0
Blake D. Thomas (5)               1996   $ 145,166(8) $  691,751(2) $       0       100,000           0
EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT          1995         n/a           n/a          n/a           n/a         n/a
AND                               1994         n/a           n/a          n/a           n/a         n/a
CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER
Phillip P. Krumb (6)              1996   $ 175,000    $  230,584(2) $   9,373(7)          0           0
VICE PRESIDENT AND                1995     141,346(8)     50,000(9)    57,094(10)     50,000          0
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER           1994         n/a           n/a          n/a           n/a         n/a
Gerald N. Agranoff (11)           1996   $ 172,481    $  400,000(12) $   7,200(13)          0         0
VICE PRESIDENT, GENERAL           1995     125,192(8)          0        6,000(13)     50,000          0
COUNSEL AND CORP.                 1994         n/a           n/a          n/a           n/a         n/a
SECRETARY
Jan Berger (14)                   1996   $ 180,000    $   75,000(12) $  38,662(3)     20,000  $  10,050(18)
VICE PRESIDENT, MARKETING         1995     180,000             0       38,662(3)     15,000       7,200(18)
                                  1994     180,000             0       30,190(3)          0           0
Doris D. Bencsik (15)             1996   $ 121,731(8)          0    $   3,000(13)          0  $ 241,694(17)
PRESIDENT AND CHIEF               1995     281,166(4)          0            0             0      61,798(19)
OPERATING OFFICER                 1994     259,615             0            0        75,000      31,798(16)
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
   
 (1) Asher B. Edelman was named Chief Executive Officer in February 1993.
    
 
   
 (2) Represents bonus based on the Company's net pre-tax earnings.
    
 
   
 (3) Represents payments incident to foreign assignment.
    
 
   
 (4) Effective in 1995, Mr. Edelman and Mrs. Bencsik agreed to a 10% salary
    reduction as part of the Company's cost reduction plan.
    
 
   
 (5) Blake D. Thomas commenced employment with the Company in December of fiscal
    1996 as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer.
    
 
   
 (6) Phillip P. Krumb commenced employment with the Company in September of
    fiscal 1995 as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer.
    
 
   
 (7) Represents auto allowance and company match of employee profit sharing
    plan.
    
 
   
 (8) Amount reflects partial year of employment.
    
 
   
 (9) Represents a one-time guaranteed bonus per terms of employment agreement.
    
 
   
(10) Represents relocation, housing and auto allowance.
    
 
   
(11) Gerald N. Agranoff commenced employment with the Company in October of
    fiscal 1995 as Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary.
    
 
   
(12) Represents a performance bonus.
    
 
   
(13) Represents auto allowance.
    
 
                                       66
<PAGE>
   
(14) Since July 1996, Mr. Berger has been working as a consultant for Kalamazoo
    Computer Group, plc.
    
 
   
(15) Doris D. Bencsik commenced employment with the Company on a half-time basis
    as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer in February of
    fiscal 1993 and converted to a full time status and was promoted to
    President on November 1, 1993, at a minimum annual salary of $300,000. On
    December 5, 1995, Mrs. Bencsik resigned from her position of the Company and
    on May 20, 1996, Mrs. Bencsik resigned from her position as a director of
    the Company.
    
 
   
(16) Represents contractually fixed supplemental early retirement benefit
    attributable to prior service as an officer from 1982-87.
    
 
   
(17) Includes $35,444 of contractually fixed supplemental early retirement
    benefit attributable to prior service as an officer from 1982-1987. Also
    includes $206,500 related to a grant of 150,000 shares of common stock by
    the Company's Board of Directors upon Mrs. Bencsik's resignation.
    
 
   
(18) Represents vested portion of the Company's preferred stock contributions to
    the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan on behalf of named employee.
    
 
   
(19) Includes $31,798 of contractually fixed supplemental early retirement
    benefit attributable to prior service as an officer from 1982-1987. Also
    includes the vested portion of the Company's preferred stock contributions
    to the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan on behalf of named employee
    ($30,000).
    
 
   
STOCK OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR (1)
    
 
   
    The following table sets forth certain information regarding all stock
option grants made to the Company's Chief Executive Officer, four most highly
compensated executive officers for the last fiscal year and one individual for
whom disclosure would have been applicable but for the fact that the individual
was not serving as an executive officer at the end of the last completed fiscal
year.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             OPTIONS GRANTED IN FISCAL 1996
                                   ---------------------------------------------------   POTENTIAL GAIN AT ASSUMED
                                                 % OF TOTAL                             ANNUAL RATES OF STOCK PRICE
                                                  OPTIONS                                 APPRECIATION FOR OPTION
                                    NUMBER OF    GRANTED TO    EXERCISE                          TERM (3)
                                     OPTIONS    EMPLOYEES IN     PRICE     EXPIRATION   ---------------------------
NAME                               GRANTED(2)   FISCAL YEAR    PER SHARE      DATE           5%            10%
- ---------------------------------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------  -------------
<S>                                <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>
Asher B. Edelman.................      40,000          9.67%   $    1.50     08/05/05   $     37,734  $      95,625
Blake D. Thomas..................     100,000         24.18%        1.06     03/20/06         66,820        169,335
Phillip P. Krumb.................           0          0.00%      n/a          n/a          n/a            n/a
Gerald N. Agranoff...............           0          0.00%      n/a          n/a          n/a            n/a
Jan Berger.......................      20,000          4.84%        1.50     08/05/05         18,867         47,812
Doris D. Bencsik.................           0          0.00%      n/a          n/a          n/a            n/a
Gain for all stockholders at
 assumed annual rates of
 stock price appreciation (4):........................................................  $  9,868,040  $  25,007,528
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
   
(1) No Stock Appreciation Rights (SARs) have ever been granted by Datapoint.
    
 
   
(2) Each grant becomes exercisable in three equal annual installments commencing
    on the first anniversary date, with the exception of Blake Thomas's options.
    His options are an ISO and do not become exercisable until two years from
    the anniversary date.
    
 
   
(3) The dollar amounts under these columns are the result of calculations at the
    5% and 10% rates required by the SEC and, therefore, are not intended to
    forecast possible future appreciation, if any, of the stock price.
    
 
   
(4) These amounts represent the increase in the market value of Datapoint's
    outstanding shares (13.9 million) as of July 27, 1996, that would result
    from the same stock price assumptions used to show the potential realizable
    value for the named executives.
    
 
                                       67
<PAGE>
   
AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR AND FISCAL YEAR END OPTION
VALUES
    
 
   
    The following table sets forth certain information regarding stock options
exercised by the Company's Chief Executive Officer, four most highly compensated
executive officers for the last fiscal year and one individual for whom
disclosure would have been applicable but for the fact that the individual was
not serving as an executive officer at the end of the last completed fiscal
year.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                        NUMBER OF                   NUMBER OF UNEXERCISED          IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS
                                         SHARES                    OPTIONS AT JULY 27, 1996          AT JULY 27, 1996
                                       ACQUIRED ON       VALUE    --------------------------  ------------------------------
NAME                                    EXERCISE       REALIZED   EXERCISABLE  UNEXERCISABLE    EXERCISABLE    UNEXERCISABLE
- ----------------------------------  -----------------  ---------  -----------  -------------  ---------------  -------------
<S>                                 <C>                <C>        <C>          <C>            <C>              <C>
Asher B. Edelman..................              0      $       0     175,000         40,000      $       0       $       0
Blake D. Thomas...................              0              0      25,000        100,000              0           6,250
Phillip P. Krumb..................              0              0      16,667         33,333              0               0
Gerald N. Agranoff................              0              0      16,667         33,333              0               0
Jan Berger........................              0              0      55,000         30,000              0               0
Doris D. Bencsik..................              0              0      15,000              0              0               0
</TABLE>
    
 
   
PERFORMANCE GRAPH
    
 
   
    Set forth below is a line graph comparing the five-year cumulative total
return for Datapoint common stock with the Dow Jones 65-Composite Average, a
broad equity market index, and the Dow Jones computer systems index, excluding
IBM.
    
 
   
                COMPARISON OF FIVE-YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN
    
 
EDGAR REPRESENTATION OF DATA POINTS USED IN PRINTED GRAPHIC
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      DOW JONES COMPUTER
<S>        <C>                       <C>                   <C>
                                            systems index       Dow Jones 65-
             Datapoint Common Stock         (without IBM)   Composite Average
1991                          $ 100                 $ 100               $ 100
1992                          $ 173                 $ 100               $ 114
1993                          $ 509                  $ 69               $ 130
1994                          $ 273                  $ 85               $ 132
1995                          $ 109                 $ 216               $ 127
1996                        $ 81.82              $ 223.75            $ 141.08
</TABLE>
 
   
    The graph assumes $100 invested on July 28, 1991, in Datapoint common stock
and each of the Dow Jones indexes, and that all dividends were reinvested.
During the five-year period Datapoint did not pay any dividends on its common
stock.
    
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
    Effective April 25, 1990, Datapoint entered into a written employment
agreement memorializing an existing understanding concerning the employment of
Mr. Edelman as Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chairman of the Executive
Committee of Datapoint. The agreement, as amended, now provides for a base
salary of $300,000, an annual bonus opportunity of 5% of the Company's net
pre-tax earnings (excluding the excess over $10 million of the net of any
extraordinary gains due to debt repurchase or exchange against all extraordinary
losses) and payment of certain of his expenses, subject to limitations,
including
 
                                       68
<PAGE>
expenses relating to his presence at Datapoint's European offices. The amended
agreement further provides for a lump-sum payment of two years salary and
benefits plus one year of bonus at plan should Mr. Edelman's employment
involuntarily terminate other than by death or disability, or for "cause" as
strictly defined therein.
 
   
    Effective February 4, 1993, Datapoint entered into an agreement with Mrs.
Bencsik providing for her employment as Executive Vice President and Chief
Operating Officer with a minimum annual base salary of $150,000 for half-time
service until November 1, 1993, and for her employment as President and Chief
Operating Officer with a minimum annual base salary of $300,000 for full-time
service thereafter. The agreement provides for an annual bonus opportunity,
certain executive benefits, and base salary continuation for two (2) years
should Datapoint terminate her employment prior to September, 1996 other than
for "cause" as strictly defined therein. On December 5, 1995, Ms. Bencsik
resigned from her position as an officer of the Company and on May 20, 1996, Ms.
Bencsik resigned from her position as a director of the Company.
    
 
   
    Effective June 1, 1991, Datapoint entered into an agreement with Mr. Jan
Berger providing for his employment as Vice President, Marketing, at a minimum
annual base salary of $180,000. The agreement provides for an annual bonus
opportunity, certain executive benefits, and lump-sum payment of one year of
base salary as well as a continuation of benefits for one year should Datapoint
terminate his employment other than for "cause" as strictly defined therein. The
agreement also provides for expatriate accommodations incident to foreign
assignment.
    
 
    Effective October 1, 1994, Datapoint entered into an agreement with Mr.
Agranoff providing for his employment as General Counsel and Corporate
Secretary. This agreement, as amended, now provides for a minimum annual base
salary of $200,000, annual bonus opportunity, certain executive benefits, and
continuation of base salary payments of up to $100,000, plus any performance
bonus he may be entitled to, as well as a continuation of benefits for six
months should Datapoint terminate his employment other than for cause.
 
    Effective December 5, 1995, Datapoint entered into an agreement with Mr.
Thomas providing for his employment as Executive Vice President and Chief
Operating Officer at a minimum annual base salary of $250,000. The agreement
provides for an annual bonus opportunity of 3% of the Company's net pre-tax
earnings (excluding the excess over $10 million of the net of any extraordinary
gains due to debt repurchase or exchange against all extraordinary losses),
certain executive benefits, and continuation of base salary payments of up to
$100,000, plus any performance bonus he may be entitled to, as well as a
continuation of benefits for six months should Datapoint terminate his
employment other than for cause. The agreement also provides for expatriate
accommodations incident to foreign assignment.
 
    Effective September 19, 1994, Datapoint entered into an agreement with Mr.
Krumb providing for his employment as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
at a minimum annual base salary of $175,000. The agreement provides for an
annual bonus opportunity of 1% of the Company's net pre-tax earnings (excluding
the excess over $10 million of the net of any extraordinary gains due to debt
repurchase or exchange against all extraordinary losses), certain executive
benefits, and continuation of base salary payments of up to $100,000, plus any
performance bonus he may be entitled to, as well as a continuation of benefits
for six months should Datapoint terminate his employment other than for cause.
The agreement also provides for certain relocation accommodations which were
terminated at the end of 1995.
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT
    Datapoint's executive compensation program is based on three fundamental
principles.
 
    Datapoint must offer compensation opportunities sufficient to attract,
retain and reward talented executives who are sufficiently capable of addressing
the challenges of a worldwide business in a difficult industry.
 
    Compensation should include a substantial component of pay-for-performance
sufficiently related to the financial results of the Company and/or the
executive's performance to financially motivate the executive's efforts to
increase stockholder value. This may cause individual compensation amounts to
change significantly from year to year.
 
    Compensation should provide a direct link between the long-term interest of
executives and stockholders. Through the use of stock-based incentives, the
Compensation Committee focuses the attention of executives on managing the
Company from the perspective of an owner with an equity stake.
 
                                       69
<PAGE>
    For executive officers, compensation now consists primarily of base salary,
a short-term performance incentive opportunity in the form of a variable cash
bonus based on either the financial performance of the Company or of their area
of responsibility, and a long-term incentive opportunity provided by stock
options.
 
    The committee also obtains ratification by the non-employee members of the
Board on most aspects of compensation and long-term incentives for executive
officers.
 
   
    The remainder of the report reviews the annual and long-term components of
Datapoint's executive compensation program, along with the decisions made by the
committee regarding fiscal year 1996 compensation for both the CEO and the other
named executive officers.
    
 
TOTAL ANNUAL COMPENSATION
   
    Annual cash compensation consists of two components; a fixed base salary and
a variable annual bonus opportunity. As an executive's level of responsibility
increases, a larger portion of total annual pay is based on bonus and less on
salary. Mr. Agranoff was the only named executive who received a salary increase
during the past year, and Mr. Edelman's salary was last increased in December
1990. The Committee set the base salary of executive officers based upon a
subjective analysis of competitive salaries of equally qualified executives,
occasionally confirmed by reference to general salary surveys; prior
compensation of the individual or of previous holders of the position is also
considered. Contractual minimum base salaries are customarily negotiated with
the executives.
    
 
   
    The short-term performance incentive bonus opportunity is established either
as a percentage, unique for each individual, of a numerical corporate
performance indicia, or as a target percentage of pay which is the amount that
can be earned based upon assigned objectives being met. Performance is measured
as a percent of attainment against these objectives. When performance exceeds
objectives, an executive's incentive pay can exceed the target rate, and when it
falls below, as was the case in fiscal years 1995 and 1994, individual incentive
pay is reduced accordingly.
    
 
   
    Messrs. Edelman's, Krumb's and Thomas's bonuses are each based on a
contractually specified percentage of Datapoint's pre-tax profits, which are
defined as net pre-tax earnings, excluding the excess over $10 million of the
net of any extraordinary gains due to debt repurchase or exchange against all
extraordinary losses. During fiscal year 1995, the Company incurred net losses
and therefore no bonuses were paid in 1995 under these contractual arrangements.
For the fiscal year 1996, an aggregate of approximately $2.1 million is expected
to be paid under these contractual arrangements.
    
 
    The remainder of the named executives have been assigned bonus targets as a
percentage of their base salary based upon 100% achievement of individualized
goals and objectives, a substantial portion of which are related to the
financial performance of corporate functions relevant to their respective
responsibilities.
 
LONG TERM INCENTIVES
    The committee believes that stock options appropriately link executive
interests to the enhancement of stockholder value and utilizes them as its long
term incentive program; no additional long-term incentive programs are utilized.
Stock options generally are granted at fair market value as of the date of
grant, become exercisable over three years, and have a term of ten years. The
stock options provide value to the recipients only when the price of Datapoint
stock increases above the option grant price.
 
   
    In 1996, the committee granted stock options to executive officers, as well
as to other executives and selected key employees. In determining the size of
the grant for Mr. Edelman and the other named executive officers, the committee
assessed the following factors: their potential by position and ability (i) to
contribute to the creation of long-term stockholder value; (ii) to contribute to
the successful execution of Datapoint's product line broadening strategy; and
(iii) to implement Datapoint's cost reduction objectives; (iv) their relative
levels of responsibility; and (v) the number of options they already held.
    
 
    This report has been provided by the Compensation Committee.
 
    Daniel R. Kail, Chairman
    Irving J. Garfinkel
    Didier M. M. Ruffat
 
                                       70
<PAGE>
   
SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN
    
 
   
    In addition, the Company maintains a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
for certain executive employees selected by the Board of Directors. The plan
provides for employee contributions of up to 10% of applicable compensation. In
addition, at the Board's discretion, the Company may also make contributions on
an annual, individual basis, allocated on a pro-rata basis according to
participant's applicable compensation up to a maximum contribution of 15% of
applicable compensation per employee. As of July 29, 1995 and July 27, 1996, the
Company contributed 62,000 and 50,000 shares of its Preferred Stock,
respectively, to the plan for credit to the accounts of various executive
officers. Under the terms of the plan, benefits accrue to the various executive
officers upon satisfaction of the plan's vesting criteria which is based upon
length of employment with the Company.
    
 
                                       71
<PAGE>
                   THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND STOCK SOLICITATION
 
THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND STOCK SOLICITATION
 
    Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Proxy
Statement/Prospectus and in the accompanying Letter of Transmittal, the Company
is offering to exchange for each share of Preferred Stock which has been
tendered and not withdrawn as of the Expiration Date 3.25 shares of Common
Stock.
 
    The Company is soliciting in the Stock Solicitation the Requisite Votes
(I.E., affirmative votes of Holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding
shares of the Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class, and affirmative
votes of Holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Common
Stock, voting separately as a class) to the Preferred Stock Amendment. See "The
Preferred Stock Amendment." Purchasers of Preferred Stock after the Record Date
who wish to vote for the Preferred Stock Amendment must arrange with their
seller to receive an appropriate proxy from the holder of record on the Record
Date of such Preferred Stock.
 
    All references herein to the Exchange Offer shall be deemed to include the
Stock Solicitation, unless otherwise required by context or specified herein.
 
   
    This Proxy Statement/Prospectus, Stock Proxies and Letter of Transmittal are
each being mailed to holders of Preferred Stock and Common Stock on or about
November 1, 1996.
    
 
   
    The Board of Directors of the Company has fixed the close of business on
October 31, 1996 as the Record Date for determining the Holders of Preferred
Stock and Common Stock who will be entitled to notice, and only holders of
record of shares of Preferred Stock and Common Stock on the Record Date or any
persons who have obtained a properly completed proxy from such record holder are
entitled to vote at the Annual Meeting or any adjournment or postponement
thereof. On the Record Date, it is anticipated that approximately 1,868,056
shares of Preferred Stock and approximately 13,931,640 shares of Common Stock
will be outstanding and entitled to vote at the Annual Meeting, which shares are
anticipated to be held of record by approximately 415 holders and 3,128 holders,
respectively. Holders of record on the Record Date or any person who has
obtained a properly completed proxy from such record holders are entitled to
cast one vote per share of Preferred Stock and/or one vote per share of Common
Stock, either in person or by a properly executed proxy, in connection with the
approval of the Preferred Stock Amendment. The presence of Holders of a majority
of shares of Preferred Stock and a majority of shares of Common Stock entitled
to vote, represented in person or by a properly executed proxy, is necessary to
constitute a quorum for the Annual Meeting. The Preferred Stock Designation
requires the affirmative vote of Holders of at least two-thirds of the
outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class, to approve
the Preferred Stock Amendment, which also requires the approval of the holders
of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of the Common Stock, voting
separately as a class.
    
 
   
    All shares of Preferred Stock and Common Stock represented at the Annual
Meeting by properly executed Stock Proxies received prior to the vote at the
Annual Meeting, unless previously revoked, will be voted in accordance with the
instructions thereon. If no instructions are given, Stock Proxies will be voted
for the Preferred Stock Amendment. Any Stock Proxy may be revoked at any time
until the Preferred Stock Amendment is approved at the Annual Meeting. Holders
of Preferred Stock and Holders of Common Stock may also vote their shares in
person at the Annual Meeting. See "-- Withdrawal of Tenders and Revocation of
Proxies." As of October 18, 1996, Asher B. Edelman, Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and corporations and partnerships with
which he is affiliated, are anticipated to be the beneficial owners of an
aggregate of approximately 24.9% of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock
and approximately 11.7% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, and all of
the other executive officers and directors of the Company as a group are
anticipated to be the beneficial owners of an aggregate of approximately 1.6% of
the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock and approximately 2.8% of the
outstanding shares of Common Stock (in each case excluding shares beneficially
owned by Mr. Edelman). Mr. Edelman and the corporations and partnerships with
which he is affiliated and such other executive officers and directors have
indicated their current intention to tender their shares of Preferred Stock in
the Exchange Offer and to vote in favor of the Preferred Stock Amendment. See
"Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management."
    
 
                                       72
<PAGE>
GENERAL
 
   
    As of October 18, 1996, there were approximately 415 record holders of
Preferred Stock, and there was outstanding approximately $41.5 million aggregate
liquidation preference (1,868,056 shares of Preferred Stock (which includes
accumulated but unpaid dividends of approximately $4.2 million as of October 15,
1996). As of October 18, 1996, there were approximately 3,128 record holders and
13,931,640 outstanding shares of Common Stock.
    
 
    The Company shall be deemed to have accepted validly tendered Preferred
Stock in the Exchange Offer and validly delivered Stock Proxies when, as and if
the Company has given oral or written notice thereof to the Depositary. The
Depositary will act as agent for the tendering Holders of Preferred Stock for
the purposes of receiving the Exchange Consideration from the Company.
 
    If the Preferred Stock Amendment is not adopted, the Company shall accept
for exchange such Preferred Stock validly tendered and not withdrawn as of the
Expiration Date, provided that at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding shares of
Preferred Stock has been tendered and not withdrawn as of the Expiration Date.
If less than 66 2/3% of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock has been
tendered and not withdrawn as of the Expiration Date, the Company may elect to
accept for exchange such shares of Preferred Stock in whole, or in the
alternative, to not accept any such shares for exchange. The Exchange
Consideration will be delivered in exchange for Preferred Stock tendered in the
Exchange Offer promptly after acceptance on the Expiration Date. In the event
that the Requisite Votes are received at the Annual Meeting, then, immediately
upon the filing of the Preferred Stock Amendment with the Secretary of State of
the State of Delaware, shares of Preferred Stock will be reclassified as and
changed into shares of Common Stock and the Company will commence the exchange
of certificates representing shares of Preferred Stock for the certificates
representing shares of Common Stock in accordance with the terms of the
Preferred Stock Amendment. Notwithstanding the approval of the Preferred Stock
Amendment at the Annual Meeting, the Board of Directors reserves the right to
abandon filing the Preferred Stock Amendment and consummation of the Preferred
Stock Reclassification. The Company's obligation to accept Preferred Stock for
exchange and to accept delivered Stock Proxies is subject to the satisfaction of
the conditions set forth below under "-- Conditions."
 
    No fractional shares will be issued upon exchange of Preferred Stock or upon
the Preferred Stock Reclassification. Each person otherwise entitled to a
fractional share of Common Stock will receive a payment in cash in lieu of such
fractional share based upon the average high and low prices of the Common Stock
on the NYSE on the Expiration Date. The Company intends to cause such payments
to be made promptly after the Expiration Date of the Exchange Offer.
 
    Holders of Preferred Stock who tender in the Exchange Offer will not be
required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in
the Letter of Transmittal, transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of
Preferred Stock pursuant to the Exchange Offer. The Company will pay all charges
and expenses, other than certain applicable taxes, in connection with the
Exchange Offer. See "-- Fees and Expenses."
 
    Holders of Preferred Stock and Holders of Common Stock who do not vote for
the Preferred Stock Amendment will not have dissenters' rights under applicable
state law or under the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, nor will
dissenters' rights be voluntarily accorded to Holders of Preferred Stock and
Holders of Common Stock in connection with the Exchange Offer.
 
EXPIRATION DATE; EXTENSIONS; AMENDMENTS
 
   
    The term "Expiration Date" shall mean 9:00 a.m., New York City time,
December 10, 1996, unless the Company, in its sole discretion, extends the
Exchange Offer, in which case the term "Expiration Date" shall mean the last
date to which the Exchange Offer is extended.
    
 
    In order to extend the Expiration Date with respect to the Exchange Offer,
the Company will notify the Depositary of any extension by oral or written
notice and will make a public announcement thereof, each
 
                                       73
<PAGE>
   
prior to 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the
previously scheduled Expiration Date. Such announcement may state that the
Company is extending the Exchange Offer for a specific period or on a daily
basis.
    
 
    The Company expressly reserves the right to (i) delay accepting any
Preferred Stock, to extend the Exchange Offer or to terminate the Exchange Offer
and not accept Preferred Stock not previously accepted if any of the conditions
set forth herein under "-- Conditions" shall exist or shall have occurred and
shall not have been waived or satisfied by the Company, by giving oral or
written notice of such delay, extension or termination to the Depositary, or
(ii) amend at any time or from time to time, the terms of the Exchange Offer.
Any such delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment will be
followed as promptly as practicable by public announcement thereof. If the terms
of the Exchange Offer are amended in a manner determined by the Company to
constitute a material change, the Company will promptly disclose such amendment
in a manner reasonably calculated to inform the Holders of such amendment and
the Company will extend the Exchange Offer for a period which the Company in its
discretion deems appropriate, depending upon the significance of the amendment
and the manner of disclosure to Holders of the Preferred Stock, if the Exchange
Offer would otherwise expire during such period. Any such extension shall be in
compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission.
Notwithstanding the approval of the Preferred Stock Amendment at the Annual
Meeting, the Board of Directors reserves the right to abandon filing the
Preferred Stock Amendment and consummation of the Preferred Stock
Reclassification.
 
    Without limiting the manner in which the Company may choose to make a public
announcement of any extension, amendment or termination of the Exchange Offer,
the Company shall have no obligation to publish, advertise, or otherwise
communicate any such public announcement, other than by making a timely release
to the Dow Jones News Service.
 
DIVIDENDS ON PREFERRED STOCK
 
    The Company has not paid the dividends accumulated on the Preferred Stock
from and including October 15, 1994. By tendering shares of their Preferred
Stock in the Exchange Offer, holders of Preferred Stock will waive their right
to receive any accumulated dividends on the Preferred Stock if such shares are
accepted for exchange.
 
HOW TO TENDER PREFERRED STOCK IN THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
    A Holder electing to tender Preferred Stock in the Exchange Offer should
either (a) complete all portions of the Letter of Transmittal, or a facsimile
thereof, and mail or otherwise deliver the completed Letter of Transmittal, or
such facsimile, together with certificates for shares of Preferred Stock and any
other required documents to the Depositary at one of its addresses set forth on
the back cover page of this Proxy Statement/Prospectus, or effect the tender of
Preferred Stock pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer as set forth
below, or (b) request his broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or
other nominee to effect the transaction for him. A Holder of Preferred Stock who
wishes to vote for the Preferred Stock Amendment but not tender shares of
Preferred Stock in the Exchange Offer should follow the instructions under "--
How to Vote Preferred Stock in the Stock Solicitation" below. A Holder of
Preferred Stock who wishes to tender shares of Preferred Stock in the Exchange
Offer but not vote for the Preferred Stock Amendment should follow the
instructions for completing the tender of shares of Preferred Stock on the
Letter of Transmittal.
 
   
    IN ORDER FOR A TENDER OF PREFERRED STOCK TO CONSTITUTE A VALID TENDER ON OR
PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE, HOLDERS SHOULD COMPLETE THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INSTRUCTIONS SET FORTH THEREIN AND DELIVER SUCH LETTER OF
TRANSMITTAL TO THE DEPOSITARY ON OR PRIOR TO 9:00 A.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON
THE EXPIRATION DATE.
    
 
HOW TO VOTE PREFERRED STOCK IN THE STOCK SOLICITATION
 
    Holders of Preferred Stock may vote on the Preferred Stock Amendment at the
Annual Meeting by completing and signing the YELLOW proxy card and mailing or
delivering such proxy to the Depositary at one of the addresses set forth on the
back cover page of this Proxy Statement/Prospectus. If no instructions are
indicated, proxies will be voted in favor of the Preferred Stock Amendment.
Holders of Preferred Stock
 
                                       74
<PAGE>
whose purchase has been registered after the Record Date and who wish to vote at
the Annual Meeting must arrange with their seller to receive a proxy from the
holder of record on the Record Date of such Preferred Stock. Holders of
Preferred Stock may also vote their shares of Preferred Stock by attending the
Annual Meeting and voting in person.
 
HOW TO VOTE COMMON STOCK IN THE STOCK SOLICITATION
 
    Holders of Common Stock may vote on the Preferred Stock Amendment at the
Annual Meeting by completing and signing the WHITE proxy card and mailing or
delivering such proxy to the Depositary at one of the addresses set forth on the
back cover page of this Proxy Statement/Prospectus. If no instructions are
indicated, proxies will be voted in favor of the Preferred Stock Amendment.
Holders of Common Stock whose purchase has been registered after the Record Date
and who wish to vote at the Annual Meeting must arrange with their seller to
receive a proxy from the holder of record on the Record Date of such Common
Stock. Holders of Common Stock may also vote their shares of Common Stock by
attending the Annual Meeting and voting in person.
 
TENDERS AND STOCK PROXIES -- GENERAL
 
    The tender by a Holder of Preferred Stock pursuant to one of the procedures
set forth herein will constitute an agreement between such holder and the
Company in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions set forth
herein and in the Letter of Transmittal.
 
    The method of delivery of shares of Preferred Stock, Stock Proxies and
Letters of Transmittal and all other required documents to the Depositary is at
the election and risk of each holder. Except as otherwise provided herein, such
delivery will be deemed made only when actually received by the Depositary.
Instead of effecting delivery by mail, it is recommended that Holders use an
overnight or hand delivery service. If shares of Preferred Stock are sent by
mail, registered mail with return receipt requested, properly insured, is
recommended. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to assure timely
delivery. No documents should be sent to the Company, the Solicitation Agent or
the transfer agent for the Preferred Stock.
 
   
    The Depositary will make a request promptly after the date of this Proxy
Statement/Prospectus to establish accounts with respect to the Preferred Stock
at The Depositary Trust Company ("DTC") and the Philadelphia Depository Trust
Company ("PDTC", and together with DTC, the "Book Entry Transfer Facilities")
for the purpose of facilitating the Exchange Offer. Any financial institution
that is a participant in any of the Book Entry Transfer Facilities' systems may
make book entry delivery of the Preferred Stock by causing DTC or PDTC to
transfer such Preferred Stock into the Depositary's account in accordance with
such Book Entry Transfer Facility's procedure for such transfer. Although
delivery of Preferred Stock may be effected through book entry transfer in the
Depositary's account at DTC or PDTC, the Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile
thereof), with any required signature guarantees and any other required
documents, must, in any case, be transmitted to and received or confirmed by the
Depositary at one of its addresses set forth on the back cover of this Proxy
Statement/Prospectus prior to 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Expiration
Date. DELIVERY OF DOCUMENTS TO A BOOK ENTRY TRANSFER FACILITY IN ACCORDANCE WITH
ITS PROCEDURES DOES NOT CONSTITUTE DELIVERY TO THE DEPOSITARY.
    
 
    Any beneficial holder whose shares of Preferred Stock are registered or held
of record on the Record Date in the name of his broker, dealer, commercial bank,
trust company or other nominee who wishes to tender shares of Preferred Stock
and/or vote for the Preferred Stock Amendment should contact such registered
holder or holder of record on the Record Date promptly and instruct such holder
to tender shares of Preferred Stock and/or vote for the Preferred Stock
Amendment on his behalf. If such beneficial holder wishes to tender shares of
Preferred Stock and/or vote for the Preferred Stock Amendment on his own behalf,
such beneficial holder must either make appropriate arrangements to register
ownership of the Preferred Stock in such holder's name or obtain a properly
completed stock power from the registered holder reflecting the change in
ownership and/or obtain a proxy from the holder of record on the Record Date
authorizing the beneficial holder to vote Preferred Stock by proxy on behalf of
such record holder. The transfer of record ownership of shares of Preferred
Stock may take considerable time and, depending on when such transfer is
requested, may not be accomplished prior to the Expiration Date.
 
                                       75
<PAGE>
    Signatures on each Letter of Transmittal must be guaranteed unless the
shares of Preferred Stock delivered pursuant thereto are delivered (i) by a
registered holder of Preferred Stock who has not completed the boxes on the
Letter of Transmittal entitled "Special Issuance Instructions" or "Special
Delivery Instructions" or (ii) for the account of an Eligible Institution (as
defined below). In the event that signatures are required to be guaranteed, such
guarantees must be by a firm that is a member of a registered national
securities exchange or a member of the National Association of Securities
Dealers, Inc. or by a commercial bank or trust company having an office in the
United States (an "Eligible Institution").
 
    If the Letter of Transmittal with respect to the shares of Preferred Stock
being tendered is signed by a person other than the registered holder, such
certificate(s) must be endorsed or accompanied by an appropriate stock power
bearing the signature of the registered holder or holders exactly as the name or
names appeared on the certificate(s). A Stock Proxy must be signed by the holder
of record on the Record Date or any person who has obtained a properly completed
proxy from the record holder, which proxy must accompany the Proxy delivered by
a holder to the Annual Meeting.
 
    If the Letter of Transmittal, Stock Proxies or any certificates, stock
powers or other proxies are signed by trustees, executors, administrators,
guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a
fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when
signing, and, if required by the Company, proper evidence satisfactory to the
Company of their authority to so act must be submitted.
 
    All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of
receipt), acceptance, withdrawal and revocation of tendered shares of Preferred
Stock and delivered Stock Proxies will be resolved by the Company, whose
determination will be final and binding. The Company reserves the absolute right
to reject any or all tenders and withdrawals of shares of Preferred Stock and
deliveries and revocations of Stock Proxies that are not in proper form or the
acceptance of which would, in the opinion of the Company or counsel for the
Company, be unlawful. The Company also reserves the right to waive any
irregularities or conditions of tender as to particular shares of Preferred
Stock. The Company's interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange
Offer (including the instructions in the Stock Proxies and Letter of
Transmittal) will be final and binding. Unless waived, any irregularities in
connection with tenders and withdrawals of shares of Preferred Stock and
deliveries and revocations of Stock Proxies must be cured within such time as
the Company shall determine. Neither the Company nor the Depositary shall be
under any duty to give notification of defects in such tenders, withdrawals,
deliveries or revocations or shall incur any liability for failure to give such
notification. Tenders and withdrawals of shares of Preferred Stock and
deliveries and revocations of Stock Proxies will not be deemed to have been made
until such irregularities have been cured or waived. Any shares of Preferred
Stock received by the Depositary that are not properly tendered or delivered and
as to which the irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by
the Depositary to the tendering Holders of Preferred Stock unless otherwise
provided in the Letter of Transmittal as soon as practicable following the
Expiration Date.
 
    Although it does not expect to do so, in the event the Company should
increase the consideration offered for the Preferred Stock in the Exchange
Offer, such increased consideration will be paid to all Holders whose shares of
Preferred Stock are accepted in the Exchange Offer, including those shares of
Preferred Stock tendered before the announcement of the increase. In the event
that the consideration being offered in the Exchange Offer is increased or
decreased, the Exchange Offer shall remain open for at least ten business days
from the date that notice of an increase or decrease in the consideration
offered is first published, sent or given to holders.
 
GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES
 
   
    If a Holder of Preferred Stock desires to tender such Preferred Stock and
the certificate(s) representing such shares of Preferred Stock are not
immediately available, or time will not permit such Holder's certificate(s) or
other required documents to reach the Depositary before 9:00 a.m., New York City
time, on the Expiration Date, or if such Holder cannot complete the procedure
for book-entry transfer on a timely basis, a tender may be effected if:
    
 
        (a) the tender is made through an Eligible Institution;
 
                                       76
<PAGE>
   
        (b) prior to 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date, the
    Depositary receives from such Eligible Institution a properly completed and
    duly executed Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (by telegram, telex, facsimile
    transmission, mail or hand delivery) setting forth the name and address of
    the Holder, and the number of shares of Preferred Stock to be delivered,
    stating that the delivery is being made thereby and guaranteeing that within
    five NYSE trading days after the date of execution of the Notice of
    Guaranteed Delivery, the certificate(s) representing the shares of Preferred
    Stock, and any other documents required thereby, will be deposited by the
    Eligible Institution with the Depositary; and
    
 
        (c) the certificate(s) for all tendered shares of Preferred Stock, or a
    combination of a book entry transfer of such Preferred Stock into the
    Depositary's applicable account at a Book Entry Transfer Facility as
    described above, the Letter of Transmittal, and all other documents required
    thereby are received by the Depositary within five NYSE trading days after
    the date of execution of such Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
 
    Failure to complete the guaranteed delivery procedures outlined above will
not, of itself, affect the validity of, or effect a revocation of, any Letter of
Transmittal properly executed by a Holder of Preferred Stock who attempted to
use the guaranteed delivery procedures.
 
WITHDRAWAL OF TENDERS AND REVOCATION OF STOCK PROXIES
    Tenders of shares of Preferred Stock may be withdrawn at any time until the
Expiration Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, tenders of shares of Preferred
Stock may also be withdrawn after the expiration of forty business days from the
date hereof, if such shares have not yet been accepted for payment. Stock
Proxies may be revoked at any time until the Preferred Stock Amendment is
approved at the Annual Meeting. A withdrawal of shares of Preferred Stock
tendered for exchange shall not have any effect on a Stock Proxy with respect to
such shares and a revocation (on or prior to the Expiration Date) of a Stock
Proxy given by a holder of Preferred Stock shall not have any effect on those
shares of Preferred Stock tendered for exchange.
 
    Any Holder of Preferred Stock who has tendered shares of Preferred Stock in
the Exchange Offer or executed a Stock Proxy with respect to the Preferred Stock
Amendment, or who succeeds to the record ownership of Preferred Stock in respect
of which such tenders or proxies have previously been given, may withdraw such
shares of Preferred Stock or revoke such Stock Proxies by delivery of a written
notice of withdrawal or revocation. To be effective, a written or facsimile
transmission notice of withdrawal of shares or revocation of proxy must (i) be
timely received by the Depositary at one of its addresses specified on the back
cover of this Proxy Statement/Prospectus before (A) in the case of a withdrawal
of a tender with respect to Preferred Stock, the Expiration Date or (B) in the
case of a revocation of a Stock Proxy, at any time until the Preferred Stock
Amendment is approved at the Annual Meeting, (ii) specify the name of the
registered holder (or holder of record on the Record Date in the case of proxies
only) of the Preferred Stock to be withdrawn or as to which proxy is revoked,
(iii) contain the description of the Preferred Stock to be withdrawn or as to
which consent or proxy is revoked, the certificate numbers shown on the
particular certificates evidencing such shares of Preferred Stock and the
aggregate number of shares represented by such Preferred Stock certificate, and
(iv) be signed by the registered holder (or holder of record on the Record Date
in the case of proxies only) of such Preferred Stock in the same manner as the
original signature on the Proxy or Letter of Transmittal (including any required
signature guarantees), or be accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient to
have the transfer agent for the Preferred Stock register the transfer of such
Preferred Stock into the name of the person withdrawing Preferred Stock or
revoking a Stock Proxy. The signature(s) on the notice of withdrawal must be
guaranteed by an Eligible Institution unless such Preferred Stock has been
tendered (i) by a registered holder of Preferred Stock who has not completed the
boxes on the Letter of Transmittal entitled "Special Issuance Instructions" or
"Special Delivery Instructions," or (ii) for the account of an Eligible
Institution. If the Preferred Stock to be withdrawn has been delivered or
otherwise identified to the Depositary, a signed notice of withdrawal is
effective immediately upon receipt of written or facsimile transmission notice
of withdrawal even if physical release is not yet effected. A holder may also
revoke a Stock Proxy by attending the Annual Meeting and voting in person
(although attendance at the Annual Meeting will not in and of itself constitute
revocation of a Stock Proxy) or by executing a subsequent Stock Proxy and
delivering it to the Depositary before the Preferred Stock Amendment is approved
at the Annual Meeting.
 
                                       77
<PAGE>
   
    Any shares of Preferred Stock which have been tendered for exchange but
which are not exchanged will be returned to the Holder thereof without cost to
such Holder as soon as practicable following the relevant Expiration Date.
Properly withdrawn shares of Preferred Stock may be retendered at any time prior
to 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date by following one of the
procedures described under "-- How to Tender Preferred Stock in the Exchange
Offer."
    
 
    A proxy given pursuant to this solicitation by a Holder of Preferred Stock
or Common Stock may be revoked at any time before the approval of the Preferred
Stock Amendment at the Annual Meeting. Such a proxy may be revoked (i) by filing
with the Depositary at or before the Annual Meeting a written notice of
revocation bearing a later date than the proxy, (ii) by duly executing a
subsequent proxy relating to the same shares and delivering it to the Depositary
at or before the Annual Meeting, or (iii) by attending the Annual Meeting and
voting in person (although attendance at the Annual Meeting will not in and of
itself constitute revocation of a proxy).
 
CERTAIN EFFECTS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER ON THE MARKET FOR THE PREFERRED STOCK;
EXCHANGE ACT REGISTRATION
    The Preferred Stock is currently registered under the Exchange Act. In the
event that the Requisite Votes are received and the Preferred Stock Amendment is
adopted, and the Preferred Stock Reclassification is consummated, there will be
no shares of Preferred Stock outstanding, and, accordingly, its registration
under the Exchange Act and its listing on the NYSE shall terminate. The Company,
however, will continue to be subject to reporting requirements under the
Exchange Act. In the event the Preferred Stock Amendment is not adopted, there
will continue to be shares of Preferred Stock outstanding and such shares will
continue to be registered under the Exchange Act. However, the Preferred Stock
may be delisted from the NYSE (although the Company has no intention of seeking
such delisting) and, in any event, the trading market in such security could be
adversely affected. See "Risk Factors -- Risks Associated with Retention of the
Preferred Stock -- NYSE Listing" and "Background; Purposes and Effects of the
Exchange Offer -- Certain Consequences to Holders of Preferred Stock That is Not
Exchanged".
 
    Shares of Preferred Stock accepted in the Exchange Offer shall (upon
compliance with any applicable provisions of the laws of the State of Delaware)
have the status of authorized and unissued shares of preferred stock, par value
$1.00, of the Company, undesignated as to series and may be redesignated and
reissued as part of any series of such preferred stock.
 
CONDITIONS
    The obligation of the Company to accept for exchange any shares of Preferred
Stock validly tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer and/or to consummate the
Preferred Stock Reclassification is subject to the following conditions:
 
        (a) that there shall not have occurred any change or development
    involving a prospective change in or affecting the business or financial
    affairs of the Company, which in the reasonable judgment of the Board of
    Directors of the Company, would or might prohibit, restrict or delay
    consummation of the Exchange Offer or materially impair the contemplated
    benefits of the Exchange Offer to the Company or which may be material to
    the Holders of Preferred Stock in deciding whether to tender their Preferred
    Stock or to vote for the Preferred Stock Amendment;
 
        (b) that no order shall have been entered in any action or proceeding
    before any court or governmental or administrative agency or commission, (x)
    restraining or prohibiting the making or consummation of the Exchange Offer
    or any other transaction contemplated by the Exchange Offer, or assessing
    any material damages as a result thereof or (y) making the acquisition by
    the Company of some or all of the shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to the
    Exchange Offer illegal or resulting in a material delay in the ability of
    the Company to accept for exchange some or all of the shares of Preferred
    Stock pursuant to the Exchange Offer; and that no statute, rule or
    regulation shall be enacted, promulgated or deemed applicable to the
    Exchange Offer or any of the transactions contemplated by the Exchange Offer
    by any government or governmental authority, domestic or foreign, that would
    directly or indirectly result in any of the consequences referred to in
    clauses (x) and (y) hereof which in the reasonable judgment of the Company
    makes it inadvisable to proceed with the Exchange Offer;
 
        (c) that no action or proceeding before or by any court or governmental
    regulatory or administrative agency or instrumentality, or by any other
    person shall have been instituted or threatened or be
 
                                       78
<PAGE>
    pending, which (x) challenges the making or consummation of the Exchange
    Offer, or otherwise directly or indirectly relates to the Exchange Offer or
    (y) otherwise directly materially adversely affects the Company or its
    subsidiaries which, in the reasonable judgment of the Company in any such
    case, makes it inadvisable to proceed with the Exchange Offer; or
 
        (d) that at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock
    has been tendered and not withdrawn as of the Expiration Date. If less than
    66 2/3% of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock has been tendered and
    not withdrawn as of the Expiration Date, the Company may elect to accept for
    exchange such shares of Preferred Stock in whole, or in the alternative, to
    not accept any such shares for exchange.
 
    If any of the conditions listed above is not satisfied, the Company may (i)
terminate the Exchange Offer, refuse to accept any shares of Preferred Stock or
Stock Proxies and return all tendered shares of Preferred Stock and Stock
Proxies to tendering Holders, or (ii) extend the Exchange Offer and retain all
shares of Preferred Stock tendered and Stock Proxies theretofore delivered,
subject to withdrawal rights and later consummation or termination of the
Exchange Offer. THE COMPANY ALSO MAY IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION WAIVE OR AMEND
CERTAIN OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER PRIOR TO THE
CONSUMMATION OR TERMINATION OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER. If such waiver or amendment
constitutes a material change to the Exchange Offer, the Company will promptly
disclose such waiver or amendment in a manner reasonably calculated to inform
Holders of Preferred Stock and Common Stock of such waiver or amendment, and the
Company will extend the Exchange Offer for a period which the Company in its
discretion deems appropriate, subject to any applicable laws, including, to the
extent applicable, Rules 13e-4 and 14e-1 under the Exchange Act, depending on
the significance of the waiver or amendment and the manner of disclosure to the
Holders of Preferred Stock and Common Stock. IN THE EVENT THE COMPANY WAIVES OR
MODIFIES ANY OF SUCH TERMS OR CONDITIONS, THE COMPANY AND/OR HOLDERS OF
PREFERRED STOCK MAY BE EXPOSED TO ADDITIONAL RISKS WHICH CANNOT PRESENTLY BE
PREDICTED OR EVALUATED.
 
    NOTWITHSTANDING THE APPROVAL AND ADOPTION OF THE PREFERRED STOCK AMENDMENT
AT THE ANNUAL MEETING, THE COMPANY RESERVES THE RIGHT TO ABANDON FILING THE
PREFERRED STOCK AMENDMENT AND THE CONSUMMATION OF THE PREFERRED STOCK
RECLASSIFICATION.
 
SOLICITATION AGENT
    The Company has retained Shareholder Communications Corporation to assist in
the solicitation of exchanges and consents in the Stock Solicitation. In
addition to the delivery of this Proxy Statement/ Prospectus to security
holders, Shareholder Communications Corporation will orally solicit the
exchanges and votes of the Holders of Preferred Stock and Common Stock.
 
   
    For the services of Shareholder Communications Corporation as Solicitation
Agent in connection with the Exchange Offer, the Company has agreed to pay a fee
equal to approximately $10,000, plus expenses. The Solicitation Agent will not
receive a fee for securities tendered on its own account. In addition, the
Company will reimburse Shareholder Communications Corporation for its expenses,
including fees and expenses of its counsel. The Company has also agreed to
indemnify Shareholder Communications Corporation against certain liabilities and
expenses, including liabilities under Federal securities laws. Shareholder
Communications Corporation will receive no additional compensation for its
services as Solicitation Agent for the Exchange Offer.
    
 
DEPOSITARY
    Continental Stock Transfer and Trust Company has been appointed as
Depositary for the Exchange Offer. Questions and requests for assistance may be
directed to the Depositary at one of its addresses and telephone number set
forth on the back cover of this Proxy Statement/Prospectus.
 
                                       79
<PAGE>
FEES AND EXPENSES
 
    The Stock Proxies are being solicited on behalf of the Board of Directors.
The expenses of soliciting tenders of Preferred Stock and obtaining Stock
Proxies will be borne by the Company. The principal solicitation is being made
by mail; however, additional solicitation may be made by telephone or in person
by officers and regular employees of the Company and its affiliates, who will
not receive additional compensation. Arrangements may also be made with
brokerage houses and other custodians, nominees and fiduciaries to forward the
material regarding the Exchange Offer to the beneficial owners of Preferred
Stock. The Company will reimburse such forwarding agents for reasonable
out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them, but no compensation will be paid for
their services. In addition, the Solicitation Agent will assist the Company with
the solicitation of tenders of Preferred Stock and deliveries of Stock Proxies.
See "-- Solicitation Agent."
 
    The total cash expenditures to be incurred by the Company in connection with
the Exchange Offer, other than payments to Patricof and Corporate Capital, but
including printing, accounting and legal fees and the fees and expenses of the
Depositary and the Solicitation Agent are estimated to be approximately
$400,000.
 
                         THE PREFERRED STOCK AMENDMENT
 
    The Preferred Stock Reclassification cannot be consummated without the
receipt of the Requisite Votes in favor of the Preferred Stock Amendment.
Generally, the Preferred Stock Amendment would, upon the filing of the Preferred
Stock Amendment with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware,
automatically reclassify and change each share of Preferred Stock (inclusive of
accrued and unpaid dividends) into 3.25 shares of Common Stock.
 
    The Preferred Stock Amendment would provide that all outstanding shares of
Preferred Stock (inclusive of accrued but unpaid dividends), including shares of
Preferred Stock tendered in the Exchange Offer, shall be automatically
reclassified as and changed into shares of Common Stock immediately upon filing
of the Preferred Stock Amendment with the Secretary of State of the State of
Delaware. At such time, the person entitled to receive the Common Stock as a
result of the Preferred Stock Reclassification shall be treated for all purposes
as the registered holder of such Common Stock. Notice of the adoption of the
Preferred Stock Amendment and the exchange of certificates representing
Preferred Stock shall be mailed by the Company at least 20, but not more than
30, days subsequent to the filing of the Preferred Stock Amendment with the
Secretary of State of the State of the Delaware to each Holder of Preferred
Stock and to the Holders of Common Stock, and such notice shall set forth the
procedures for Holders of Preferred Stock to exchange such certificates of
Preferred Stock for certificates representing Common Stock.
 
    Specifically, the Preferred Stock Amendment will amend the Charter as
follows:
 
    "The Certification of Incorporation, as amended, of the Corporation is
hereby amended by adding the following new Subsection (D) to Article Four as
follows:
 
        (D). Effective upon the filing of this Certificate of Amendment to the
    Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation, each outstanding share of $1.00
    Exchangeable Preferred Stock, $20 liquidation preference per share, of the
    Corporation ("Preferred Stock") (inclusive of accrued and unpaid dividends),
    shall be reclassified as and changed into 3.25 shares of Common Stock.
    Notice of the filing of this Certificate of Amendment shall be mailed to
    each holder of Preferred Stock, at the holder's address as it appears on the
    books of the Corporation, as promptly as practicable following such filing.
    Such notice shall set forth the procedures for exchanging certificates
    formerly representing shares of Preferred Stock for the shares of Common
    Stock. Upon surrender to the Corporation of the certificates (duly endorsed
    in blank) representing shares of Preferred Stock, certificates representing
    the appropriate number of shares of Common Stock shall be issued and
    delivered to the surrendering holders."
 
                                       80
<PAGE>
    The Preferred Stock Amendment will eliminate all outstanding shares of
Preferred Stock, including accumulated dividends, future dividend payment
requirements, the liquidation preference and the right of Holders of Preferred
Stock to elect two directors to the Company's Board of Directors until all
accrued and unpaid dividends are no longer in arrears.
 
    NOTWITHSTANDING THE APPROVAL AND ADOPTION OF THE PREFERRED STOCK AMENDMENT
AT THE ANNUAL MEETING, THE COMPANY RESERVES THE RIGHT TO ABANDON FILING THE
PREFERRED STOCK AMENDMENT AND THE CONSUMMATION OF THE PREFERRED STOCK
RECLASSIFICATION.
 
            A VOTE "FOR" THE APPROVAL AND ADOPTION OF THE PREFERRED
           STOCK AMENDMENT IS RECOMMENDED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS.
 
                    CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
 
    The following is a brief discussion of certain federal income tax
considerations applicable to Holders whose Preferred Stock is exchanged in the
Exchange Offer and, if applicable, the reclassification of the Preferred Stock
pursuant to the Preferred Stock Reclassification. This discussion is provided
for information only and does not address all aspects of taxation that may be
relevant to a particular Holder in light of its particular tax circumstances or
to certain types of Holders such as banks, insurance companies, closely held
corporations, personal service corporations, foreign corporations and persons
who are not citizens or residents of the United States, all of which may be
subject to special federal tax laws. Accordingly, this discussion should not be
relied on for purposes of determining the specific tax consequences of the
Exchange Offer or Preferred Stock Reclassification to a particular Holder.
 
    The following discussion is based upon existing provisions of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), existing and proposed regulations
thereunder, and current administrative rulings and court decisions. No assurance
can be given that legislative or administrative changes or court decisions may
not be forthcoming which would require significant modification of the
statements expressed in this section. As indicated below, uncertainties
resulting from the lack of definitive judicial or administrative authority and
interpretation apply to various tax aspects of exchanges such as the Exchange
Offer and the Preferred Stock Reclassification as discussed herein. The tax
matters relating to the transactions described herein are complex and subject to
varying interpretations. The effect of existing income tax laws and of proposed
changes in income tax laws will vary with the particular circumstances of each
Holder.
 
    THE PROPONENTS ARE NOT REQUESTING A RULING FROM THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE
WITH RESPECT TO ANY OF THE TAX ASPECTS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER OR PREFERRED STOCK
RECLASSIFICATION, AND NO OPINION OF COUNSEL HAS BEEN OBTAINED BY THE COMPANY
WITH RESPECT THERETO. NO REPRESENTATIONS OF ASSURANCES ARE BEING MADE WITH
RESPECT TO THE FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES AS DESCRIBED HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY,
NO ASSURANCE CAN BE GIVEN THAT THE IRS WILL NOT CHALLENGE THE VIEWS EXPRESSED
HEREIN, NOR IS THERE ANY CERTAINTY THAT ANY SUCH CHALLENGE WILL NOT BE SUSTAINED
BY A COURT. THE TAX CONSIDERATIONS APPLICABLE TO CERTAIN HOLDERS (SUCH AS
PENSION OR PROFIT-SHARING TRUSTS OF FOREIGN INVESTORS) MAY BE DIFFERENT THAN THE
GENERAL DISCUSSION CONTAINED HEREIN. THERE MAY ALSO BE STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN
TAX CONSIDERATIONS APPLICABLE TO EACH HOLDER WHICH ARE NOT ADDRESSED HEREIN.
THEREFORE, EACH HOLDER IS URGED TO CONSULT WITH AND RELY ON HIS OR HER OWN TAX
ADVISOR REGARDING THE SPECIFIC TAX CONSEQUENCES WITH RESPECT TO THAT HOLDER'S
INTEREST.
 
EXCHANGE OF PREFERRED STOCK FOR COMMON STOCK
 
    The exchange of Preferred Stock for Common Stock should be a
recapitalization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(E) of the Code and,
accordingly, an exchanging Holder of Preferred Stock should not recognize gain
or loss on the exchange. However, if, as described in the next paragraph,
Section 305 of the Code applies to the exchange, an exchanging Holder of
Preferred Stock may recognize income on the exchange.
 
                                       81
<PAGE>
    Pursuant to Section 305 of the Code and the regulations promulgated
thereunder, if the fair market value of the Common Stock received exceeds the
"issue price" of the Preferred Stock surrendered, the receipt of such Common
Stock would be treated as a taxable distribution attributable to the dividend
arrearage on the Preferred Stock. The amount so treated as a taxable
distribution equals the lesser of the excess of the fair market value of the
Common Stock received over the issue price of the Preferred Stock surrendered or
the amount of the dividends in arrears. Based upon the average closing trading
price for the Company's Old Preferred Stock on or about the date that shares of
such stock were tendered to the Company in the 1992 Exchange Offer in exchange
for the Common and the Preferred Stock, the Company believes that the issue
price of the Preferred Stock is approximately $5.00. Accordingly, if the fair
market value of the Common Stock received for one share of Preferred Stock
exceeds the issue price of the Preferred Stock, the lesser of such excess or the
amount of dividend arrearage on the Preferred Stock will be taxable as a
dividend to the recipient to the extent of the Company's current and accumulated
earnings and profits.
 
    The rules pertaining to "Section 306 stock" should be inapplicable to the
Preferred Stock unless the Preferred Stock surrendered therefor constitutes
"Section 306 stock," although no assurance can be given in this regard. Because
of the absence of authority and guidance on this issue, it is unclear whether
the Preferred Stock received in the 1992 Exchange Offer would constitute
"Section 306 stock." Preferred Stock which was acquired by a Holder from another
stockholder in a taxable transaction would not constitute "Section 306 stock."
If any of the Preferred Stock is treated as "Section 306 stock," because the
Exchange Offer should constitute a tax-free transaction, only that portion
treated as a taxable distribution, as described above, would be taxable as
ordinary income. However, if after the disposition the Holder retains no equity
interest in the Company either actually or constructively, no portion of the
distributions would be taxable pursuant to Section 306.
 
    The aggregate tax basis of the Common Stock received in the exchange will
equal (i) the adjusted basis of the Preferred Stock exchanged therefor plus (ii)
the amount of income, if any, taxed as a dividend pursuant to Section 305 of the
Code. The holding period for the portion of any Common Stock treated as a
dividend distribution under Section 305 of the Code will begin the day after
receipt. The holding period for the balance of the Common Stock will include the
holding period for the Preferred Stock exchanged therefor. The subsequent sale
or exchange of the Common Stock will, if the Common Stock is held as a capital
asset, result in capital gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount
realized and the Holder's adjusted tax basis in the Common Stock immediately
before such sale or exchange.
 
    If any Holder receives cash in the Exchange in lieu of a fractional share,
such Holder would recognize capital gain or loss, provided that the shares of
stock surrendered for such cash were held as a capital asset. The amount of
capital gain or loss will generally be equal to the difference between the
amount of cash received and such Holder's adjusted tax basis in the shares of
stock surrendered.
 
    NET OPERATING LOSS (NOL) CARRYOVERS
   
    As of July 27, 1996, the Company had available tax net operating losses of
approximately $165 million and $28 million for federal and foreign tax purposes,
respectively, expiring in various amounts beginning in 2001 and 1997,
respectively. However, the Exchange Offer or the Preferred Stock
Reclassification may result in a change in ownership (defined below), whereby
the Company would be limited as to its utilization of the NOL's.
    
 
    Section 382 of the Code provides that if persons who own 5% or more of the
stock (measured by value) of a loss corporation ("5% Shareholders") increase
their percentage ownership in a loss corporation by more than 50 percentage
points within a 3 year period, the loss corporation will be deemed to have
incurred an ownership change (such change hereinafter referred to as a "change
in ownership"). A loss corporation includes a corporation which has an NOL or
built-in-loss for the taxable year in which the ownership changes occurs. Those
transactions that may cause a change in ownership include tax-free
recapitalizations pursuant to Section 368(a)(1)(E) of the Code. For these
purposes, all holders of less than 5% of the stock of the loss corporation are
treated as a single 5% shareholder ("public group 5% shareholders"). However,
for purposes of determining whether a tax-free recapitalization results in a
change in ownership, the public
 
                                       82
<PAGE>
group 5% shareholders are segregated into, and treated as, two public group 5%
shareholders; the public group 5% percent shareholders who owned the stock of
the loss corporation before the transaction and those who owned the stock of the
loss corporation as a result of the transaction. Because the Preferred Stock
is not stock for purposes of determining whether the Company has experienced a
change in ownership, the Holders of the Preferred Stock who receive less than 5%
of the Common Stock of the Company will be treated as a new public group 5%
shareholder.
 
    If the Exchange Offer or Preferred Stock Reclassification results in a
change in ownership either because the Holders will increase their ownership in
the Company by more than 50 percentage points or when aggregated with any 5%
shareholder, or equity structure shifts, including the exercise of options, that
may have occurred or will occur within the 3 year period of the Exchange Offer,
the Company's ability to utilize its NOL carryovers will be limited. The amount
of NOL's the Company may then use to offset taxable income would be equal to the
product of (i) the equity value of the Company as of the date of the ownership
change multiplied by (ii) the long term tax exempt rate in effect. The value of
the Company is the fair market value of the stock determined immediately prior
to the change in ownership. For this purpose, stock includes the Preferred
Stock.
 
RECLASSIFICATION OF PREFERRED STOCK IN PREFERRED STOCK RECLASSIFICATION
 
    The consequences to a Holder of a reclassification of Preferred Stock into
Common Stock in the Preferred Stock Reclassification are identical to those
described above under "-- Exchange of Preferred Stock for Common Stock."
 
    THE FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PROPOSED EXCHANGE OFFER AND THE
PREFERRED STOCK RECLASSIFICATION ARE COMPLEX. THE FOREGOING SUMMARY DOES NOT
DISCUSS ALL ASPECTS OF FEDERAL INCOME TAXATION THAT MAY BE RELEVANT TO A
PARTICULAR HOLDER OF PREFERRED STOCK IN LIGHT OF HIS PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES
AND INCOME TAX SITUATION. EACH HOLDER OF PREFERRED STOCK SHOULD CONSULT SUCH
HOLDER'S TAX ADVISOR AS TO THE SPECIFIC TAX CONSEQUENCES TO SUCH HOLDER OF THE
EXCHANGE OFFER AND THE PREFERRED STOCK RECLASSIFICATION INCLUDING THE
APPLICATION AND EFFECT OF STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN AND OTHER TAX LAWS.
 
                    RATIFICATION OF APPOINTMENT OF AUDITORS
 
   
    Subject to stockholder ratification, the Board of Directors has appointed
the firm Ernst & Young LLP as independent auditors for fiscal year 1997, and
until their successors are selected. The appointment was made upon
recommendation of the Audit Committee. A representative of Ernst & Young LLP
will be present at the Annual Meeting with the opportunity to make a statement
if he desires to do so and it is expected that such representative will be
available to respond to appropriate questions.
    
 
    The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares
of Common Stock present in person or represented by proxy at the Annual Meeting
of Stockholders and entitled to vote upon such ratification is required for
ratification of the appointment of Ernst & Young LLP as auditors.
 
      A VOTE "FOR" RATIFICATION OF THE APPOINTMENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP AS
               AUDITOR IS RECOMMENDED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS.
 
                        1996 DIRECTOR STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
    In the past, the Company has established, with the approval of its
stockholders, stock option plans for its directors and key executives. Certain
options granted under the prior plans were granted at a high exercise price
and/or will expire in the near future. The Company believes it is in the best
interest of its stockholders and the Company to adopt new stock option plans in
order to continue to make options grants to eligible employees and directors and
thereby link director and executive compensation with stockholder value.
 
    Accordingly, Datapoint intends to adopt, effective as of November 1, 1996
and contingent upon stockholder approval, a 1996 Director Stock Option Plan
("1996 Director Plan") which is substantially
 
                                       83
<PAGE>
similar to Datapoint's previous director stock option plans. See "Compensation
of Directors" and "Compensation of Executive Officers." The 1996 Director Plan
provides for a one-time grant to each director of an option to purchase, at fair
market value on the date of grant, 25,000 shares of Common Stock, and an
additional grant to each newly elected Chairman of the Board of an option to
purchase, at fair market value on the date of grant, 50,000 shares of Common
Stock. A maximum of 500,000 shares of Common Stock will be reserved for the
issuance of option grants under the 1996 Director Plan. Datapoint intends to
register these shares on Form S-8 under the Securities Act of 1993, as amended,
as soon as practicable after receiving stockholder approval of the 1996 Director
Plan.
 
    The Board of Directors believes that the adoption of the 1996 Director Plan
is in the best interests of stockholders and Datapoint because the ability to
grant options to directors under this Plan is an important factor in attracting,
motivating and retaining distinguished personnel with proven ability and vision
to serve on the Board of Directors and guide the Company towards future growth
and financial success.
 
DESCRIPTION OF THE 1996 DIRECTOR STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
    The following summary of the 1996 Director Stock Option Plan is qualified in
its entirety by the specific language of the Plan, a copy of which appears in
Annex D, attached hereto.
 
    GENERAL.  The 1996 Director Plan is designed to enable Datapoint to attract
and retain persons of outstanding competence to serve as members of its Board of
Directors and to provide a direct link between directors' compensation and
shareholder value. Participation in this Plan is restricted to directors and
only non-incentive options ("Non-Incentive Stock Options") to purchase shares of
the Common Stock of Datapoint may be granted. This Plan also provides that in
the event of any stock dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger,
consolidation, split-up, exchange of shares, combination, or like change in the
capital structure of Datapoint, appropriate adjustments will be made to the
shares of Common Stock subject to the 1996 Director Plan and to any outstanding
awards. To the extent any outstanding option expires or terminates prior to its
exercise in full, the shares of Common Stock no longer subject to the option
will be returned to the 1996 Director Plan and made available for future grants.
A stock option may not be granted under this Plan which expires more than ten
years from the date of grant (the "Termination Date").
 
    ELIGIBILITY.  All directors of Datapoint are eligible to receive options
under the 1996 Director Plan.
 
    SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.  A maximum of 500,000 shares of Common Stock
shall be authorized for exercise of the stock options granted under the 1996
Director Plan. The shares to be used may be either treasury shares or newly
issued shares.
 
    OPTION FEATURES.  The only type of stock options that may be granted under
the 1996 Director Plan are Non-Incentive Stock Options. The option price per
share shall not be less than the fair market value of a share of Common Stock on
the date of grant.
 
    Under the 1996 Plan, each current director and, thereafter, each newly
elected director, is entitled to be granted an option to purchase 25,000 shares
of Common Stock. The 1996 Plan also provides for an additional option to be
granted to the current Chairman of the Board and, thereafter, to each newly
elected Chairman of the Board, to purchase 50,000 shares of Common Stock. The
terms and conditions applicable to all option grants are specified in the 1996
Director Plan document.
 
    A participant may exercise an option by delivering a written notice of
exercise to Datapoint and tendering payment of the full price of the shares
being exercised. The exercise price of a stock option may be paid in cash,
shares of Common Stock (subject to such conditions as may be set by the
Committee) or a combination of cash and stock. In general, all options granted
under the 1996 Director Plan are immediately exercisable.
 
    In the event of a participant's retirement or termination from service on
the Board due to disability, any outstanding option shall, in general, only be
exercisable within one year after such event (but not subsequent to the
expiration of the option), by the participant. Similarly, in the event of a
participant's death, any outstanding option shall only be exercisable within one
year after the participant's death (but not subsequent to the expiration of the
option), by the participant's estate or beneficiary. In the event of a
participant's
 
                                       84
<PAGE>
voluntary or involuntary termination of Board service for any reason other than
retirement, disability or death, any outstanding option shall expire on the
earlier of the Termination Date or the one hundred and eightieth day following
the date of the participant's termination from the Board of Directors of
Datapoint. Options held by a participant terminated for gross misconduct are
subject to forfeiture.
 
    No stock option granted under the 1996 Director Plan shall be assignable or
transferable except by will or the laws of descent and distribution and is
exercisable during the participant's lifetime only by the participant.
 
    PLAN ADMINISTRATION.  The 1996 Director Plan shall be administered by the
Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. The Compensation Committee
shall be composed of at least three "Non-Employee Directors" within the meaning
of the recent amendments to Rule 16b-3, promulgated under Section 16 of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that generally become effective
August 15, 1996. This Committee will have the authority to make the option
grants specified in the 1996 Director Plan all of which will be evidenced by
written grant agreements containing terms and conditions also specified in the
1996 Director Plan. In accordance with the recent amendments to Rule 16b-3, the
1996 Director Plan provides for options granted under this Plan to be approved,
in advance of such grant, by the Compensation Committee or, if the Committee is
not then composed solely of "Non-Employee Directors," by the Board of Directors
of Datapoint. As a result, option grants must be approved by either the
Committee or the Board and thus will no longer be automatic.
 
    AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION.  Unless sooner terminated, no options may be
granted under the 1996 Director Plan after November 1, 2006. The Board of
Directors may terminate, amend or suspend the 1996 Director Plan without
stockholder approval, except that no modification may, without the participant's
consent, alter or impair any of the rights or obligations under any stock option
theretofore granted. The 1996 Director Plan is intended to comply in all
respects with the new Rule 16b-3 requirements and the Board of Directors is
authorized to make all necessary technical amendments to the Plan to comply with
the requirements of this Rule.
 
    FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES.  In general, no gain or loss is recognized by the
option holder at the time a Non-Incentive Stock Option is granted under the 1996
Director Plan. Upon the exercise of a Non-Incentive Stock Option, the difference
between the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of exercise and
the option price will be taxable as compensation income to the option holder and
Datapoint would be entitled to a deduction for federal income tax purposes for
the same amount. Upon a subsequent sale or exchange of stock acquired pursuant
to the exercise of a Non-Incentive Stock Option, the option holder would have
taxable gain or loss, measured by the difference between the amount realized on
the disposition and the tax basis of such shares.
 
    The foregoing statements are intended to summarize the general principles of
current federal income tax law applicable to options that may be granted under
the 1996 Director Plan. The tax consequences of awards made under this Plan are
complex, subject to change, and may vary depending on the taxpayer's particular
circumstances.
 
    A VOTE "FOR" APPROVAL OF THE 1996 DIRECTOR STOCK OPTION PLAN IS RECOMMENDED
BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS.
 
                        1996 EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
    Datapoint intends to adopt, effective as of November 1, 1996 and contingent
upon stockholder approval, a 1996 Employee Stock Option Plan ("1996 Employee
Plan"), which is substantially similar to Datapoint's previous employee stock
option plans ("Employee Plans"). See "Compensation of Directors" and
"Compensation of Executive Officers." A maximum of 2,000,000 shares of Common
Stock will be reserved for the issuance of awards under the 1996 Employee Plan.
Datapoint intends to register these shares on Form S-8 under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended, as soon as practicable after receiving
 
                                       85
<PAGE>
stockholder approval of the 1996 Employee Plan. Management believes that the
prior Employee Plans have enhanced Datapoint's position in the highly
competitive market for executive talent, but to remain competitive it is
important that a plan permitting the grant of additional options be adopted.
 
    The Board of Directors believes approval of the 1996 Employee Plan is in the
best interests of stockholders and Datapoint because the availability of an
adequate number of shares reserved for the issuance of awards and the ability to
grant stock options and make other stock-based awards to key employees are
important factors in attracting, motivating, and retaining qualified personnel
essential to the success of Datapoint.
 
DESCRIPTION OF THE 1996 EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
    The following summary of the 1996 Employee Plan is qualified in its entirety
by the specific language of the Plan, a copy of which appears in Annex E,
attached hereto.
 
    GENERAL.  The purposes of the 1996 Employee Plan are to attract and retain
the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility and to
provide additional incentives to key employees and officers to promote the
growth and success of Datapoint. This Plan provides for the grant of incentive
stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code ("Incentive Stock
Options") to employees of Datapoint and for the grant of non-incentive stock
options ("Non-Incentive Stock Options"), stock appreciation rights ("SARs") and
options to purchase shares of restricted stock ("Restricted Stock") to eligible
key employees of Datapoint and its subsidiaries. In the event of any stock
dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up,
exchange of shares, combination, or like change in the capital structure of
Datapoint, appropriate adjustments will be made to the shares subject to the
Plan and to any outstanding awards. To the extent any outstanding option under
the 1996 Employee Plan expires or terminates prior to its exercise in full the
shares of Common Stock no longer subject to the option will be returned to the
1996 Employee Plan and made available for future grants.
 
    ELIGIBILITY.  In general, all employees of Datapoint and its subsidiaries
who contribute to the management, direction and overall success of Datapoint are
eligible to receive options under the 1996 Employee Plan. Members of the Board
of Directors who are not employees of Datapoint shall not be eligible for option
grants under the 1996 Employee Plan. It is anticipated that a total of
approximately 700 employees are potentially eligible to be granted options under
the 1996 Plan.
 
    SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.  A maximum of 2,000,000 shares of Datapoint's
Common Stock shall be authorized for exercise of the stock options granted under
the 1996 Employee Plan. The shares to be used may be either treasury shares or
newly issued shares.
 
    OPTION FEATURES.  Both Incentive Stock Options and Non-Incentive Stock
Options may be granted under the 1996 Employee Plan. Incentive Stock Options
must be granted at an option price per share equal to the fair market value of a
share of Common Stock on the date of grant. While the option price per share for
Non-Incentive Options may be less than fair market value, the option price per
share may not be less than 75 percent of the fair market value of a share of
Common Stock on the date of grant.
 
    A participant may exercise an option by delivering a written notice of
exercise to Datapoint and tendering payment of the full price of the shares
being exercised. The exercise price of a stock option may be paid in cash,
shares of Datapoint's Common Stock (if authorized by and subject to such
conditions as may be set by the Committee) or a combination of cash and stock.
 
    A stock option may not be granted under the 1996 Employee Plan that expires
more than ten years after the date of grant (the "Termination Date"). The
Committee will determine the dates after which options may be exercised in whole
or in part, and may establish installment exercise terms so that an option
becomes fully exercisable in a series of cumulative portions. The Committee may
also accelerate the period of the exercise of any stock option or portion
thereof.
 
    In the event of a participant's retirement or termination of employment due
to disability, any outstanding option shall, in general, be exercisable within
one year after such event (but not subsequent to the expiration of the option),
by the participant. In the event of a participant's death, any outstanding
option
 
                                       86
<PAGE>
shall be exercisable within one year after such event (but not subsequent to the
expiration of the option), by the participant's estate or beneficiary. In the
event of a participant's voluntary or involuntary termination of employment with
Datapoint or its subsidiaries for any reason other than retirement, death or
disability, any outstanding options shall expire on the earlier of the
Termination Date or the one hundred and eightieth day following the date of
cessation of employment. Options held by a participant terminated for gross
misconduct are subject to forfeiture.
 
    No stock option granted under the 1996 Employee Plan shall be assignable or
transferable except by will or the laws of descent and distribution and is
exercisable during the participant's lifetime only by the participant.
 
    STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.  At or after the grant of a stock option, the
Committee may, in its discretion, grant a participant a SAR. A SAR represents
the right to exercise an option, or portion thereof, and receive in exchange the
excess, if any, as of the date such right is exercised of (a) the fair market
value of the shares of Datapoint Common Stock associated with the option, or
portion thereof, which is exercised over (b) the aggregate option price of such
shares payable by the participant if he exercised such option, or portion
thereof, through the purchase of shares. A SAR is only exercisable during the
term of the associated option.
 
    Upon a participant's exercise of a SAR, Datapoint's payment to the
participant may be made (at the election of the Committee) in cash, or in shares
of Datapoint Common Stock valued at their fair market value on the date of the
exercise, or partly in cash and partly in shares of Datapoint Common Stock.
 
    RESTRICTED STOCK.  A stock option may provide, in the discretion of the
Committee, that the shares of Datapoint Common Stock received upon the exercise
of a stock option shall be subject, for a specified period, to certain sale and
transfer restrictions. Such restricted period may be accelerated or waived by
the Committee in its discretion. Except for sale and transfer restrictions, the
participant, as owner of shares of Datapoint Common Stock, shall have all the
rights of a stockholder, including (but not limited to) the right to receive all
dividends paid on such shares and the right to vote such shares. In the event
that a participant ceases to be an employee of Datapoint for any reason during a
restricted period, Datapoint may, at its discretion, purchase from the
participant any shares subject to restrictions at the price originally paid for
the stock by the participant. With respect to restricted stock that was acquired
by a participant pursuant to the exercise of a SAR, Datapoint shall have the
option to reacquire such shares without the payment of any consideration.
 
    PLAN ADMINISTRATION.  The 1996 Employee Plan shall be administered by the
Compensation Committee (the "Committee") which shall be composed of
"Non-Employee Directors" within the meaning of the recent amendments to Rule
16b-3, as promulgated under Section 16 of the Securities Act of 1934, as
amended, that generally became effective August 15, 1996. The Committee has the
full and complete authority to make all option grants and to establish the
conditions of the written agreements evidencing all such grants, subject to the
terms of the 1996 Employee Plan. In accordance with the recent amendments to
Rule 16b-3, the 1996 Employee Plan provides for all option grants to be approved
in advance by the Committee or, if the Committee is not then composed solely of
"Non-Employee Directors," by the Board of Directors, in order to assure that all
options granted under the Plan comply in all respects with the requirements of
Rule 16b-3. No determination has been made as to the amount or type of options
to be granted during any year of the 1996 Employee Plan and no participants have
been selected for option grants.
 
    AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION.  Unless sooner terminated, no stock option may be
granted under the 1996 Employee Plan after November 1, 2006. The Board of
Directors may terminate, suspend or amend the 1996 Employee Plan without
stockholder approval, except that no modification may, without the participant's
consent, alter or impair any of the rights or obligations under any stock option
theretofore granted. The Board of Directors is authorized to make all technical
amendments to the 1996 Employee Plan necessary to comply with Rule 16b-3.
 
                                       87
<PAGE>
    FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES.  The Federal income tax consequences applicable to
Datapoint and a participant in connection with stock options granted under the
1996 Employee Plan, whether Incentive Stock Options within the meaning of
Section 422 of the Code or Non-Incentive Stock Options, are complex, and depend,
in part, on the surrounding facts and circumstances.
 
    In general, a participant will not recognize any income upon the grant or
exercise of an Incentive Stock Option. Although no income is recognized upon the
exercise of an incentive stock option, the exercise does generate an item of tax
preference equal to the difference between the exercise price of the option and
the fair market value of the underlying shares on the date of exercise. This tax
preference item may subject the participant to payment of alternative minimum
tax. If the participant holds the stock acquired through the exercise of an
Incentive Stock Option for more than two years from the grant of the option and
more than one year from the exercise of the option, the difference between the
option price and the price at which the stock so acquired is sold will be
treated as long-term capital gain. A failure to satisfy either holding periods
will result in ordinary income being recognized by the participant upon the
disposition of the stock in an amount equal to the difference, with certain
adjustments, between the option price and the fair market value of the stock on
the date of exercise, and in capital gain being recognized in an amount equal to
the excess, if any, of the price at which the stock is sold over the fair market
value of the stock on the date of exercise. In order to be eligible for this tax
treatment, as a general rule, a participant must exercise his Incentive Stock
Option within three months after his termination of employment with Datapoint.
 
    Although, as a general rule, a participant will not recognize any income
upon the grant of a Non-Incentive Stock Option, he will recognize ordinary
income upon the exercise of such option in an amount equal to the difference
between the option price and the fair market value of the underlying stock on
the date of exercise. The granting of SARs does not produce taxable income to
the participant or a tax deduction for Datapoint. Upon exercise of such rights,
any cash and the fair market value on the exercise date of any stock received is
taxable to the participant as ordinary income.
 
    Based on the tax rules described above, Datapoint would be entitled to a
deduction equal to the amount of ordinary income recognized by a participant in
connection with either (a) the disqualifying disposition of an Incentive Stock
Option or (b) upon the exercise of a Non-Incentive Stock Option or a SAR.
Datapoint would generally be entitled to the deduction in same tax year the
participant would be required to recognize ordinary income with respect to the
transaction.
 
    A VOTE "FOR" APPROVAL OF THE 1996 EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTION PLAN IS RECOMMENDED
BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS.
 
                             STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS
 
    Pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company, proposals by stockholders intended to
be presented at the next annual meeting of stockholders and included in the
proxy solicitation material for the next annual meeting of stockholders must be
received by Datapoint at its principal executive office for inclusion in
Datapoint's proxy statement and form of proxy relating to that meeting no later
than sixty days before the date of the meeting or, in certain cases, ten days
following public announcement thereof. Stockholders submitting such proposals
are requested to address them to the Corporate Secretary of Datapoint at the
address set forth on the first page hereof. It is suggested that such proposals
be sent by Certified Mail, Return Receipt Requested.
 
                              LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS
 
   
    Between November 27, 1996, and the Annual Meeting of Stockholders, a
complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, arranged in
alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number
of shares registered in the name of each stockholder, shall be open for
examination during ordinary business hours by any stockholder, for any purpose
germane to the meeting, at Datapoint's offices at 8410 Datapoint Drive, San
Antonio, Texas 78229-8500, and at Datapoint's offices at 717 Fifth Avenue, New
York, New York 10022.
    
 
                                       88
<PAGE>
   
    Proxies are being solicited by and on behalf of the Board of Directors. All
expenses of this solicitation, including the cost of preparing and mailing this
Proxy Statement/Prospectus, will be borne by Datapoint. In addition to
solicitation by use of the mails, proxies may be solicited by directors,
officers and employees of Datapoint in person or by telephone, telegram or other
means of communication. Such directors, officers and employees will not be
additionally compensated, but may be reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses in
connection with such solicitation. Arrangements will also be made with
custodians, nominees and fiduciaries for forwarding the proxy solicitation
material to beneficial owners of Datapoint Stock held of record by such persons,
and Datapoint may reimburse such custodians, nominees and fiduciaries for
reasonable expenses incurred in connection therewith. In addition, Shareholder
Communications Corporation, 17 State Street, New York, New York, 10004 has been
engaged to solicit proxies on behalf of Datapoint for a fee of approximately
$10,000, excluding any additional expenses which might be incurred.
    
 
                                 OTHER BUSINESS
 
    The Board of Directors does not intend to bring any other matters before the
Annual Meeting and does not know of any matters to be brought before the Annual
Meeting by others. If any other matter should come before the Annual Meeting, it
is the intention of the persons named in the accompanying proxy to vote the
proxy on behalf of the stockholders they represent in accordance with their best
judgment.
 
   
ANNUAL REPORT
    
 
   
    The information contained in the Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ending July 27, 1996, including financial statements, is
included in this Proxy Statement/Prospectus.
    
 
   
    THE COMPANY WILL PROVIDED WITHOUT CHARGE A COPY OF THE COMPANY'S ANNUAL
REPORT ON FORM 10-K FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDING JULY 27, 1996, INCLUDING
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULES THERETO, TO EACH OF THE COMPANY'S
STOCKHOLDERS OF RECORD ON OCTOBER 31, 1996 AND EACH BENEFICIAL STOCKHOLDER ON
THAT DATE, UPON WRITTEN REQUEST MAILED TO THE COMPANY'S OFFICES, 8410 DATAPOINT
DRIVE, SAN ANTONIO, TEXAS 78229-8500 ATTENTION: SECRETARY. REQUESTS FROM
BENEFICIAL STOCKHOLDERS MUST SET FORTH A GOOD FAITH REPRESENTATION AS TO SUCH
OWNERSHIP ON THAT DATE.
    
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
   
    The consolidated financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries at
July 27, 1996 and July 29, 1995, and for each of the three fiscal years in the
period ended July 27, 1996, included in this Proxy Statement/Prospectus and
Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent
auditors, as set forth in their reports thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and
are included in reliance upon such reports given upon the authority of such firm
as experts in accounting and auditing.
    
 
      PLEASE MARK, SIGN AND DATE THE ENCLOSED PROXY AND MAIL IT PROMPTLY.
         NO POSTAGE STAMP IS NECESSARY IF MAILED IN THE UNITED STATES.
 
                                       89
<PAGE>
   
                     DATAPOINT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        AND OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                             -----------
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
 
Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors .........................................................         F-1
 
Consolidated Financial Statements
 
  Consolidated Statements of Operations for the fiscal years 1996, 1995 and 1994...........................         F-2
 
  Consolidated Balance Sheets as of July 27, 1996 and July 29, 1995........................................         F-3
 
  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years 1996, 1995 and 1994...........................         F-4
 
  Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Deficit for the fiscal years 1996, 1995 and 1994................         F-5
 
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements...............................................................         F-6
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       90
<PAGE>
   
                          REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP
                              INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
    
   
The Board of Directors
Datapoint Corporation
    
 
   
    We  have audited the  accompanying consolidated balance  sheets of Datapoint
Corporation and subsidiaries (the Company) as of July 27, 1996 and July 29, 1995
and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' deficit and
cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended July 27, 1996.
These financial statements are the  responsibility of the Company's  management.
Our  responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based
on our audits.
    
 
   
    We conducted  our  audits in  accordance  with generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence  supporting
the  amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles used  and  significant estimates  made  by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
    
 
   
    In our  opinion, the  consolidated financial  statements referred  to  above
present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of
the  Company at July 27, 1996 and July  29, 1995 and the consolidated results of
its operations and  its cash flows  for each of  the three fiscal  years in  the
period  ended July  27, 1996  in conformity  with generally  accepted accounting
principles.
    
 
   
    As discussed in Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company
changed its method of accounting for income taxes in 1994.
    
 
   
                                                               ERNST & YOUNG LLP
    
 
   
Dallas, Texas
October 21, 1996
    
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
   
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
    DATAPOINT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES FISCAL YEARS 1996, 1995 AND 1994
                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           1996           1995           1994
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                                                    <C>            <C>            <C>
 
Revenue:
  Sales..............................................................  $      98,876  $      84,187  $      84,753
  Service and other..................................................         80,665         90,714         88,183
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
      Total revenue..................................................        179,541        174,901        172,936
Operating costs and expenses:
  Cost of sales......................................................         72,483         65,234         49,912
  Cost of service and other..........................................         51,524         52,163         57,459
  Research and development...........................................          2,661          4,303          5,268
  Selling, general and administrative................................         51,593         62,220         68,808
  Write-off of investment in foreign operations......................       --             --               57,657
  Reorganization/restructuring costs.................................            263          9,213         14,853
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
      Total operating costs and expenses.............................        178,524        193,133        253,957
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
Operating income (loss)..............................................          1,017        (18,232)       (81,021)
Non-operating income (expense):
  Interest expense...................................................         (8,619)        (9,332)        (9,097)
  Realized gain on sale of European based Auto Dealer Systems........         32,200       --             --
  Other, net.........................................................         (1,891)          (580)        (4,293)
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
      Income (loss) before income taxes, extraordinary credit and
       effect of change in accounting principle......................         22,707        (28,144)       (94,411)
Income taxes.........................................................          3,692            199            354
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
      Income (loss) before extraordinary credit and effect of change
       in accounting principle.......................................         19,015        (28,343)       (94,765)
Extraordinary credit-debt extinguishment.............................            327       --             --
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
      Income (loss) before effect of change in accounting
       principle.....................................................         19,342        (28,343)       (94,765)
Effect of change in accounting principle.............................       --             --                1,340
Net income (loss)....................................................  $      19,342  $     (28,343) $     (93,425)
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
Net income (loss), less preferred stock dividends paid or
 accumulated.........................................................  $      17,457  $     (30,158) $     (95,209)
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
Net income (loss) per common share:
    Before extraordinary credit and effect of change in accounting
     principle.......................................................  $        1.27  $       (2.29) $       (6.69)
    Extraordinary credit-debt extinguishment.........................            .03       --             --
    Effect of change in accounting principle.........................       --             --                  .09
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
      Net income (loss)..............................................  $        1.30  $       (2.29) $       (6.60)
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
Net income per common share assuming full dilution:
  Before extraordinary credit and effect of change in accounting
   principle.........................................................  $        1.11       --             --
  Extraordinary credit-debt extinguishment...........................            .02       --             --
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
      Net income.....................................................  $        1.13       --             --
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
Average common shares outstanding:
  Primary............................................................     13,455,878     13,194,667     14,430,574
  Assuming full dilution.............................................     17,192,020       n/a            n/a
</TABLE>
    
 
   
          See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
    
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
   
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
     DATAPOINT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES JULY 27, 1996 AND JULY 29, 1995
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               1996        1995
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                                         <C>         <C>
 
ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents...............................................................  $   23,184  $    8,493
  Restricted cash and cash equivalents....................................................         864       2,549
  Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $2,791 and $3,012,
   respectively...........................................................................      38,735      43,072
  Inventories.............................................................................       3,726       9,754
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets...............................................       3,486       3,638
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
      Total current assets................................................................      69,995      67,506
Fixed assets, net.........................................................................      14,625      18,877
Other assets, net.........................................................................       9,198      15,368
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
                                                                                            $   93,818  $  101,751
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
Current liabilities:
  Payables to banks.......................................................................  $    9,831  $   16,757
  Current maturities of long-term debt and long-term debt subject to accelerated
   maturity...............................................................................       3,114       9,217
  Accounts payable........................................................................      20,280      23,286
  Accrued expenses........................................................................      29,256      34,857
  Deferred revenue........................................................................      11,642      15,291
  Income taxes payable....................................................................       2,842         848
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
      Total current liabilities...........................................................      76,965     100,256
Long-term debt, exclusive of current maturities...........................................      63,945      64,923
Other liabilities.........................................................................       8,110      10,688
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders' deficit:
  Preferred stock of $1.00 par value. Shares authorized 10,000,000; shares issued and
   outstanding 1,868,071 in 1996 and 1,846,456 in 1995 (aggregate liquidation preference,
   including dividends in arrears, $41,061 in 1996 and $38,744 in 1995)...................       1,868       1,846
  Common stock of $0.25 par value. Shares authorized 40,000,000; shares issued 20,991,217,
   including treasury shares of 7,043,593 in 1996 and 7,866,832 in 1995...................       5,248       5,248
  Other capital...........................................................................     212,655     212,630
  Foreign currency translation adjustment.................................................      11,567      13,004
  Retained deficit........................................................................    (248,226)   (261,742)
  Treasury stock, at cost.................................................................     (38,314)    (45,102)
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
      Total stockholders' deficit.........................................................     (55,202)    (74,116)
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
                                                                                            $   93,818  $  101,751
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
          See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
    
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
   
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
    DATAPOINT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES FISCAL YEARS 1996, 1995 AND 1994
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 1996        1995        1994
                                                                              ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                           <C>         <C>         <C>
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income (loss).........................................................  $   19,342  $  (28,343) $  (93,425)
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating
   activities:
      Losses incurred in lag month eliminated...............................      --          --          (5,470)
      Effect of change in accounting principle..............................      --          --          (1,340)
      Depreciation and amortization.........................................       6,969       9,830      10,729
      Write-off of investment in foreign operations.........................      --          --          57,657
      Write-off of investment in partially-owned company....................      --          --           3,210
      Proceeds from settlement of litigation................................      --           5,540      --
      Realized gain on fixed assets fire settlement.........................      --          --            (534)
      Provision for losses on accounts receivable...........................         170       2,147         803
      Provision for fixed asset write-off...................................      --           1,895      --
      Realized gain on sale of property.....................................      --          (1,709)     --
      Realized gain on sale of EADS.........................................     (32,200)     --          --
      Gain on debt extinguishment...........................................        (327)     --          --
      Changes in assets and liabilities:
        Decrease in receivables.............................................       1,467       4,111         801
        Decrease in inventory...............................................       5,436       8,885       1,007
        Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued expenses........      (6,503)     (9,700)     19,747
        Increase in other liabilities and deferred credits..................       2,482         614         388
        Decrease in deferred taxes--EADS sale...............................       1,673      --          --
        Use of restricted funds held in trust...............................       3,018      --          --
      Other, net............................................................        (232)      1,138         139
                                                                              ----------  ----------  ----------
      Net cash provided from (used in) operating activities.................       1,295      (5,592)     (6,288)
 
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Payments for fixed assets.................................................      (3,725)     (4,660)    (10,828)
  Proceeds from the sale of EADS............................................      29,450      --          --
  Proceeds from disposition of fixed assets.................................         278       7,948       2,426
  Other, net................................................................        (217)        699        (648)
                                                                              ----------  ----------  ----------
      Net cash provided from (used in) investing activities.................      25,786       3,987      (9,050)
 
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Payments on borrowings....................................................     (44,963)    (33,149)    (32,606)
  Proceeds from borrowings..................................................      31,383      31,840      33,126
  Payments of dividends on preferred stock..................................      --          --          (1,784)
  Restricted cash for letters of credit.....................................       1,685       1,763         147
  Proceeds on sale of common stock..........................................      --           2,536          52
                                                                              ----------  ----------  ----------
      Net cash provided from (used in) financing activities.................     (11,895)      2,990      (1,065)
 
Effect of foreign currency translation on cash..............................        (495)        867         192
                                                                              ----------  ----------  ----------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents........................      14,691       2,252     (16,211)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year..............................       8,493       6,241      22,452
                                                                              ----------  ----------  ----------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year....................................  $   23,184  $    8,493  $    6,241
                                                                              ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                              ----------  ----------  ----------
Cash payments for:
Interest....................................................................  $    8,625  $    8,112  $    8,781
Income taxes (refunds), net.................................................         514        (152)        362
</TABLE>
    
 
   
          See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
    
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
   
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
    DATAPOINT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES FISCAL YEARS 1996, 1995, AND 1994
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            FOREIGN
                                                                    $1.00                  CURRENCY
                                                      COMMON      PREFERRED     OTHER     TRANSLATION   RETAINED     TREASURY
                                                       STOCK        STOCK      CAPITAL    ADJUSTMENT     DEFICIT      STOCK
                                                    -----------  -----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
<S>                                                 <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>
 
BALANCE AT JULY 31, 1993..........................   $   5,248    $   1,784   $  212,599   $   7,707   $  (125,581) $  (54,736)
                                                    -----------  -----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
Losses incurred in lag month eliminated...........      --           --           --          --            (5,470)     --
Net loss..........................................      --           --           --          --           (93,425)     --
Common stock options exercised....................      --           --           --          --              (717)        935
Dividends paid on preferred stock.................      --           --           --          --            (1,784)     --
Foreign currency translation adjustment...........      --           --           --           2,845       --           --
Common stock issued to 401(k) Plan................      --           --           --          --           --                6
Common stock purchased from 401(k) Plan...........      --           --           --          --           --             (172)
                                                    -----------  -----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
BALANCE AT JULY 30, 1994..........................   $   5,248    $   1,784   $  212,599   $  10,552   $  (226,977) $  (53,967)
                                                    -----------  -----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
Net loss..........................................      --           --           --          --           (28,343)     --
Common stock options exercised....................      --           --           --          --            (1,036)      1,292
Foreign currency translation adjustment...........      --           --           --           2,452       --           --
Regulation S public filing........................      --           --           --          --            (4,029)      5,776
Consulting Compensation...........................      --           --           --          --              (445)        594
Employment separation.............................      --           --           --          --              (814)      1,064
Executive Retirement Plan contribution............      --               62           31      --           --           --
Common stock issued to 401(k) Plan................      --           --           --          --               (98)        139
                                                    -----------  -----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
BALANCE AT JULY 29, 1995..........................   $   5,248    $   1,846   $  212,630   $  13,004   $  (261,742) $  (45,102)
                                                    -----------  -----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
Net income........................................      --           --           --          --            19,342      --
Foreign currency translation adjustment...........      --           --           --          (1,437)      --           --
Lawsuit settlement................................      --           --           --          --              (133)        165
Executive Compensation............................      --           --           --          --              (132)        165
Lawsuit settlement................................      --           --           --          --              (700)        825
Employment separation.............................      --           --           --          --            (2,082)      2,413
Consulting Compensation...........................      --           --           --          --              (128)        149
Executive retirement..............................      --           --           --          --            (1,031)      1,238
Preferred stock conversion........................      --              (28)      --          --              (439)        467
Executive retirement plan contribution............      --               50           25      --           --           --
Common issued to 401(k) plan......................      --           --           --          --            (1,181)      1,366
                                                    -----------  -----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
BALANCE AT JULY 27, 1996..........................   $   5,248    $   1,868   $  212,655   $  11,567   $  (248,226) $  (38,314)
                                                    -----------  -----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
                                                    -----------  -----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
          See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
    
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
   
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DATAPOINT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES JULY 27, 1996, JULY 29, 1995 AND JULY 30,
                                      1994
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
    
 
   
1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
    
 
   
LIQUIDITY
    
 
   
    The  Company  believes  its  available  cash,  cash  equivalents  and  funds
generated by operations will  be sufficient to provide  its working capital  and
cash  requirements for fiscal 1997. In addition, management believes the Company
will be able to discharge its obligations  in the long term with cash  generated
from operations and other sources such as sale of selected assets or operations,
and capital transactions.
    
 
   
FISCAL YEAR
    
 
   
    The  Company  utilizes  a 52-53  week  fiscal  year ending  on  the Saturday
following the last Friday in July. References to 1996, 1995 and 1994 are for the
fiscal years ended July 27, 1996, July 29, 1995 and July 30, 1994.
    
 
   
PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
    
 
   
    The consolidated financial  statements include the  accounts of the  Company
and  its wholly-owned subsidiaries. Intercompany  accounts and transactions have
been eliminated upon consolidation.
    
 
   
    Prior to 1994, the Company's foreign subsidiaries reported their results  to
the  parent on a  one-month lag which  allowed more time  to compile results but
produced comparability  problems  in  management  accounting.  Due  to  improved
internal  applications, the one-month  lag became unnecessary  and therefore was
eliminated subsequent to 1993 and prior to 1994.
    
 
   
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
    
 
   
    Cash  equivalents   include  short-term,   highly-liquid  investments   with
maturities  of three months or less from date of acquisition and as a result the
carrying value approximates fair  value because of the  short maturity of  those
instruments.  At July  27, 1996,  the Company had  $864 in  restricted cash. The
amount collateralizes  various  lines  of  credit payable  to  banks  which  are
recorded as current liabilities.
    
 
   
INVENTORIES
    
 
   
    Inventories are stated at the lower of standard cost (approximates first-in,
first-out)  or market (replacement  cost as to raw  materials and net realizable
value as to work in process and finished products).
    
 
   
    The Company reviews inventory obsolescence on a quarterly basis. This review
consists of  a  detailed  inventory  requirements  analysis  based  upon  actual
shipments  of each product  for the prior  twelve months. A  computation is then
made of  future  inventory  requirements  by product  based  on  the  historical
analysis  adjusted for  future projections including  the impact  of new product
introductions.
    
 
   
FIXED ASSETS
    
 
   
    Fixed assets  are carried  at cost  and depreciated  for financial  purposes
using straight-line and accelerated methods at rates based on the economic lives
of the assets, which are generally as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                <C>
                                                                        5-30
Buildings and land improvements..................................      years
                                                                        3-10
Machinery, equipment, furniture and fixtures.....................      years
Equipment leased to customers....................................    4 years
Field support spares.............................................    3 years
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    Major improvements that add to the productive capacity or extend the life of
an asset are capitalized while repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as
incurred.
    
 
   
    In  March  1995, the  Financial Accounting  Standards Board  ("FASB") issued
Statement No. 121, "Accounting for the  Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and  for
Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of", which
    
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
   
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DATAPOINT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES JULY 27, 1996, JULY 29, 1995 AND JULY 30,
                                1994 (CONTINUED)
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
    
 
   
1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    
   
requires  impairment  losses  to be  recognized  for long-lived  assets  used in
operations when indicators of impairment  are present and the undiscounted  cash
flows  are not sufficient to recover the assets' carrying amount. The impairment
loss is  measured by  comparing the  fair value  of the  asset to  its  carrying
amount.  The Company will adopt Statement No.  121 in the first quarter of 1997.
However, based on presently available estimates, adoption of the new  impairment
rules  is not  expected to  have a  material impact  on the  Company's financial
statements.
    
 
   
DEBT
    
 
   
    The carrying amounts and the fair values  of the Company's debt at July  27,
1996 are:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          CARRYING     FAIR
                                                                           AMOUNT      VALUE
                                                                          ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>
8 7/8% convertible subordinated debentures..............................  $  63,652  $  35,725
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    The  fair value of the Company's  8 7/8% convertible subordinated debentures
is based on a quoted market price at July 26, 1996.
    
 
   
TRANSLATION OF FOREIGN CURRENCIES
    
 
   
    Management has determined  that all  of the  Company's foreign  subsidiaries
operate  primarily in  local currencies. All  assets and  liabilities of foreign
subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars using the exchange rate prevailing
at the balance sheet date, while  income and expense accounts are translated  at
average exchange rates during the year.
    
 
   
RECLASSIFICATIONS
    
 
   
    Certain  reclassifications to the financial  statements for prior years have
been made to conform to the 1996 presentation.
    
 
   
REVENUE RECOGNITION
    
 
   
    Revenue is recognized in accordance with the following criteria:
    
 
   
    - Sales revenue is  generally recognized  at the time  of shipment  provided
      that there are no significant vendor and post-contract support obligations
      and  that collections  of the resulting  receivable are  probable. If such
      obligations are present in the  contract, revenue is not recognized  until
      such time as the contractual obligations are met.
    
 
   
    - Software  revenue is  recognized when  the program  is shipped,  or as the
      monthly license fees accrue, or over the terms of the support agreement.
    
 
   
    - Service revenue  is recognized  ratably over  a contractual  period or  as
      services are provided.
    
 
   
    - Lease  revenue is recognized on the operating method ratably over the term
      of the lease.
    
 
   
INCOME TAXES
    
 
   
    The provision for income taxes is  reduced by investment tax credits,  which
are  recognized in the year the assets giving  rise to the credits are placed in
service (flow-through  method) or  when  realized for  income tax  purposes,  if
later.
    
 
   
    No  tax provision  has been made  for the undistributed  earnings of foreign
subsidiaries as management expects these earnings to be reinvested  indefinitely
or received substantially free of additional tax.
    
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
   
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DATAPOINT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES JULY 27, 1996, JULY 29, 1995 AND JULY 30,
                                1994 (CONTINUED)
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
    
 
   
1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    
   
    In  February  1992, the  FASB issued  SFAS No.  109, "Accounting  for Income
Taxes", which superseded SFAS  No. 96 and  APB Opinion No.  11. The adoption  of
this  new standard had a favorable cumulative accounting change effect of $1,340
recorded in the first quarter of fiscal 1994 (see note 4).
    
 
   
NET INCOME (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE
    
 
   
    Net income (loss) per common share  is based on the weighted average  number
of  common shares outstanding  during each year  presented. The Company's common
stock equivalents, which  include convertible  debt, were  antidilutive in  each
year  presented and  therefore, were excluded  from the  computations. The 1996,
1995 and 1994 computations include the  effect of dividends paid or  accumulated
on  preferred  stock  of $1,885,  $1,815,  and $1,784,  respectively.  For 1996,
convertible preferred stock has been included in the fully diluted calculation.
    
 
   
USE OF ESTIMATES
    
 
   
    The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions that affect  the amounts  reported in the  financial statements  and
accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
    
 
   
2.  REORGANIZATION/RESTRUCTURING COSTS
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     1996       1995       1994
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                <C>        <C>        <C>
Employee termination costs.......................................  $     251  $   6,842  $  14,853
Lease termination costs..........................................         --        296         --
Asset write-offs.................................................         12      2,075         --
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                   $     263  $   9,213  $  14,853
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    The Company's 1996 and 1995 restructuring charges primarily have been driven
by  management's  efforts to  implement cost  cutting measures  in light  of its
overall plan  to return  to profitability.  In addition,  continued  competitive
pressures  in  the Company's  industry and  a slowdown  of customer  orders have
influenced the level of restructuring charges.
    
 
   
    The  1994  restructuring  charges  included  $13,360  as  a  result  of  the
implementation  of a  statutory plan of  reorganization for one  of its European
subsidiaries. Management developed the plan, which was subject to administrative
approval, as a result of a continued decline in revenues resulting from the loss
of several significant accounts. These charges related principally to  severance
costs  associated  with the  termination of  approximately 140  employees spread
throughout  sales,  service,  and  administrative  positions  involved  in  this
European  subsidiary. The reorganization plan was approved in September 1995. Of
the total restructuring amount, $5,570 was paid by the foreign government and is
repayable by the Company over two years beginning in 1996.
    
 
   
    Restructuring  charges  are  not  recorded  until  specific  employees   are
determined  (and notified of  termination) by management  in accordance with its
overall restructuring plan. As such, employee termination payments are generally
paid out  over  a period  of  time  rather than  as  one lump  sum.  Although  a
reasonable  estimate of the amount of future termination costs cannot be made at
this time, management expects to incur additional charges for terminations.
    
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
   
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DATAPOINT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES JULY 27, 1996, JULY 29, 1995 AND JULY 30,
                                1994 (CONTINUED)
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
    
 
   
3.  NON-OPERATING INCOME (EXPENSE)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       1996       1995       1994
                                                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                  <C>        <C>        <C>
Interest earned....................................................................  $     421  $     959  $     313
Realized gain on fixed assets fire settlement......................................         --         --        534
Write-off of investment in partially owned company.................................         --         --     (3,210)
Foreign currency gains (losses)....................................................        728     (1,480)      (718)
Realized gain on sale of property..................................................         --      1,709         --
Litigation settlements.............................................................     (2,945)     1,000         --
Other..............................................................................        (95)    (2,768)    (1,212)
                                                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                     $  (1,891) $    (580) $  (4,293)
                                                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
4.  INCOME TAXES
    
   
    Effective August 1, 1993, the Company  adopted SFAS No. 109 "Accounting  for
Income  Taxes" prospectively. SFAS  No. 109 requires a  change from the deferred
method of  accounting for  income taxes  to the  asset and  liability method  of
accounting for income taxes.
    
 
   
    As  a result of  adoption of SFAS  No. 109, the  Company recorded additional
deferred income tax assets  of $2,075, after a  valuation allowance of  $66,720,
and  increased deferred income tax liabilities  by $735 which, in total resulted
in a $1,340 credit ($.09 per share) for the cumulative effect of the  accounting
change.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1996        1995        1994
                                                             ---------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                                          <C>        <C>         <C>
Income (loss) before income taxes, extraordinary credit and
  effect of change in accounting principle:
    U.S....................................................  $    (771) $  (22,305) $  (11,430)
    Outside the U.S........................................     23,478      (5,839)    (82,981)
                                                             ---------  ----------  ----------
                                                             $  22,707  $  (28,144) $  (94,411)
                                                             ---------  ----------  ----------
                                                             ---------  ----------  ----------
Provision for income taxes:
    U.S. federal:
      Current..............................................  $       6  $       53  $       73
    Outside the U.S.:
      Current..............................................      2,266         229         (61)
      Deferred.............................................      1,420         (83)        342
                                                             ---------  ----------  ----------
                                                                 3,686         146         281
                                                             ---------  ----------  ----------
Total provision............................................  $   3,692  $      199  $      354
                                                             ---------  ----------  ----------
                                                             ---------  ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
   
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DATAPOINT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES JULY 27, 1996, JULY 29, 1995 AND JULY 30,
                                1994 (CONTINUED)
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
    
 
   
4.  INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
    
   
    The  differences between the  tax provision in  the financial statements and
the tax benefit computed at the U.S. federal statutory rates are:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     1996       1995        1994
                                                                                   ---------  ---------  -----------
<S>                                                                                <C>        <C>        <C>
Income taxes (tax benefits) at statutory rate....................................  $   7,947  $  (9,850) $   (33,043)
Increase in taxes resulting from:
  Benefit of U.S. tax loss not recognized........................................        262      7,791        3,298
  Foreign losses and other transactions on which a tax benefit could not be
    recognized...................................................................        573      1,952        9,288
  Nondeductible amortization and write-off of intangible assets..................         --         --       20,875
  Effect of foreign tax refunds and U.S. tax associated with dividends paid......          6         53           73
  Effect of federal tax rate less than (greater than) foreign tax rates..........       (539)       364          142
  Benefit of operating loss carryforwards........................................     (4,566)      (127)        (286)
  Other, net.....................................................................          9         16            7
                                                                                   ---------  ---------  -----------
Provision for income taxes.......................................................  $   3,692  $     199  $       354
                                                                                   ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                                                   ---------  ---------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    The  undistributed  earnings,   indefinitely  reinvested  in   international
business, of the Company's foreign subsidiaries aggregated approximately $27,500
at  July  27, 1996.  Determination of  the amount  of unrecognized  deferred tax
liability on these unremitted earnings is not practicable.
    
 
   
    The primary components of deferred income tax assets and liabilities are  as
follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               1996       1995
                                                                             ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                          <C>        <C>
Deferred income tax assets:
  Property, plant and equipment............................................  $   7,794  $   4,475
  Loss and credit carryforwards............................................     71,519     76,898
  Accrued restructuring costs..............................................        335      1,417
  Other....................................................................      8,956      7,138
                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                                88,604     89,928
Less: valuation allowance..................................................     86,411     86,008
                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                                 2,193      3,920
Deferred income tax liabilities:
  Accrued retirement costs.................................................     (1,930)    (2,457)
  Other....................................................................     (1,144)      (925)
                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                                (3,074)    (3,382)
                                                                             ---------  ---------
Net deferred income tax asset (liability)..................................  $    (881) $     538
                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                             ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    At  July  27, 1996,  the net  deferred  income tax  liability of  $(881) was
presented in the balance  sheet, based on tax  jurisdiction, as deferred  income
tax  assets of $1,642 and deferred income tax liabilities of $2,523. Realization
of the  Company's deferred  tax  assets is  dependent on  generating  sufficient
taxable  income in certain  taxing jurisdiction prior to  the expiration of loss
and credit  carryforwards. Management  believes that  more likely  than not  the
deferred  tax assets will not  be realized in the  near future and has therefore
provided a valuation  allowance to  reserve for  those deferred  tax assets  not
considered realizable.
    
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
   
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DATAPOINT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES JULY 27, 1996, JULY 29, 1995 AND JULY 30,
                                1994 (CONTINUED)
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
    
 
   
4.  INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
    
   
    At  July  27,  1996,  the  Company  had  tax  operating  loss  carryforwards
approximating $165,000  and  $28,000  for  federal  and  foreign  tax  purposes,
respectively,   expiring  in  various  amounts   beginning  in  2001  and  1997,
respectively. Federal long-term capital loss  carryforwards of $1,500 expire  in
various  amounts beginning in 1997. Utilization  of the ordinary and capital tax
loss carryforwards is  subject to limitation  in the  event of a  more than  50%
change in ownership of the Company.
    
 
   
    The  Company had  unused investment,  research, and  alternative minimum tax
credits for  income  tax purposes  at  July  27, 1996  of  approximately  $3,300
expiring  at various dates through  2001 which may be  used to offset future tax
liabilities  of  the  Company.  Utilization  of  these  credits  is  subject  to
limitation in the event of a more than 50% change in ownership of the Company.
    
 
   
5.  INVENTORIES
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               1996       1995
                                                                             ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                          <C>        <C>
Finished products..........................................................  $     731  $   6,105
Work in process............................................................        389      2,613
Raw materials..............................................................      2,606      1,036
                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                             $   3,726  $   9,754
                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                             ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
6.  FIXED ASSETS
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           ACCUMULATED
                                                                                  COST     DEPRECIATION     NET
                                                                               ----------  ------------  ---------
<S>                                                                            <C>         <C>           <C>
JULY 27, 1996
Property, plant and equipment:
  Buildings and land improvements............................................  $   17,093   $   12,598   $   4,495
  Machinery, equipment, furniture and fixtures...............................      91,553       84,946       6,607
  Land.......................................................................       1,414           --       1,414
                                                                               ----------  ------------  ---------
                                                                                  110,060       97,544      12,516
Field support spares.........................................................      14,161       12,238       1,923
Equipment leased to customers................................................       5,125        4,939         186
                                                                               ----------  ------------  ---------
                                                                               $  129,346   $  114,721   $  14,625
                                                                               ----------  ------------  ---------
                                                                               ----------  ------------  ---------
 
JULY 29, 1995
Property, plant and equipment:
  Buildings and land improvements............................................  $   26,008   $   18,390   $   7,618
  Machinery, equipment, furniture and fixtures...............................      88,744       81,967       6,777
  Land.......................................................................       1,479           --       1,479
                                                                               ----------  ------------  ---------
                                                                                  116,231      100,357      15,874
Field support spares.........................................................      14,926       12,147       2,779
Equipment leased to customers................................................       5,630        5,406         224
                                                                               ----------  ------------  ---------
                                                                               $  136,787   $  117,910   $  18,877
                                                                               ----------  ------------  ---------
                                                                               ----------  ------------  ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
   
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DATAPOINT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES JULY 27, 1996, JULY 29, 1995 AND JULY 30,
                                1994 (CONTINUED)
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
    
 
   
7.  LEASE COMMITMENTS
    
   
    The  Company leases certain  facilities and equipment  under various leases.
Substantially all  of the  leases  are classified  as operating  leases.  Rental
expense  for operating leases for  1996, 1995 and 1994  was $7,386, $10,922, and
$9,137, respectively. Most  of the  leases contain renewal  options for  various
periods and require the Company to maintain the property. Certain leases contain
provisions  for  periodic  rate  adjustments  to  reflect  Consumer  Price Index
changes.
    
 
   
    At July 27,  1996, future  minimum lease payments  for noncancelable  leases
totaled   $20,610  and   are  payable  as   follows:  1997-$4,869;  1998-$4,302;
1999-$3,277; 2000- $2,552, 2001-$2,505 and $3,105 thereafter.
    
 
   
8.  PAYABLES TO BANK
    
   
    As of July 27, 1996, the Company had included in payables to banks an amount
of $4,979 payable to International Factors  "De Factorij" B.V., a subsidiary  of
ABN-AMRO  Bank of the Netherlands. The loan is secured by the receivables of the
Company's U.K., Dutch and German subsidiaries.
    
 
   
    The Company had a secured credit  facility ("Credit Facility") with The  CIT
Group, with a maximum borrowing level of $2,000 (given sufficient collateral was
available).  The Credit Facility consisted of a  term loan and a revolving loan.
The term  loan  and  the  revolving  loan  were  paid  off  in  1995  and  1996,
respectively and the entire Credit Facility was terminated upon payment.
    
 
   
    The  weighted  average interest  rate for  short term  borrowings as  of the
fiscal year end was 9.0% , 10.1%, 10.5% for 1996, 1995, and 1994, respectively.
    
 
   
    The Company has available lines of credit from foreign banks to its  foreign
subsidiaries.  The unused lines of credit at  July 27, 1996 totaled $2.7 million
after borrowings of $9.8 million.
    
 
   
9.  ACCRUED EXPENSES
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                1996       1995
                                                                                              ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                           <C>        <C>
Salaries, commissions, bonuses and other benefits...........................................  $   9,247  $   9,661
Taxes other than income taxes...............................................................     11,161      8,687
Reorganization/restructuring costs..........................................................        655      4,168
Payable to foreign government...............................................................         --      5,570
Other.......................................................................................      8,193      6,771
                                                                                              ---------  ---------
                                                                                              $  29,256  $  34,857
                                                                                              ---------  ---------
                                                                                              ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
10. LONG-TERM DEBT
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                1996       1995
                                                                                              ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                           <C>        <C>
8 7/8% convertible subordinated debentures..................................................  $  63,652  $  64,394
6.5% to 9.0% real estate notes..............................................................        530        762
Non interest bearing note-NTI (net of discount of $2,354 in 1995)...........................         --      6,646
Other obligations...........................................................................      2,877      2,338
                                                                                              ---------  ---------
                                                                                                 67,059     74,140
Less: current maturities of long-term debt and long-term debt subject to accelerated
  maturity..................................................................................      3,114      9,217
                                                                                              ---------  ---------
                                                                                              $  63,945  $  64,923
                                                                                              ---------  ---------
                                                                                              ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
   
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DATAPOINT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES JULY 27, 1996, JULY 29, 1995 AND JULY 30,
                                1994 (CONTINUED)
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
    
 
   
10. LONG-TERM DEBT (CONTINUED)
    
   
    Interest on  the  8  7/8% convertible  subordinated  debentures  is  payable
semiannually  on June 1 and December 1. The debentures are subordinated in right
of payments to  all senior indebtedness,  as defined, and  are convertible  into
common  stock of the Company at any time  prior to the close of business on June
1, 2006, unless previously redeemed.  Each one thousand dollar principal  amount
debenture  is convertible into 55.231 shares of common stock and, as of July 27,
1996, there were 3,515,564 shares reserved for possible issuance. The debentures
are entitled  to a  mandatory sinking  fund, which  commenced June  1, 1991,  of
$5,000  annually.  The Company,  at its  option, may  increase the  sinking fund
payment to $10,000 and  may also receive credit  against mandatory sinking  fund
payments  for debentures acquired through means other than the sinking fund. The
Company has  applied  $30,000  in previous  debenture  retirements  against  the
sinking  fund requirements  for 1991 through  1996. The Company  also intends to
apply previous debenture retirements of $5,606 through July 27, 1996 against the
sinking fund  requirements  for  1997  through 1998.  The  debentures  are  also
redeemable  at the option  of the Company, in  whole or in part,  at any time at
100% of  the principal  amount together  with accrued  interest to  the date  of
redemption. During fiscal 1996 from the proceeds received from the sale of EADS,
the Company repurchased debentures with a total face value of $742, resulting in
an  extraordinary gain of $327, with no related income taxes. Subsequent to July
27, 1996,  the  Company repurchased  debentures  with  a face  value  of  $2,048
resulting in extraordinary gains of $822.
    
 
   
    During  fiscal  1993, the  Company  settled two  long-standing  legal patent
actions brought against it by NTI. The Company agreed to a ten-year note payable
to NTI which  required annual $1,000  payments beginning in  December 1993.  The
note  was recorded at a  discount reflecting an annual  rate of interest of 10%.
The Company was also  contingently obligated to make  payments to NTI  dependent
upon  the  Company's  future profitability.  The  contingent payments,  up  to a
cumulative  maximum  of  $12.5  million,  were  to  have  been  paid  in  annual
installments  calculated at  33 1/3%  of the  Company's pre-tax  annual profits,
excluding extraordinary items,  in excess  of $10.0 million  in each  of the  10
fiscal  years  beginning with  fiscal 1993.  During 1995  and 1994,  the Company
incurred no liability to make  such contingent payments as  a result of the  net
losses   incurred.  On  June  25,  1996,  the  Company  paid  NTI  $2.2  million
representing the two deferred principal payments on the secured debt which  were
due   December  1994  and  December  1995   and  accrued  and  unpaid  interest.
Additionally, on July 1, 1996, the  Company entered into a prepayment  agreement
with  NTI  pursuant to  which  the Company  paid $5.05  million  to NTI  in full
satisfaction of all amounts  due and to  be due under  the note. The  prepayment
agreement  fully  relieves the  Company of  its obligation  to make  annual $1.0
million payments  to NTI  that commenced  in December  1993 and  of which  seven
payments remained to be made, as well as certain contingent payment obligations.
    
 
   
    Aggregate   scheduled  maturities   of  long-term   debt  are   as  follows:
1997--$3,114;  1998--$3,853;  1999--  $5,092;  2000--$5,000;  2001--$5,000   and
$45,000 thereafter.
    
 
   
11. STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
    
   
    During  1996 fiscal year, the Company  issued 442,488 shares of common stock
held in treasury as a result of employee separations.
    
 
   
    Throughout 1996, the Company issued 166,151 shares from common stock held in
treasury to participants in the U.S. 401(k) retirement and savings plan.
    
 
   
    The Company settled  two different  lawsuits during fiscal  1996 by  issuing
20,000 shares and 100,000 shares of common stock held in treasury.
    
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
   
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DATAPOINT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES JULY 27, 1996, JULY 29, 1995 AND JULY 30,
                                      1994
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
    
 
   
11. STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT (CONTINUED)
    
 
   
    During  1996 fiscal year, the Board of Directors elected to make a corporate
contribution to the Datapoint Corporation Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
of 50,000 shares of the Company's $1.00 preferred stock with a $20.00 per  share
liquidation   preference.  The  contribution  was  made  on  behalf  of  certain
participants only.
    
 
   
    The $1.00 preferred stock has a  liquidation preference of $20.00 per  share
and  cumulative dividends  of $1.00 annually.  On January 16,  1996, the Company
announced that it was in  arrears on its $1.00  preferred stock in an  aggregate
amount  equal to six full quarterly dividends. As a result, each holder of $1.00
preferred stock has  the right  to exchange each  such share  (inclusive of  all
accrued  and unpaid  dividends) into two  shares of the  Company's common stock.
Under this  right of  exchange,  28,300 shares  of  $1.00 preferred  stock  were
converted to 56,600 shares of common stock during 1996. In addition, as a result
of  the dividend  arrearages the number  of directors constituting  the Board of
Directors of the  Company will  be increased  by two  and holders  of the  $1.00
preferred  stock (not including  those who have  exchanged $1.00 preferred stock
for the  Company's  common stock),  voting  as a  single  class, will  have  the
opportunity  to elect two  directors of the  Company to fill  such newly created
directorships at the next annual meeting of stockholders. These rights  continue
until  such time as the  arrearages have been paid  in full. Dividends of $3,700
and $1,815 were  accumulated and  unpaid at  July 27,  1996 and  July 29,  1995,
respectively.
    
 
   
    In  addition, on  July 24,  1996, the  Company announced  that its  Board of
Directors determined  to  offer  for  exchange  for  each  share  of  its  $1.00
Exchangeable  Preferred Stock ($1.00 par value)  3.25 shares of its Common Stock
($.25 par value) and to submit a proposal to stockholders under which each share
of its $1.00 Exchangeable Preferred Stock would be converted into 3.25 shares of
Common Stock. The Company  had previously announced on  April 16, 1996, that  it
intended  to submit to its  stockholders a proposal to  effect the conversion of
the $1.00 Exchangeable Preferred Stock into 2.75 shares of its Common Stock. The
affirmative  vote  of  two-thirds  of  the  outstanding  shares  of  the   $1.00
Exchangeable  Preferred Stock and  a majority vote of  the outstanding shares of
the Common  Stock will  be required  to  adopt the  proposal which  the  Company
expects  to submit at its Annual Meeting  of Stockholders expected to be held on
December 10, 1996. On  January 16, 1996,  the Company announced  that it was  in
arrears  on its $1.00 preferred  stock in an aggregate  amount equal to six full
quarterly dividends. As a result, each holder of $1.00 preferred stock currently
has the right  to exchange  each such  share into  two shares  of the  Company's
common stock.
    
 
   
12. STOCK OPTION PLANS
    
   
    At  July 27, 1996, 2,248,404 shares were reserved for issuance in connection
with the Company's stock option plans.  Total options outstanding for all  plans
total 1,378,171 and are exercisable at an average price of $3.14.
    
 
   
    Under  the Company's  employee stock  option plans,  officers and  other key
employees may be  granted options  to purchase  common stock  and related  stock
appreciation  rights. Under the terms of these  plans, options may be granted at
no less than 75% of  fair market value and expire  no later than ten years  from
the  date  of grant.  The  Board may  grant options  exercisable  in full  or in
installments, and has generally granted options at fair market value exercisable
in two to four  installments beginning one  year from the date  of grant. As  of
July  27,  1996 and  July  29, 1995,  options  for 593,387  and  499,285 shares,
respectively, under all
    
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
   
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DATAPOINT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES JULY 27, 1996, JULY 29, 1995 AND JULY 30,
                                1994 (CONTINUED)
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
    
 
   
12. STOCK OPTION PLANS (CONTINUED)
    
   
employee plans  were  exercisable and  no  stock appreciation  rights  had  been
granted.  Options outstanding as of July 27, 1996 have an average exercise price
of $3.70 and expire during the period September 1997 through March 2006.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTION PLANS
                                                                            --------------------------------------
                                                                                              NUMBER OF SHARES
                                                                             PRICE RANGE   -----------------------
                                                                              OF SHARES      UNDER      AVAILABLE
                                                                            UNDER OPTION     OPTION    FOR OPTION
                                                                            -------------  ----------  -----------
<S>                                                                         <C>            <C>         <C>
Outstanding at July 31, 1993..............................................   $ 1.38-8.00    1,195,658     951,653
Granted...................................................................     2.50-7.25      276,989    (276,989)
Exercised.................................................................     1.38-5.62     (103,274)         --
Canceled..................................................................     1.38-7.13      (84,500)     84,500
Expired...................................................................            --           --      (1,500)
                                                                            -------------  ----------  -----------
Outstanding at July 30, 1994..............................................   $ 1.38-8.00    1,284,873     757,664
Granted...................................................................     2.69-3.94      557,000    (557,000)
Exercised.................................................................     1.38-1.63     (156,666)         --
Canceled..................................................................     1.63-7.38     (243,215)    243,215
Expired...................................................................            --           --     (18,049)
                                                                            -------------  ----------  -----------
Outstanding at July 29, 1995..............................................   $ 1.38-8.00    1,441,992     425,830
Granted...................................................................     1.06-1.94      413,500    (413,500)
Canceled..................................................................     1.38-6.75     (667,321)    667,321
Expired...................................................................            --           --    (109,418)
                                                                            -------------  ----------  -----------
Outstanding at July 27, 1996..............................................   $ 1.06-8.00    1,188,171     570,233
                                                                            -------------  ----------  -----------
                                                                            -------------  ----------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    During 1992, the 1985 Director Stock Option Plan was terminated. As of  July
27,  1996, there were continuing options for 25,000 shares outstanding from this
plan which expire five years from the date of grant. The 1985 Plan was  replaced
by  the  1991  Director  Stock  Option Plan.  This  plan  greatly  resembles the
terminated 1985 Plan and provides for a one-time grant of an option to purchase,
at fair market value as of the date of the grant, 25,000 shares of common  stock
to  each director, and an additional 50,000  shares to the present and any newly
elected Chairman of  the Board.  The 1991  Plan does  not grant  any options  to
individuals holding options under the 1985 Plan. The Plan includes both employee
and non-employee directors and options expire five years from the date of grant.
Total  director options outstanding as of July 27, 1996 have an average exercise
price of $3.12 and expire during the period November 1996 through December 1998.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               DIRECTOR STOCK OPTION PLANS
                                                                       -------------------------------------------
                                                                                            NUMBER OF SHARES
                                                                        PRICE RANGE   ----------------------------
                                                                         OF SHARES      UNDER        AVAILABLE
                                                                       UNDER OPTION    OPTION       FOR OPTION
                                                                       -------------  ---------  -----------------
<S>                                                                    <C>            <C>        <C>
Outstanding at July 31, 1993.........................................   $ 1.88-3.06     250,000         275,000
Granted..............................................................          6.31      25,000         (25,000)
Exercised............................................................          2.50     (10,000)             --
                                                                       -------------  ---------         -------
Outstanding at July 30, 1994.........................................   $ 1.88-6.31     265,000         250,000
Canceled.............................................................          2.50     (50,000)         50,000
                                                                       -------------  ---------         -------
Outstanding at July 29, 1995.........................................   $ 1.88-6.31     215,000         300,000
Expired..............................................................          1.88     (25,000)             --
                                                                       -------------  ---------         -------
Outstanding at July 27, 1996.........................................   $ 2.50-6.31     190,000         300,000
                                                                       -------------  ---------         -------
                                                                       -------------  ---------         -------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
   
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DATAPOINT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES JULY 27, 1996, JULY 29, 1995 AND JULY 30,
                                1994 (CONTINUED)
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
    
 
   
12. STOCK OPTION PLANS (CONTINUED)
    
   
    The  FASB  has  issued  Statement  No.  123,  "Accounting  for   Stock-Based
Compensation",  which requires either recognition or  disclosure of a charge for
the value of  stock options granted.  The Company will  adopt this statement  in
1997  at  which  time it  will  elect to  continue  to apply  the  provisions of
Accounting  Principles  Board  Opinion  No.  25  and  will  make  the   footnote
disclosures required by Statement No. 123.
    
 
   
13. INFORMATION RELATING TO BUSINESS SEGMENTS AND INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS
    
   
BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION
    
 
   
    The  Company operates in  one industry and is  an international computer and
communications systems marketer, manufacturer  and developer. Additionally,  the
Company  provides  maintenance services  on its  products  in the  United States
through a non-exclusive agreement with DSI and services its products outside the
United States through its international distributors and subsidiaries.
    
 
   
INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS
    
 
   
    The Company conducts the majority of its international marketing and service
operations through its  subsidiaries and,  to a lesser  extent, through  various
distributorship   arrangements.  For  products  manufactured  domestically,  the
Company's policy  is to  transfer such  products to  and between  affiliates  at
prices  which reflect market  conditions. Financial information  on a geographic
basis follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                1996        1995         1994
                                                                             ----------  ----------  -------------
<S>                                                                          <C>         <C>         <C>
Revenue--unaffiliated customers:
  United States -- domestic................................................  $    4,090  $    7,122  $       7,617
              -- export sales..............................................       3,529       3,899          6,174
  Europe...................................................................     170,806     162,146        156,403
  Other international......................................................       1,116       1,734          2,742
                                                                             ----------  ----------  -------------
      Total revenue from unaffiliated customers............................     179,541     174,901        172,936
Revenue--intercompany:
  United States............................................................       4,572       6,390         20,868
  Europe...................................................................         105         427            518
  Other international......................................................          --          --              7
  Eliminations.............................................................      (4,677)     (6,817)       (21,393)
                                                                             ----------  ----------  -------------
      Total consolidated revenue...........................................  $  179,541  $  174,901  $     172,936
                                                                             ----------  ----------  -------------
                                                                             ----------  ----------  -------------
Operating income (loss):
  United States............................................................  $  (11,671) $  (25,201) $      (8,728)
  Europe...................................................................      11,832       7,661        (72,517)
  Other international......................................................         444        (979)          (904)
  Eliminations.............................................................         412         287          1,128
                                                                             ----------  ----------  -------------
      Total operating income (loss)........................................  $    1,017  $  (18,232) $     (81,021)
                                                                             ----------  ----------  -------------
                                                                             ----------  ----------  -------------
Identifiable assets:
  United States............................................................  $   16,471  $   21,469  $      43,595
  Europe...................................................................      82,497      83,894         87,159
  Other international......................................................         239       1,116          1,250
  Eliminations.............................................................      (5,389)     (4,728)        (4,570)
                                                                             ----------  ----------  -------------
      Total identifiable assets............................................  $   93,818  $  101,751  $     127,434
                                                                             ----------  ----------  -------------
                                                                             ----------  ----------  -------------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
   
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DATAPOINT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES JULY 27, 1996, JULY 29, 1995 AND JULY 30,
                                1994 (CONTINUED)
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
    
 
   
14. RETIREMENT INCOME PLANS
    
   
    Retirement expenses incurred by the Company were as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           1996       1995       1994
                                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                      <C>        <C>        <C>
U.S.:
  Matching contributions...............................................................  $      55  $     119  $     143
 
Outside the U.S.:
  Defined benefit plans................................................................      1,279        510        119
  Other plans..........................................................................        970        675        600
                                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                             2,249      1,185        719
                                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                         $   2,304  $   1,304  $     862
                                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
U.S. PLANS
    
 
   
    The Company adopted a 401(k)  retirement and savings plan effective  January
1988.  The plan  covers all  full-time employees who  have been  employed for at
least 12 months. The Company's retirement and savings plan contribution has been
a 25%  matching  contribution  for  employee contributions  up  to  5%  of  each
employee's  compensation.  At  the  Board's  discretion,  the  Company  may also
contribute a  profit sharing  amount to  the plan  that is  contingent upon  the
performance level of the Company at the net income line.
    
 
   
    In  addition, the Company maintains a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
for certain executive  employees selected by  the Board of  Directors. The  plan
provides  for employee contributions of up to 10% of applicable compensation. In
addition, at the Board's discretion, the Company may also make contributions  on
an  annual,  individual  basis,  allocated  on  a  pro-rata  basis  according to
participant's applicable compensation  up to  a maximum contribution  of 15%  of
applicable  compensation per  employee. During the  fiscal years  ended July 29,
1995 and July 27, 1996, the Company contributed 62,000 and 50,000 shares of  its
Preferred Stock, respectively, to the plan for credit to the accounts of various
executive  officers. Under the terms of the plan, benefits accrue to the various
executive officers upon  satisfaction of  the plan's vesting  criteria which  is
based upon length of employment with the Company.
    
 
   
PLANS OUTSIDE THE U.S.
    
 
   
    Most  of the Company's foreign  subsidiaries provide retirement income plans
which conform to  the practice of  the country  in which they  do business.  The
types  of  company-sponsored  plans  in  use  are  defined  benefit  and defined
contribution.
    
 
   
    Five of the  Company's subsidiaries, including  the United Kingdom,  utilize
defined  benefit plans with employee benefits  generally being based on years of
service and wages near retirement. The  plans cover all full-time employees  who
have  been employed for  at least 12  months. Obligations under  these plans are
funded primarily through fixed rate  of return investments, primarily  insurance
policies, except for Germany where reserves are established for the obligations.
    
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
   
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DATAPOINT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES JULY 27, 1996, JULY 29, 1995 AND JULY 30,
                                1994 (CONTINUED)
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
    
 
   
14. RETIREMENT INCOME PLANS (CONTINUED)
    
   
    The  Company's  United Kingdom  and  New Zealand  subsidiaries  have defined
contribution plans. The plans  cover all full-time  salaried employees who  have
been  employed  for  at least  12  months  and contributions  are  based  upon a
percentage of compensation.  Obligations under  this plan  are funded  primarily
through deposits in pooled investments or insurance policies.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          1996       1995       1994
                                                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                     <C>        <C>        <C>
Defined benefit plans:
  Service cost........................................................................  $     659  $     998  $     773
  Interest cost.......................................................................      2,219      1,931      1,770
  Actual return on assets.............................................................     (2,508)      (887)      (926)
  Net amortization and deferral.......................................................        909     (1,532)    (1,498)
                                                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------
Net pension cost......................................................................  $   1,279  $     510  $     119
                                                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    The funded plan status at July 27, 1996 and July 29, 1995 was:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 1996                  1995
                                                                         --------------------  --------------------
<S>                                                                      <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                           OVER-     UNDER-      OVER-     UNDER-
                                                                          FUNDED     FUNDED     FUNDED     FUNDED
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Actuarial present value of:
  Vested benefits......................................................  $  22,533  $   4,083  $  17,141  $   6,454
  Accumulated benefit obligations......................................  $  22,912  $   4,202  $  17,520  $   6,503
  Projected benefit obligations........................................  $  23,861  $   4,909  $  18,197  $   7,466
  Plan assets at fair value............................................  $  24,476  $   1,181  $  20,303  $   2,632
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Plan assets in excess of (less than) projected benefit obligation....        615     (3,729)     2,106     (4,834)
    Unrecognized net (gain) loss.......................................      4,676     (1,635)     3,611     (2,755)
    Unrecognized transition net loss...................................        783         28        797        124
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Prepaid (accrued) pension cost.........................................  $   6,074  $  (5,336) $   6,514  $  (7,465)
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    Unrecognized  gains and losses  are amortized on  a straight-line basis over
five years.
    
 
   
    Actuarial assumptions  used to  determine funded  status for  1996 and  1995
varied  between subsidiaries. Discount rates used to determine projected benefit
obligations range from 5.0% to 9.0% in both 1996 and 1995. Rates of increase  in
future  compensation levels range from  3.0% to 3.5% in  both 1996 and 1995. The
long-term rates of return on plan investments  range from 5.0% to 10.0% in  both
1996 and 1995.
    
 
   
15. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
    
   
    Director Agranoff had provided various tax, legal and real estate consulting
services  prior  to serving  as Vice  President,  General Counsel  and Corporate
Secretary for the Company. During 1994,  the Company paid Mr. Agranoff $126  for
those  services. During  the fiscal  years 1996,  1995 and  1994, Datapoint paid
legal fees of $485, $51 and $5, respectively, to the law firm of Pryor, Cashman,
Sherman, & Flynn, to which firm Mr.  Agranoff is of counsel, for legal  services
provided by attorneys other than Mr. Agranoff.
    
 
   
    Director  Thomas worked  from August  1994 until  May 1,  1995 as  a special
consultant for which he received compensation of $0.5 per day payable in  shares
of  common  stock.  Subsequently,  on  May  5,  1995,  in  consideration  of the
additional work  and responsibilities  he had  taken  on for  the Company  as  a
special  consultant,  the Board  of  Directors approved  a  special compensation
package for Director Thomas. From
    
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
   
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DATAPOINT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES JULY 27, 1996, JULY 29, 1995 AND JULY 30,
                                1994 (CONTINUED)
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
    
 
   
15. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED)
    
   
May 1, 1995, through July 31, 1995, he was paid at the rate of $0.5 per day  for
his  services, plus travel and housing expenses, plus additional compensation of
a flat $2 per week for expenses. On July 31, 1995, Director Thomas's  consulting
contract  was extended  until December 31,  1995 and  then was to  continue on a
month-to-month basis to July 31, 1996. Upon the resignation of Doris Bencsik  as
President and Chief Operating Officer, Director Thomas was appointed on December
5, 1995 to the position of Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer.
Director  Thomas was also entitled under the extended contract to participate in
the Standard  Health  Benefit program  until  he was  appointed  Executive  Vice
President  and  Chief Operating  Officer .  At  such time,  he converted  to the
Executive Health Benefit program. During fiscal 1995, the Board also approved  a
one  time special issuance  of 45,000 shares  of common stock  of the Company to
Director Thomas in recognition  of his service to  the Company. During the  term
Director  Thomas acted as a special consultant  he did not accrue or receive any
regular Board or committee fees.
    
 
   
    Director Ruffat had a  consulting agreement from  January 1994 through  June
1995  under which he received  a monthly compensation of  $10. For 1996 and 1995
Director Ruffat was paid $50 and $80, respectively, for consulting services.
    
 
   
    During fiscal 1996, the Company paid office rent and secretarial expenses of
$39 to Canal Capital Corporation.  Chief Executive Officer Edelman and  Director
Agranoff  are  Canal Capital  Corporation  board members,  with  Chief Executive
Officer Edelman serving as Chairman of the Board.
    
 
   
16. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
    
   
    The Company is a defendant in  various lawsuits generally incidental to  its
business.  The amounts  sought by the  plaintiffs in such  cases are substantial
and, if all  such cases  were decided adversely  to the  Company, the  Company's
aggregate liability might be material. However, the Company does not expect such
an  aggregate  result based  upon  the limited  number  of such  actions  and an
assessment that most such  actions will be  successfully defended. No  provision
has  been  made  in  the  accompanying  financial  statements  for  any possible
liability with respect to such lawsuits.
    
 
   
    In addition, in 1994, the Company began patent infringement lawsuits against
several defendants related to the Company's video conferencing patents and  dual
protocol  local area  networking patents.  In 1995,  the Company  negotiated two
settlements for an aggregate  of $1.0 million and  negotiated one settlement  in
1996  for  an  undisclosed  amount.  Patent  infringement  suits  against  other
defendants are  pending.  The  aggregate  amounts  sought  in  these  suits  are
substantial.  However, no provision has been  made in the accompanying financial
statements for any  possible gains  or cash infusions  resulting from  favorable
judgments in these suits.
    
 
   
    In  December 1994, a  lawsuit was brought against  the Company involving the
earlier sale of  real estate  by the  Company. In  April 1996,  an adverse  jury
verdict  was rendered  against the  Company and  two of  its executive officers.
During the fourth quarter of 1996, a settlement was reached among the litigants.
As such, the District Court entered a Judgment Non Obstante Veredicto  (Judgment
Notwithstanding  the Verdict)  that set  aside the  jury's findings  against the
Company and  its two  executive officers  and set  aside all  damages. The  $3.3
million  settlement,  which  was  reached  to  avoid  the  considerable expense,
including the business disruption of a protracted appeal and legal process,  had
no  material impact on the  Company's then current cash  position as it included
payment of funds from a non-working capital trust fund which were otherwise  not
available  to the Company, issuance of a short term note, and issuance of shares
of the Company's common stock.
    
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>
   
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DATAPOINT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES JULY 27, 1996, JULY 29, 1995 AND JULY 30,
                                1994 (CONTINUED)
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
    
 
   
17. DIVESTITURES
    
   
    On May  28, 1996,  the  Company entered  into  an agreement  with  Kalamazoo
providing  for the sale by Datapoint  to Kalamazoo of Datapoint's EADS business,
other than its United Kingdom operations, for a purchase price of $33.0 million.
    
 
   
    As part of the agreement in connection  with the sale of the EADS  business,
the  Company  agreed  to  continue  to sell  hardware  to  Kalamazoo  at various
discounts from its normal  hardware prices and to  continue to provide  hardware
service  maintenance to  Kalamazoo at a  15% discount from  the Company's normal
hardware service maintenance prices. While there  can be no assurances that  the
future  volume  levels  will  remain  the same,  revenues  related  to  the EADS
continuing business were  $12.6 million and  $14.7 million for  the years  ended
July  27,  1996 and  July  29, 1995,  respectively.  The Company  transferred to
Kalamazoo all of  its employees  who were dedicated  to the  EADS business.  The
amounts below represent the operations of EADS sold to Kalamazoo plus the effect
of  discounts  on  the continuing  EADS's  business  which are  included  in the
accompanying statements of operations. Because the Company's accounting  records
do  not completely segregate the  EADS business' historical performance, certain
allocations were required based upon employee effort analyses of EADS and  other
appropriate measures.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            1996       1995
                                                                          ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>
Revenues................................................................  $  17,028  $  18,459
Costs and expenses......................................................     13,914     15,411
</TABLE>
    
 
   
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.
    
 
   
    Not Applicable.
    
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>
                                                                         ANNEX A
 
                         DESCRIPTION OF PREFERRED STOCK
 
    The Preferred Stock was issued pursuant to a certificate of designation,
rights, preferences and limitations (the "Preferred Stock Designation") filed
with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware amending the Company's
Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, and setting forth the rights,
preferences and limitations of the Preferred Stock. The terms of the Preferred
Stock include those stated in the Preferred Stock Designation, and the Preferred
Stock possesses all those rights and privileges as are afforded to capital stock
by applicable law in the absence of any express grant of rights or privileges in
the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, subject to the terms of the
Preferred Stock Designation. The Preferred Stock is subject to all such terms,
and holders of the Preferred Stock are referred to the Certificate of
Incorporation of the Company, the Preferred Stock Designation and the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
 
    A copy of the Preferred Stock Designation is available as described under
"Available Information." The following summary of all material provisions of the
Preferred Stock Designation does not purport to be complete and is subject, and
is qualified in its entirety by reference, to all the provisions of the
Preferred Stock Designation, including the definition therein of certain terms
used below. Wherever defined terms of the Preferred Stock Designation not
otherwise defined herein are referred to, such defined terms are incorporated
herein by reference.
 
GENERAL
 
    The Company is authorized to issue 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock,
2,000,000 shares of which are designated as Preferred Stock pursuant to the
Preferred Stock Designation. The Preferred Stock has a par value of $1.00 per
share and a liquidation preference of $20.00 per share. The Preferred Stock does
not have any preemptive rights.
 
DIVIDENDS
 
    Holders of shares of Preferred Stock are entitled to receive, when and as
declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available for such
purpose, cumulative dividends at an annual rate of $1.00 per share. Such
dividends are payable on the fifteenth day of January, April July and October in
each year ("Quarterly Dividend Payment Date") when and as declared by the Board
of Directors, out of sums legally available therefor. Dividends payable for a
portion of a quarterly period are computed on the basis of a 360-day year
consisting of twelve 30-day months. Accrued but unpaid dividends will not
compound.
 
    Pursuant to the terms of the Preferred Stock Designation, whenever quarterly
dividends payable on the Preferred Stock are in arrears, the Company will be
prohibited from (i) paying dividends on, making any other distributions on, or
redeeming or purchasing or otherwise acquiring for consideration any stock
ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or
winding up) to the Preferred Stock provided that the Company will be able at any
time to redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire shares of any such junior stock in
exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds from the sale of, other shares of
any such junior stock, (ii) paying dividends on or making any other
distributions on any stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon
liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Preferred Stock, except
dividends that pay ratably on the Preferred Stock and all such parity stock on
which dividends are payable or in arrears in proportion to the total amounts to
which the holders of all such shares are then entitled, or (iii) redeeming or
purchasing or otherwise acquiring for consideration any stock ranking on a
parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up)
with the Preferred Stock, provided that the Company will be able at any time to
redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire shares of any such parity stock in
exchange for shares of any stock of the Company ranking junior to the Preferred
Stock. Pursuant to the terms of the Preferred Stock Designation, the Company
will be restricted from permitting any subsidiary of the Company to purchase or
otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of stock of the Company unless
the Company could purchase such shares at such time and in such manner.
 
                                      A-1
<PAGE>
EXCHANGE
 
    Whenever quarterly dividends payable on the Preferred Stock are in arrears
in an aggregate amount at least equal to six full quarterly dividends (which
need not be consecutive), each of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock
shall, at the option of the holder thereof, be exchangeable into two shares of
Common Stock (until such cumulative dividends have been paid in full). At the
time of exchange, the rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock as preferred
stockholders of the Company shall cease, all dividend arrearages in respect of
such shares shall be eliminated and the person or persons entitled to receive
the Common Stock issuable upon exchange shall be treated for all purposes as the
registered holder or holders of Common Stock.
 
LIMITATION ON REDEMPTION OR EXCHANGE
 
    Provisions of Delaware law prohibiting the redemption or repurchase by a
corporation of its shares when capital is impaired or when such redemption or
repurchase would result in an impairment of capital will apply to any redemption
or repurchase of the Preferred Stock.
 
LIQUIDATION, DISSOLUTION OR WINDING UP
 
    Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, no
distribution will be permitted to be made (i) to the holders of stock ranking
junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up)
to the Preferred Stock unless, prior thereto, the holders of Preferred Stock
shall have received $20 per share, plus an amount equal to unpaid dividends
thereon, including accumulated dividends, whether or not declared, to the date
of such payment, or (ii) to the holders of stock ranking on a parity (either as
to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Preferred
Stock except distributions made ratably on the Preferred Stock and all other
such parity stock in proportion to the total amounts to which the holders of all
such shares are entitled upon such liquidation, dissolution or winding up.
 
VOTING RIGHTS
 
    The Holders of Preferred Stock will not have any voting rights except as set
forth in the following paragraphs.
 
    The following actions will be required to be approved by Holders of
two-thirds of the shares of Preferred Stock, voting as a class: (i) any
amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company which would
materially alter the relative rights and preferences of the Preferred Stock so
as to adversely affect the holders thereof; and (ii) issuance of securities of
any class of the Company's capital stock ranking prior (as to dividends or upon
liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Preferred Stock.
 
    Whenever quarterly dividends payable on the Preferred Stock are in arrears
in an aggregate amount at least equal to six full quarterly dividends (which
need not be consecutive), the number of directors constituting the Board of
Directors of the Company shall be increased by two and the holders of the
Preferred Stock shall have, in addition to the rights set forth above, the
special right, voting separately as a single class, to elect two directors of
the Company to fill such newly created directorships at the next successive
annual meeting of stockholders (and with two directorships to be so voted upon
at each successive annual meeting of stockholders thereafter until such
cumulative dividends have been paid in full).
 
                                      A-2
<PAGE>
                                                                         ANNEX B
July 24, 1996
 
                                                                          [logo]
   
Independent Committee
Board of Directors
Datapoint Corporation
8400 Datapoint Drive
San Antonio, Texas 78229-4500
    
 
Gentlemen:
 
    You have asked Corporate Capital Consultants, Inc. ("CCC") to provide a
written opinion as to the fairness, from a financial point of view, to the
exchanging preferred shareholders ("the Exchanging Preferred Shareholders"),
other than Asher B. Edelman, with respect to whom no opinion was requested, of
Datapoint Corporation ("Datapoint" or "the Company") of the consideration to be
received by them in an offer by the Company, whereby each share of Datapoint's
$1.00 Exchangeable Preferred Stock ("the Preferred Stock") tendered by the
Exchanging Preferred Shareholders would be exchanged for 3.25 shares of the
common stock of the Company ("the Exchange Offer") upon the terms and conditions
set forth in the draft of the preliminary Proxy Statement and Prospectus ("the
Prospectus") dated July 24, 1996.
 
    CCC is a specialist investment banking firm which, since its inception in
1974, performs services in the areas of financial consulting, corporate
valuation and fairness opinions, and mergers and acquisitions. In the valuation
area, CCC has provided corporate valuations, often in conjunction with pending
purchase offers, plans to sell or recapitalizations, for both public and
privately-held companies in a broad range of industries. In the case of public
companies, CCC has furnished fairness opinions in conjunction with a number of
tender offers, going-private transactions, and the purchase of minority
interests.
 
    In connection with rendering this opinion, CCC has reviewed and analyzed,
among other things: a) drafts of the Registration Statement for the Company on
Form S-4 up to and including the draft dated July 16, 1996 ("the Registration
Statement"); b) the Forms 10-K filed by Datapoint for the fiscal years 1991
through 1995; c) the Forms 10-Q for the Company for the three fiscal quarters
ended April 27, 1996; d) drafts of the Prospectus; e) the indenture pertaining
to the Company's 8 7/8% Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2006; f) various
corporate documents, including by-laws, minutes, loan agreements, litigation
documents, employment agreements, product literature, proxies, and so forth; g)
certain internal financial documents, memoranda and other information furnished
by the Company; h) historical market prices for the two classes of stock; i)
certain financial, operational, and stock market data of companies engaged in
businesses comparable to the Company; and additional information provided from
time to time by Datapoint or by other sources we deemed relevant.
 
    In addition, we: a) met with the Company's principal officers and visited
its San Antonio facility; b) discussed the financial and operating performance
with such officers; c) reviewed with such officers the current and future
prospects of Datapoint; and d) considered such other information, financial
studies, analyses and investigations and financial economic and market criteria
as we deemed relevant.
 
    In rendering this opinion, we have not made any independent appraisal of any
of the physical or intangible assets or liabilities of the Company, and we have
assumed, without independent verification, the accuracy and completeness of the
financial and other information and representations contained in the materials
which have been provided to us by the Company, or which are publicly available.
We have also relied on the representations made by various representatives of
the Company and their agents and advisors, and on other relevant factors.
 
                                      B-1
<PAGE>
    CCC, in reviewing the fairness of the Exchange Offer, took into account the
financial and operating performance of Datapoint, in relation to a group of
similar public companies and their market values. We considered various
multiples of earnings, cash flow, and book value of these companies in rendering
our opinion. We also prepared a discounted cash flow analysis based on our own
scenarios for the Company over the next five years. Other approaches to fairness
included an analysis of market history for both the Preferred Stock and common
stock, projected book value giving effect to the recent sale of the Company's
automotive business and the possible sale of selected assets and operations of
the Company, estimated liquidation value of both types of shares, comparable
transactions, and other factors.
 
    Based upon and subject to the foregoing, it is our opinion that, as of the
date of this letter, the consideration to be received by the holders of the
Preferred Stock, other than Asher B. Edelman, with respect to whom no opinion
was requested, upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus is
fair, from a financial point of view, to such holders.
 
                                          Very truly yours,
                                          CORPORATE CAPITAL CONSULTANTS, INC.
                                          /s/ Carl A. Goldman
                                          President
 
                                      B-2
<PAGE>
                                                                          [logo]
 
   
                                October 30, 1996
    
 
   
Independent Committee
Board of Directors
Datapoint Corporation
8410 Datapoint Drive
San Antonio, Texas 78229-8500
    
 
Gentlemen:
 
   
    With regard to rendering its opinion as to the fairness, from a financial
point of view, to the exchanging preferred shareholders ("the Exchanging
Preferred Shareholders"), other than Asher B. Edelman, of Datapoint Corporation
("Datapoint" or "the Company") of the consideration to be received by them in an
offer by the Company, whereby each share of Datapoint's $1.00 Exchangeable
Preferred Stock ("the Preferred Stock") tendered by the Exchanging Preferred
Shareholders would be exchanged for 3.25 shares of the common stock of the
Company ("the Exchange Offer") upon the terms and conditions set forth in the
draft of the joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus dated October 30, 1996 ("the
Prospectus"), CCC has reviewed the 1996 10-K and the most current preliminary
1997 budget information of Datapoint and reviewed its analysis based on this
information, assuming both the expected sale of Datapoint's Telephony division
and the possibility that this division will not be sold.
    
 
    Based on CCC's review of both this information and its analysis based on
such information, it remains CCC's opinion that the Exchange Offer is fair, from
a financial point of view, to the Exchanging Preferred Shareholders.
 
   
                                           Very truly yours,
                                  CORPORATE CAPITAL CONSULTANTS, INC.
                                            Carl A. Goldman
                                               President
    
 
                                      B-3
<PAGE>
                                                                         ANNEX C
 
July 24, 1996
                                                                          [logo]
Board of Directors
Datapoint Corporation
8400 Datapoint Drive
San Antonio, Texas 78229-8500
 
Gentlemen:
 
    By letter dated April 9, 1996, Patricof & Co. Capital Corp. was engaged by
the board of directors of Datapoint Corporation ("Datapoint" or the "Company")
to express an opinion relating to the fairness, from a financial point of view,
of the consideration to the holders of Datapoint common stock, other than Mr.
Edelman, with respect to whom no opinion was requested, of the Company's offer
to exchange each share of $1.00 Exchangeable Preferred Stock (inclusive of
accrued dividends), $20 liquidation preference per share (the "Preferred
Stock"), for shares of the common stock, par value $0.25 per share (the "Common
Stock"), of the Company (the "Exchange Offer").
 
    It is our understanding that the Preferred Stock is in arrears in the
payment of dividends totalling $2.00 per share as of July 15, 1996.
 
    I. PROCEDURES FOLLOWED
 
    In connection with our analysis of the Exchange Offer and as a basis for
forming our opinion, we have reviewed and analyzed such information as we
considered relevant, including but not limited to the following:
 
    A. DOCUMENTS CONSULTED
 
        1.  Public Filings of Datapoint Corporation
 
           --  10-Ks for the years ended July 31, 1995, 1994, 1993
 
           --  10-Q for the quarter ended 4/27/96
 
        2.  Public filings of companies used for comparative purposes:
 
        3.  Relevant Agreements and Contracts, including:
 
           --  March 17, 1992 Exchange Offer and Proxy
 
           --  8 7/8% Convertible Subordinated Debenture prospectus and
               Indenture
 
           --  Acquisition agreements between Kalamazoo and Datapoint
 
        4.  Other Company documents
 
           --  Draft S-4 describing the Exchange Offer
 
           --  Company Data
 
           --  Annual Operating Plan for fiscal year 1996
 
           --  Fiscal year 1996 forecast (as of May) pro forma for
               restructurings & sale of EADS and certain Dispositions
 
           --  Other internal company financial statements (historic, current,
               and prospective)
 
           --  Company financial projections for 1997-2001
 
           --  Company product descriptions
 
           --  Minx business plan
 
                                      C-1
<PAGE>
           --  Bylaws, articles of incorporation, minutes and other corporate
               items
 
        5.  Trading history of Datapoint Common Stock and Preferred Stock
 
    B.  FACILITIES VISITED
 
        1.  We visited Datapoint's U.S. headquarters in San Antonio, Texas.
 
    C.  PERSONS INTERVIEWED
 
        1.  We interviewed certain Datapoint officers to discuss the Company's
    historic, current, and prospective financial and operating condition. The
    Company personnel interviewed included, but was not limited to, its
    chairman, chief operating officer, chief financial officer, chief counsel
    and director of open systems product development.
 
        2.  We also interviewed Datapoint's outside patent attorneys.
 
    II. FACTORS CONSIDERED AND ALTERNATIVE APPROACHES
 
    A. In arriving at our conclusion we considered, among other elements, the
Company's business (historic, current, and prospective) and its financial
condition. We also made numerous financial and operating comparisons between the
Company and a group of public companies that could be used for comparative
purposes, and determined the investor appraisal ratios accorded the common
stocks of these companies.
 
    B.  We considered several approaches usable for the purpose of determining
the value of the equity, as outlined below:
 
        1.  Comparative company analysis;
 
        2.  Discounted cash flow analysis;
 
        3.  Liquidation analysis;
 
        4.  The market value of the Common Stock.
 
        We considered several approaches usable for determining the value of the
Preferred Stock, as outlined below:
 
        1.  Discounted dividend value
 
        2.  Comparative security analysis
 
        3.  The market value of the Preferred Stock.
 
    C.  We relied most heavily on the results from the comparative company
approach and discounted cash flow analysis in valuing the equity of the Company,
and less heavily on the liquidation approach. We relied most heavily on the
discounted dividend approach in valuing the Preferred Stock and less heavily on
the comparative security analysis.
 
    III. ASSUMPTIONS AND LIMITATIONS
 
    A. We have relied on, and assumed without independent verification, the
accuracy and completeness of the financial and other information contained in
publicly available sources or provided to us orally or in writing by Datapoint,
its officers, directors, employees and agents, its outside counsel, its
independent auditors, independent appraisers, or others.
 
    B.  We have assumed that the information supplied to us by Datapoint's
management and others represented good faith efforts to describe the Company's
operations and financial condition including, without limitation, the financial
impact to Datapoint of planned and completed restructurings, the sale of the
Company's Autobusiness Division, and the projected sale of certain of the
Company's assets.
 
    C.  We have not undertaken any independent appraisal of Datapoint's assets,
nor have we inspected these companies' books or contracts or made inquiries of
customers, competitors, creditors, or others.
 
                                      C-2
<PAGE>
    D. We express no opinion on any tax issues related to the Exchange Offer.
 
    E.  This letter is furnished to you in connection with your consideration of
and evaluation of the Exchange Offer, in connection with our engagement to
determine the fairness, from a financial point of view, to the holders of
Datapoint's Common Stock. The analyses contained in this fairness opinion are
for the purposes of the Exchange Offer and cannot be used in connection with any
other transactions or for any other purposes.
 
    IV. CONCLUSION
 
    Based upon the foregoing, and subject to the assumptions and limitations set
forth in Section III hereof, and effective only as of the date of this letter,
we are of the opinion that the Exchange Offer at 3.25 shares of Common Stock for
each share of Preferred Stock is fair from a financial point of view to the
holders of Datapoint Common Stock, other than Mr. Edelman, with respect to whom
no opinion was requested.
 
                                          Very truly yours,
                                          PATRICOF & CO. CAPITAL CORP.
 
                                          By:          /s/ Gary H. Matt
 
                                             -----------------------------------
 
                                          Its:       /s/ Managing Director
 
                                             -----------------------------------
 
                                      C-3
<PAGE>
   
October 29, 1996
    
 
Board of Directors
Datapoint Corporation
8400 Datapoint Drive
San Antonio, TX 78229-8500
Gentlemen:
 
   
    With regard to its opinion dated July 24, 1996 as to the fairness, from a
financial point of view, of the consideration to the holders of Datapoint common
stock of Datapoint's offer to exchange for each share of $1.00 Exchangeable
Preferred Stock (inclusive of accrued dividends) 3.25 shares of the common stock
of Datapoint, Patricof has reviewed the Company's Form 10-K dated July 27, 1996
and the most current 1997 preliminary budget information of Datapoint and
reviewed its analysis based on such information assuming both the expected sale
of Telephony and the possibility that Telephony will not be sold. It remains
Patricof's opinion that the Exchange Offer is fair, from a financial point of
view, to the holders of the Company's common stock (other than Mr. Edelman, with
respect to whom no opinion was requested).
    
 
Very truly yours,
/s/ Gary H. Matt
Gary H. Matt
Managing Director
 
                                      C-4
<PAGE>
                                                                         ANNEX D
 
                             DATAPOINT CORPORATION
                        1996 DIRECTOR STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
                                   ARTICLE I
                                    PURPOSE
 
    The purpose of the Datapoint Corporation 1996 Director Stock Option Plan is
to encourage directors to acquire a proprietary interest in the Common Stock of,
and to continue their association with, the Company. Furthermore, the
availability and offering of stock options to such directors is believed to
strengthen the ability of the Company to attract and retain directors with
outstanding qualifications and experience.
 
                                   ARTICLE II
                                  DEFINITIONS
 
    The following capitalized terms used in the Plan shall have the respective
meanings set forth in this Article:
 
    2.1  BOARD:  The Board of Directors of Datapoint Corporation.
 
    2.2  CODE:  The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules and
regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
    2.3  COMMITTEE:  The Compensation Committee of the Board; provided, however,
the Compensation Committee shall not take any action under this Plan unless it
is at all times composed solely of not less than three "Non-Employee Directors"
within the meaning of Rule 16b-3, as promulgated under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended. In the event the Compensation Committee is unable to
act, the Board shall take any and all actions required or permitted to be taken
by the Committee under this Plan.
 
    2.4  COMMON STOCK:  The common stock of Datapoint Corporation.
 
    2.5  COMPANY:  Datapoint Corporation and any of its subsidiaries.
 
    2.6  DISABILITY:  Disability within the meaning of section 22(e)(3) of the
Code, as determined by the Committee.
 
    2.7  ELIGIBLE DIRECTOR:  A member of the Board of the Company.
 
    2.8  FAIR MARKET VALUE:  The average of the high and low reported sales
prices of Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange -- Composite Tape as
reported in the Southwest edition of THE WALL STREET JOURNAL. If there were no
Common Stock sales on such day, then: (a) in the case of an Option grant, Fair
Market Value is the average of the high and low reported sales prices on the
last preceding day on which sales occurred; and (b) in the case of the exercise
of an Option, the Fair Market Value is the "Weighted Average" of the average of
the high and low reported sales prices on the last preceding day on which sales
occurred and such average on the first succeeding day on which sales occurred.
The Weighted Average is determined by first multiplying (i) the average between
the high and low sales prices on the last preceding day on which sales occurred
by the number of days after exercise until the first subsequent sales occurred,
(ii) the average between the high and low sales prices on the next succeeding
day on which sales occurred by the number of days before exercise of the last
preceding day on which sales occurred. The Weighted Average is the sum of (i)
and (ii) above, divided by the number of days from the last preceding day on
which sales occurred to the next succeeding day on which sales occurred.
 
    2.9  OPTION:  A stock option granted under the Plan.
 
    2.10  OPTION PRICE:  The purchase price of a share of Common Stock under an
Option.
 
                                      D-1
<PAGE>
    2.11  PLAN:  The Datapoint Corporation 1996 Director Stock Option Stock
Plan, as from time to time amended.
 
    2.12  RETIREMENT:  Cessation of service on the Board at or after age 65.
 
    2.13  SUBSIDIARY:  A subsidiary corporation, as defined in section 424(f) of
the Code.
 
    2.14  TERMINATION DATE:  A date fixed by the Committee but not later than
the day following the fifth anniversary of the date on which the Option is
granted.
 
                                  ARTICLE III
                                 ADMINISTRATION
 
    3.1  Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the Committee shall make all
grants hereunder, administer the Plan, construe and interpret the Plan,
establish and amend rules and regulations for its administration, and perform
all other acts relating to its administration, including the delegation of
administrative responsibilities, which it believes reasonable and proper;
provided, however, that all Options granted hereunder shall be approved in
advance by the Committee, and if the Committee is unable to act, then all such
Option grants made hereunder shall be approved in advance by the Board.
 
    3.2  The Committee shall consist of not less than three members of the
Board. The members of the Committee shall serve at the pleasure of the Board,
which shall have the power, at any time and from time to time, to remove members
from the Committee or to add members thereto. Vacancies on the Committee,
however caused, shall be filled by the Board.
 
    3.3  Any decision made, or action taken, by the Committee in connection with
the interpretation and administration of the Plan shall be final and conclusive.
 
                                   ARTICLE IV
                           SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN
 
    4.1  The total number of shares of Common Stock available for grants of
Options under the Plan shall be 500,000 subject to adjustment in accordance with
Article VIII of the Plan. These shares may be either authorized but unissued or
reacquired shares of Common Stock. If an Option or portion thereof shall expire
or terminate for any reason without having been exercised in full, the
unpurchased shares covered by such Option shall be available for future grants
of Options.
 
                                   ARTICLE V
                        ELIGIBILITY AND GRANT OF OPTIONS
 
    5.1  Options may be granted only to Eligible Directors of the Company.
 
    5.2  Each current Eligible Director shall be granted, as of the date of
adoption of the Plan by the Board, but exercisable only after the date of the
approval of the Plan by the shareholders of the Company, an Option to purchase
25,000 shares of Common Stock. Thereafter, each newly elected Eligible Director
shall be granted, as of the date of election to the Board, an Option to purchase
25,000 shares of Common Stock. Additionally, the current Chairman of the Board
shall receive, as of the date of the adoption of the Plan by the Board, but
exercisable only after the date of the approval of the Plan by the shareholders
of the Company, an Option to purchase an additional 50,000 shares of Common
Stock. Thereafter, each newly elected Chairman of the Board shall receive, as of
the date of his election as Chairman of the Board, an Option to purchase
additional shares of Common Stock.
 
                                      D-2
<PAGE>
    5.3  An Eligible Director or Chairman of the Board who receives a grant
pursuant to Section 5.2 of the Plan shall not thereafter be eligible for a
further grant under the Plan whether or not such original grant has been
exercised, except in the limited case of a sitting director being promoted to
Chairman as detailed in Section 5.2 hereof.
 
                                   ARTICLE VI
                                TERMS OF OPTIONS
 
    6.1  OPTION AGREEMENTS:  All Options shall be evidenced by written
agreements executed by the Company and the Optionee. Such Options shall be
subject to the applicable provisions of the Plan, and shall contain such
provisions as are required by the Plan and any other provisions the Committee
may prescribe. All agreements evidencing Options shall specify the total number
of shares subject to each grant, the Option Price and the Termination Date.
 
    6.2  OPTION PRICE:  The Option Price shall not be less than the Fair Market
Value of a share of Common Stock on the date the Option is granted.
 
    6.3  PERIOD OF EXERCISE:  Options shall be exercisable at any time after the
date of the Option grant provided such grant has been approved in advance by the
Committee (or the Board, as applicable). However, no Option or portion thereof
shall be exercisable after the Termination Date.
 
    6.4  MANNER OF EXERCISE AND PAYMENT:  An option, or portion thereof, shall
be exercised by delivery of a written notice of exercise to the Company and
payment of the full price of the shares being purchased pursuant to the Option.
An Optionee may exercise an Option with respect to less than the full number of
shares for which the Option may then be exercised, but an Optionee must exercise
the Option in full shares of Common Stock. The price of Common Stock purchased
pursuant to an Option, or portion thereof, may be paid:
 
    (a) in United States dollars in cash or by check, bank draft or money order
       payable to the order of the Company,
 
    (b) through the delivery of shares of Common Stock with an aggregate Fair
       Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the Option Price, if so
       specified in the relevant Option agreement, or
 
    (c) by any combination of the above methods of payment.
 
    The Committee shall determine acceptable methods for tendering Common Stock
as payment upon exercise of an Option and may impose such limitations and
prohibitions on the use of Common Stock to exercise an Option as it deems
appropriate, including, without limitation, any limitation or prohibition
designed to avoid certain accounting consequences which may result from the use
of Common Stock as payment upon exercise of an Option.
 
    6.5  NONTRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS:  Each Option shall, during the
Optionee's lifetime, be exercisable only by the Optionee, and neither it nor any
right hereunder shall be transferable otherwise than by will or the laws of
descent and distribution or be subject to attachment, execution or other similar
process. In the event of any attempt by the Optionee to alienate, assign,
pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of an Option or of any right hereunder,
except as provided for herein, or in the event of any levy or any attachment,
execution or similar process upon the rights or interest hereby conferred, the
Company may terminate the Option by notice to the Optionee and the Option shall
thereupon become null and void.
 
    6.6  CESSATION OF DIRECTORSHIP OF OPTIONEE:
 
        (a)  CESSATION OF DIRECTORSHIP OTHER THAN BY REASON OF RETIREMENT,
    DISABILITY, OR DEATH.  If an Optionee shall cease to be a director of the
    Company otherwise than by reason of Retirement, Disability, or death, each
    Option held by the Optionee, together with all rights hereunder, shall
    terminate on the earlier of the Termination Date or the one-hundred and
    eightieth day following the date of cessation of the directorship, to the
    extent not previously exercised; provided, however, that in
 
                                      D-3
<PAGE>
    the event the Optionee's directorship service is terminated due to gross
    misconduct, the Options granted to such Optionee hereunder shall be null and
    void after such termination occurs or such determination is made.
 
        (b)  CESSATION OF DIRECTORSHIP BY REASON OF RETIREMENT OR
    DISABILITY.  If an Optionee shall cease to be a director of the Company by
    reason of Retirement or Disability, each Option held by the Optionee shall
    remain exercisable until the earlier of:
 
         i. the termination Date,
 
         ii. the death of the Optionee, or such later date not more than one
             year after the death of the Optionee as the Committee, in its
             discretion, may provide pursuant to Section 6.6(c) of the Plan, or
 
        iii. the first anniversary of the date of the cessation of the
             Optionee's directorship, and thereafter all such Options shall
             terminate together with all rights hereunder, to the extent not
             previously exercised.
 
        (c)  CESSATION OF DIRECTORSHIP BY REASON OF DEATH.  In connection with
    adjusting the terms of outstanding Options, the Committee shall take any
    such action, including price adjustment, as in its judgment shall be
    necessary to preserve the Optionee's rights substantially proportionate to
    the rights existing prior to such event, and to the extent that such action
    shall include an increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common
    Stock subject to outstanding Options, the number of shares available under
    Article IV above shall be increased or decreased, as the case may be,
    proportionately. The judgment of the Committee with respect to any matter
    referred to in this Article shall be conclusive and binding upon each
    Optionee.
 
                                  ARTICLE VII
                                  ADJUSTMENTS
 
    7.1  If (a) the Company shall at any time be involved in a transaction to
which section 424(a) of the Code is applicable; (b) the Company shall declare a
dividend payable in, or shall subdivide or combine, its Common Stock; or (c) any
other event shall occur which in the judgment of the Board necessitates action
by way of adjusting the terms of the outstanding Options, the Board shall take
any such action, including price adjustment, as in its judgment shall be
necessary to preserve the Optionee's rights substantially proportionate to the
rights existing prior to such event, and to the extent that such action shall
include an increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock subject
to outstanding Options, the number of shares available under Article IV above
shall be increased or decreased, as the case may be, proportionately. The
judgment of the Committee with respect to any matter referred to in this Article
shall be conclusive and binding upon each Optionee.
 
                                  ARTICLE VIII
                       AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN
 
    8.1  The Board may at any time, or from time to time, suspend or terminate
the Plan in whole or in part, or amend it in such respects as the Board may deem
appropriate.
 
    8.2  No amendment, suspension or termination of this Plan shall, without the
Optionee's consent, alter or impair any of the rights or obligations under any
Option theretofore granted to an Optionee under the Plan.
 
    8.3  The Board may amend this Plan, subject to the limitations cited above,
in such manner as it deems necessary to permit the granting of Options meeting
the requirements of future amendments or issued regulations, if any, to the Code
and to Rule 16b-3, promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.
 
                                      D-4
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE IX
                        GOVERNMENT AND OTHER REGULATIONS
 
    9.1  The obligation of the Company to issue, or transfer and deliver shares
for Options exercised under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws,
regulations, rules, orders and approvals which shall then be in effect and
required by governmental entities and any stock exchanges on which Common Stock
is traded.
 
    9.2  In addition to, and without limiting, the Company's rights under the
preceding paragraph, the Committee any postpone any exercise of an Option for
such time as the Committee in its discretion may deem necessary in order to
permit the Company with reasonable diligence (i) to effect or maintain the
listing of the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange or to effect or
maintain registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of the Plan
or the shares issuable upon the exercise of the Option, (ii) to determine that
such shares and Plan are exempt from registration, or (iii) to comply with any
applicable laws, regulations, rules, orders or approval requirements then in
effect and required by governmental entities or any stock exchange on which the
Common Stock is traded. Any such postponement shall not extend the term of an
Option, and neither the Company or its directors or officers shall have any
obligation or liability to any Optionee or Optionee's successor with respect to
any shares subject to an Option that lapses unexercised because of such
postponement.
 
                                   ARTICLE X
                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
 
    10.1  PLAN DOES NOT CONFER STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS:  Neither the Optionee nor any
person entitled to exercise the Optionee's rights in the event of the Optionee's
death shall have any rights of a stockholder with respect to the shares subject
to each Option, except to the extent that, and until, such shares shall have
been issued upon the exercise of each Option.
 
    10.2  PLAN EXPENSES:  Any expenses of administering this Plan shall be borne
by the Company.
 
    10.3  USE OF EXERCISE PROCEEDS:  Payments received from Optionees upon the
exercise of Options shall be used for the general corporate purposes of the
Company, except that any Common Stock received in payment may be retired, or
retained in the Company's treasury and reissued.
 
    10.4  INDEMNIFICATION:  In addition to such other rights of indemnification
as they may have as members of the Board, or the Committee, the members of the
Committee and the Board shall be indemnified by the Company against all costs
and expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with any action, suit or
proceeding to which they or any of them may be party by reason of any action
taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan or any Option
granted thereunder, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof
(provided such settlement is approved by independent legal counsel selected by
the Company) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action,
suit or proceeding, except a judgment based upon a finding of bad faith;
provided that upon the institution of any such action, suit or proceeding a
Committee or Board member shall, in writing, give the Company notice thereof and
an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before such
Committee or Board member undertakes to handle and defend it on such member's
own behalf.
 
                                      D-5
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE XI
                    SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL AND EFFECTIVE DATES
 
    11.1  The Plan shall become effective when it is adopted by the Board.
However, if the Plan is not approved within one year after the Plan is adopted
by the Board by the vote at a meeting of the shareholders of Datapoint
Corporation of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Datapoint
Corporate entitled to vote, the Plan and all Options shall terminate at the time
of that meeting of shareholders or, if no such meeting is held, after the
passage of one year from the date the Plan was adopted by the Board. Options may
not be granted under the Plan after November 1, 2006.
 
                                      D-6
<PAGE>
                                                                         ANNEX E
 
                             DATAPOINT CORPORATION
                        1996 EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
                                   ARTICLE I
                                    PURPOSE
 
    The purpose of the Datapoint Corporation 1996 Employee Stock Option Plan is
to provide certain selected employees of Datapoint Corporation and its
subsidiaries an opportunity to purchase or receive shares of Common Stock of
Datapoint Corporation or to benefit from the appreciation thereof, thus
providing an increased incentive for these employee to contribute to the future
success and prosperity of Datapoint Corporation, enhancing the value of the
stock for the benefit of the stockholders, and increasing the ability of
Datapoint Corporation to attract and retain individuals of exceptional skills.
 
                                   ARTICLE II
                                  DEFINITIONS
 
    The following capitalized terms used in the Plan shall have the respective
meanings set forth in this Article:
 
    2.1  BOARD:  The Board of Directors of Datapoint Corporation.
 
    2.2  CODE:  The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules and
regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
    2.3  COMMITTEE:  The Committee, appointed by the Board and described in
Section 3.2 of the Plan, that shall be responsible for administering the Plan
and making Option Grants hereunder.
 
    2.4  COMMON STOCK:  The common stock of Datapoint Corporation.
 
    2.5  COMPANY:  Datapoint Corporation and any of its Subsidiaries, if any.
 
    2.6  DISABILITY:  Disability within the meaning of section 22(e)(3) of the
Code, as determined by the Committee.
 
    2.7  EMPLOYER:  The corporation that employs the employee or Optionee.
 
    2.8  FAIR MARKET VALUE:  The average of the high and low reported sales
prices of Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange-Composite Tape as reported
in the Southwest edition of THE WALL STREET JOURNAL. If there were no Common
Stock sales on such day, then:
 
    a.  in the case of an Option grant, Fair Market Value is the average of the
       high and low reported sales prices on the last preceding day on which
       sales occurred; and
 
    b.  in the case of the exercise of an Option, the Fair Market Value is the
       "Weighted Average" of the average of the high and low reported sales
       prices on the last preceding day on which sales occurred and such average
       on the first succeeding day on which sales occurred. The Weighted Average
       is determined by first multiplying (i) the average between the high and
       low sales prices on the last preceding day on which sales occurred by the
       number of days after exercise until the first subsequent sales occurred,
       and (ii) the average between the high and low sales prices on the next
       succeeding day on which sales occurred by the number of days before
       exercise of the last preceding day on which sales occurred.
 
    2.9  ISO:  An incentive stock option within the meaning of section 422 of
the Code.
 
    2.10  NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR:  A director who: (i) is not currently an
officer or employee of Datapoint Corporation or of any Subsidiary; (ii) (A) does
not receive compensation, either directly or indirectly, for any
 
                                      E-1
<PAGE>
non-director service in an amount that would be required to be disclosed under
Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K or (B) possess an interest in any other
transaction requiring disclosure under such Item; and (iii) is not engaged in a
business relationship disclosable under Item 404(b) of Regulation S-K.
 
    2.11  NON-ISO:  A stock option that is not an ISO.
 
    2.12  OPTION:  A stock option granted under the Plan.
 
    2.13  OPTION PRICE:  The purchase price of a share of Common Stock under an
Option.
 
    2.14  OPTIONEE:  An employee of the Company who has been granted one or more
Options.
 
    2.15  PARENT CORPORATION:  A parent corporation, as defined in section
424(e) of the Code.
 
    2.16  PLAN:  The Datapoint Corporation 1996 Employee Stock Option Plan, as
from time to time amended.
 
    2.17  RESTRICTED PERIOD:  A period beginning on the date the Option is
granted and ending on a date determined by the Committee.
 
    2.18  RESTRICTED STOCK:  Common Stock subject to the restrictions described
in Section 6.11 of the Plan, so long as such restrictions are in effect.
 
    2.19  RETIREMENT:  Retirement on or after age sixty-five, or, with the
advance consent of the Company, at an earlier age.
 
    2.20  STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT:  A Stock Appreciation Right as defined in
Section 6.7 of the Plan.
 
    2.21  SUBSIDIARY:  A subsidiary corporation, as defined in section 424(f) of
the Code.
 
    2.22  TERMINATION DATE:  A date fixed by the Committee but not later, with
respect to an ISO, than the day preceding the tenth anniversary of the date on
which the Option is granted or, with respect to a Non-ISO, than the day
following the tenth anniversary of the date on which the Option is granted.
 
                                  ARTICLE III
                                 ADMINISTRATION
 
    3.1  Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the Committee shall
administer the Plan and shall have full power to grant Options, construe and
interpret the Plan, establish and amend rules and regulations for its
administration, and perform all other acts relating to the Plan, including the
delegation of administrative responsibilities, which it believes reasonable and
proper.
 
    3.2  The Committee shall consist of not less than three members of the
Board, all of whom shall be Non-Employee Directors, and appointed by the Board.
The members of the Committee shall serve at the pleasure of the Board, which
shall have the power, at any time and from time to time, to remove members from
the Committee or to add members thereto. Vacancies on the Committee, however
caused, shall be filled by the Board. The Board shall take all steps necessary
to assure that the Committee is composed of Non-Employee Directors within the
meaning of Rule 16b-3 as promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended, and that Options granted under this Plan comply in all respects with
the requirements of Rule 16b-3. Options granted hereunder shall be approved in
advance by the Committee. However, if the Committee, for whatever reason, is
unable to act, then Options granted under this Plan shall be approved in advance
by the Board.
 
    3.3  Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall establish
the policies and criteria pursuant to which it shall grant Options and
administer the Plan. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall,
in its discretion, determine which employees of the Company shall be granted
Options, the number of shares subject to option under any such Options, the
dates after which Options may be exercised,
 
                                      E-2
<PAGE>
in whole or in part, and the terms and conditions of the Options. This shall
include Options granted with terms and conditions that will permit their
designation in accordance with the wishes of the prospective Optionee as ISOs or
Non-ISOs.
 
    3.4  The Committee may at any time, with the consent of the Optionee, in its
sole discretion, cancel any Option and issue to the Optionee a new Option for an
equivalent or lesser number of Common Stock shares, and at a lesser Option
Price.
 
    3.5  Any decision made, or action taken, by the Committee or the Board
arising out of or in connection with the interpretation and administration of
the Plan shall be final and conclusive.
 
                                   ARTICLE IV
                           SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN
 
    4.1  The total number of shares of Common Stock available for grants of
Options under the Plan shall be 2,000,000, subject to adjustment in accordance
with Article VIII of the Plan. These shares may be either authorized but
unissued or reacquired shares of Common Stock. If an Option or portion thereof
shall expire, terminate or be cancelled for any reason without having been
exercised in full, the unpurchased shares covered by such Option shall be
available for future grants of Options. An Option, or portion thereof, exercised
through the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right pursuant to Section 6.7 of
the Plan shall be treated, for the purposes of this Article IV, as though the
Option, or portion thereof, had been exercised through the purchase of Common
Stock, with the result that the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option, or
portion thereof, that was so exercised shall not be available for future grants
of Options.
 
                                   ARTICLE V
                                  ELIGIBILITY
 
    5.1  Options may be granted to employees of the Company or, with respect to
Non-ISO's, to persons who have been engaged to become employees of the Company.
Members of the Board who are not employees of the Company shall not be eligible
for Option grants hereunder.
 
                                   ARTICLE VI
                                TERMS OF OPTIONS
 
    6.1  OPTION AGREEMENTS.  All Options shall be evidenced by written
agreements executed by the Company and the Optionee. Such Options shall be
subject to the applicable provisions of the Plan, and shall contain such
provisions as are required by the Plan and any other provisions the Committee
may prescribe. All agreements evidencing Options shall specify the total number
of shares subject to each grant, the Option Price and the Termination Date.
Those Options that comply with the requirements for an ISO set forth in section
422 of the Code at the request of the Optionee shall be designated ISOs, and all
other Options shall be designated Non-ISOs.
 
    6.2  OPTION PRICE.  The Option Price shall not be less than seventy-five
percent (75%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date
the Option is granted. However, if the Option is intended to be an ISO, the
Option Price shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Common
Stock on the date the Option is granted.
 
    6.3  PERIOD OF EXERCISE.  The Committee shall determine the dates after
which Options may be exercised in whole or in part for any reason whatsoever. If
Options are exercisable in installments, installments or portions thereof that
are exercisable and not exercised shall accumulate and remain exercisable. The
Committee may also amend an Option to accelerate the dates after which Options
may be exercised in whole or in part. However, no Option or portion thereof
shall be exercisable after the Termination Date; in
 
                                      E-3
<PAGE>
addition, no Option or portion thereof granted to any Optionee subject to the
restrictions of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, shall be made exercisable during the six month period beginning on the
date such Option was granted.
 
    6.4  SPECIAL RULES REGARDING ISOS GRANTED TO CERTAIN
EMPLOYEES.  Notwithstanding any contrary provisions of Section 6.2 and 6.3 of
the Plan, no ISO shall be granted to any employee who, at the time the Option is
granted, owns (directly, or within the meaning of section 424(d) of the Code)
more than ten percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock
of the Employer or of any Subsidiary or Parent Corporation thereof, unless (a)
the Option Price under such Option is at least one hundred and ten percent
(110%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date the
Option is granted and (b) the Termination Date of such Option is a date not
later than the day preceding the fifth anniversary of the date on which the
Option is granted.
 
    6.5  MANNER OF EXERCISE AND PAYMENT.  An Option, or portion thereof, shall
be exercised by delivery of a written notice of exercise to the Company and
payment of the full price of the shares being purchased pursuant to the Option.
An Optionee may exercise an Option with respect to less than the full number of
shares for which the Option may then be exercised, but an Optionee must exercise
the Option in full shares of Common Stock. The price of Common Stock purchased
pursuant to an Option, or portion thereof, may be paid in United States dollars
in cash or by check, bank draft or money order payable to the order of the
Company, or, if specifically permitted under the terms of the Option, through
the delivery of shares of Common Stock with an aggregate Fair Market Value on
the date of exercise equal to the Option Price, or by any combination of the
above methods of payment. The Committee shall determine acceptable methods for
tendering Common Stock as payment upon exercise of an Option and may impose such
limitations and prohibitions on the use of Common Stock to exercise an Option as
it deems appropriate, including, without limitation, any limitation or
prohibition designed to avoid certain accounting consequences which may result
from the use of Common Stock as payment upon exercise of an option.
 
    6.6  WITHHOLDING TAXES.  The Company may, in its discretion, require an
Optionee to pay to the Company the amount, or make such other arrangements, at
the time of exercise or thereafter, that the Company deems necessary to satisfy
its obligation to withhold Federal, state or local income or other taxes
incurred by reason of the exercise.
 
    6.7  STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.  At or after the grant of an Option, the
Committee, in its discretion, may provide an Optionee with an alternate means of
exercising an Option, or a designated portion thereof, by granting the Optionee
a Stock Appreciation Right. A Stock Appreciation Right is a right to receive,
upon exercise of an Option or any portion thereof, in the Committee's
discretion, an amount of cash equal to and/ or shares of Common Stock having a
Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the excess of the Fair Market
Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of exercise over the Option Price,
multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock that the Optionee would have
received had the Option or such portion thereof been exercised through the
purchase of shares of Common Stock at the Option Price, provided that (a) such
Option or portion thereof has been designated as exercisable in this alternative
manner, (b) such Option or portion thereof is otherwise exercisable, and (c) the
Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of exercise exceeds the
Option Price.
 
    6.8  NONTRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS.  Each Option shall, during the
Optionee's lifetime, be exercisable only by the Optionee, and neither it nor any
right hereunder shall be transferable otherwise than by will, the laws of
descent and distribution, or, solely with respect to Non-ISO's, a qualified
domestic relations order (as defined in the Code or Title I of the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act, or the rules thereunder) nor will any Option
granted hereunder be subject to attachment, execution or other similar process.
In the event of any attempt by the Optionee to alienate, assign, pledge,
hypothecate or otherwise dispose of an Option or of any right hereunder, except
as provided for herein, or in the event of any levy or any attachment, execution
or similar process upon the rights of interests hereby conferred, the Company
may terminate the Option by notice to the Optionee and the Option shall
thereupon become null and void.
 
                                      E-4
<PAGE>
    6.9  CESSATION OF EMPLOYMENT OF OPTIONEE.
 
        (a)  CESSATION OF EMPLOYMENT OTHER THAN BY REASON OF RETIREMENT,
    DISABILITY, OR DEATH.  If an Optionee shall cease to be employed by the
    Company otherwise than by reason of Retirement, Disability, or death, each
    Option held by the Optionee, together with all rights hereunder, shall be
    exercisable only to the extent exercisable on the date of the cessation of
    employment, and shall terminate on the earlier of the Termination Date or
    the one hundred and eightieth day following the date of cessation of
    employment, to the extent not previously exercised; provided, however, that
    in the event the Optionee's employment with the Company is terminated due to
    his gross misconduct, the Options granted to such Optionee hereunder shall
    be null and void after such termination occurs or such determination is made
    by the Committee.
 
        (b)  CESSATION OF EMPLOYMENT BY REASON OF RETIREMENT OR DISABILITY.  If
    an Optionee shall cease to be employed by the Company by reason of
    Retirement or Disability, each Option held by the Optionee shall remain
    exercisable, to the extent it was exercisable at the time of cessation of
    employment, until the earliest of:
 
         i. the Termination Date,
 
         ii. the death of the Optionee, or such later date not more than one
             year after the death of the Optionee as the Committee, in its
             discretion, may provide pursuant to section 6.9(c) of the Plan, or
 
        iii. the first anniversary of the date of the cessation of the
             Optionee's employment, and thereafter all such Options shall
             terminate together with all rights hereunder, to the extent not
             previously exercised.
 
        (c)  CESSATION OF EMPLOYMENT BY REASON OF DEATH.  In the event of the
    death of the Optionee, while employed by the Company, an Option may be
    exercised at any time or from time to time prior to the earlier of the
    Termination Date or the first anniversary of the date of the Optionee's
    death, by the person or persons to whom the Optionee's rights under each
    Option shall pass by will or by the applicable laws of descent and
    distribution, to the extent that the Optionee was entitled to exercise it on
    the Optionee's date of death. In the event of the death of the Optionee
    while entitled to exercise an option pursuant to Section 6.9(b), the
    Committee, in its discretion, may permit such Option to be exercised at any
    time or from time to time prior to the Termination Date during a period of
    up to one year from the death of the Optionee, as determined by the
    Committee, by the person or persons to whom the Optionee's rights under each
    Option shall pass by will or by the applicable laws of descent and
    distribution, to the extent that the Option was exercisable at the time of
    cessation of the Optionee's rights under an Option have passed by will or by
    the applicable laws of descent and distribution shall be subject to all
    terms and conditions of the Plan and the Option applicable to the Optionee.
 
    6.10  NOTIFICATION OF SALES OF COMMON STOCK.  Any Optionee who disposes of
shares of Common Stock acquired upon the exercise of an ISO: (a) within two
years after date of the grant of the ISO under which the shares were acquired;
(b) within one year after the transfer of such shares to the Optionee; or (c)
more than three months after his termination of employment with the Company,
shall notify the Company of such disposition and of the amount realized upon
such disposition. In the event an Optionee terminates employment with the
Company due to Disability, the words "three months" in Section 6.10(c) shall be
replaced with the words "one year."
 
    6.11  RESTRICTIONS UPON SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ACQUIRED UPON EXERCISE OF AN
OPTION:
 
        (a)  PROVISIONS CONCERNING RESTRICTED STOCK.  An Option may provide, in
    the discretion of the Committee, that all or a portion of the Common Stock
    to be received by the Optionee upon exercise of the Option (including
    exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right) shall be Restricted Stock. None of
    the shares of Common Stock acquired by the Optionee upon the exercise of an
    Option shall be Restricted Stock unless the Option agreement expressly
    provides that all or a portion of such shares shall be shares of Restricted
    Stock and the Restricted Period with respect to such shares is stated in the
    Option agreement. The Committee may establish different Restricted Periods
    with respect to different shares
 
                                      E-5
<PAGE>
    of Common Stock acquired pursuant to an Option. The Committee may also
    accelerate the dates at which the Restricted Period ends or otherwise waive
    or modify the restrictions on Restricted Stock with the consent of the
    Optionee before or after an Option is exercised, Common Stock delivered to
    an estate, heir or beneficiary of an Optionee pursuant to the exercise of an
    Option after the Optionee's death shall not be Restricted Stock.
 
        (b)  RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY.  During the Restricted Period
    shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged
    or otherwise encumbered, except as provided herein. Except for such
    restrictions, the Optionee, as owner of such shares, shall have all the
    rights of a stockholder, including (but not limited to) the right to receive
    all dividends paid on such shares and the right to vote such shares.
    Restricted Stock may be transferred to the Company in satisfaction of the
    Company's obligation to withhold taxes pursuant to Section 6.6 of the Plan,
    or be placed into escrow to secure the Company's ability to satisfy such
    obligation, and any restrictions with respect to shares transferred in
    satisfaction of such obligation shall terminate. Each certificate issued in
    respect of shares of Restricted Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of
    an Option shall be registered in the name of the Optionee, shall be
    deposited by him with the Company together with stock power endorsed in
    blank and shall be the following (or similar legend):
 
        "THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO
    RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY IMPOSED BY THAT CERTAIN INSTRUMENT
    ENTITLED 'DATAPOINT CORPORATION 1996 EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTION PLAN', WHICH
    GRANTS TO THE COMPANY AN OPTION TO PURCHASE SUCH SHARES IN CERTAIN
    INSTANCES. A COPY OF SUCH PLAN IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE
    COMPANY."
 
    At the end of the Restricted Period, or when the restrictions have otherwise
    terminated with respect to one or more shares of Restricted Stock, the
    Company shall deliver to the Optionee (or his legal representative,
    beneficiary or heir) one share of Common Stock without the legend referred
    to herein for each such share of Restricted Stock deposited with it by the
    Optionee.
 
        (c)  COMPANY'S OPTION TO REPURCHASE UPON CESSATION OF EMPLOYMENT.  If an
    Optionee cease to be an employee of the Company during the restricted Period
    for any reason, the Company shall have an option, with respect to Options
    exercised otherwise than pursuant to a Stock Appreciation Right, to purchase
    all or a portion of the shares of Restricted Stock acquired by the Optionee
    pursuant to the exercise of an Option, at a price equal to the price
    originally paid therefor by the Optionee. With respect to shares of
    Restricted Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of a Stock Appreciation
    Right, the Company shall have the option to reacquire such shares without
    the payment of any consideration. The Company may exercise its option to
    purchase or reacquire the Restricted Stock within ninety days of the date on
    which the Optionee ceases to be employed by the Company. The Company shall
    exercise its option by giving notice to the Optionee in writing of such
    exercise. The Company shall pay in cash the purchase price for shares of
    Restricted Stock within five (5) days after exercising its option pursuant
    to this paragraph. If the Company does not exercise its option to purchase
    or reacquire shares of Restricted Stock, upon the expiration of the period
    during which the Company may exercise its option to purchase such shares of
    Restricted Stock, the Company shall deliver to the Optionee (or the
    Optionee's legal representative, beneficiary or heir) one share of Common
    Stock without the legend referred to herein for each share of Restricted
    Stock deposited with it by the Optionee.
 
                                  ARTICLES VII
                          LIMITATION ON GRANTS OF ISOS
 
    7.1  The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the date the Option
is granted) of the Common Stock which any employee may exercise for the first
time in any calendar year under this or any other stock option plan maintained
by the Employer or by any Subsidiary or Parent Corporation of the Employer as an
ISO shall be limited to $100,000 or such higher amount as may be permitted from
time to time under the Code.
 
                                      E-6
<PAGE>
                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                  ADJUSTMENTS
 
    8.1  If (a) the Company shall at any time be involved in a transaction to
which section 424(a) of the Code is applicable; (b) the Company shall declare a
dividend payable in, or shall subdivide or combine, its Common Stock; or (c) any
other event shall occur which in the judgment of the Committee necessitates
action by way of adjusting the terms of the outstanding Options, the Committee
shall take any such action, including price adjustment, as in its judgment shall
be necessary to preserve the Optionee's rights substantially proportionate to
the rights existing prior to such event, and to the extent that such action
shall include an increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock
subject to outstanding Options, the number of shares available under Article IV
above shall be increased or decreased, as the case may be, proportionately. The
judgment of the Committee with respect to any matter referred to in this Article
shall be conclusive and binding upon each Optionee.
 
                                   ARTICLE IX
                       AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN
 
    9.1  The Board may at any time, or from time to time, suspend or terminate
the Plan in whole or in part or amend it in such respects as the Board may deem
appropriate.
 
    9.2  No amendment, suspension or termination of this Plan shall, without the
Optionee's consent, alter or impair any of the rights or obligations under any
Option theretofore granted to an Optionee under the Plan.
 
    9.3  The Board may amend this Plan, subject to the limitations cited above,
in such matter as it deems necessary to permit the granting of Options meeting
the requirements of future amendments or issued regulations, if any, to the Code
and Rule 16b-3.
 
                                   ARTICLE X
                        GOVERNMENT AND OTHER REGULATIONS
 
    10.1  The obligation of the Company to issue, or transfer and deliver shares
for Options exercised under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws,
regulations, rules, orders and approvals which shall then be in effect and
required by governmental entities and any stock exchanges on which Common Stock
is traded.
 
    10.2  In addition to, and without limiting, the Company's rights under the
preceding paragraph, the Committee may postpone any exercise of an Option or
Stock Appreciation Right for such time as the Committee in its discretion may
deem necessary in order to permit the Company with reasonable diligence (i) to
effect or maintain the listing of the Common Stock in the New York Stock
Exchange or to effect or maintain registration under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended, of the Plan or the shares issuable upon the exercise of the Option
or the Stock Appreciation Right, (ii) to determine that such shares and Plan are
exempt from registration, or (iii) to comply with any applicable laws,
regulations, rules, orders, or approval requirements then in effect and required
by governmental entities of any stock exchange on which the Common Stock is
traded. Any such postponement shall not extend the term of an Option, and
neither the Company nor its directors or officers shall have any obligation or
liability to any Optionee or Optionee's successor with respect to any shares
subject to an Option or Stock Appreciation Right that lapses unexercised because
of such postponement.
 
                                      E-7
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE XI
                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
 
    11.1  PLAN DOES NOT CONFER EMPLOYMENT OR STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS.  The right of
the Company to terminate (whether by dismissal or otherwise) the Optionee's
employment with it at any time at will, or as otherwise provided by any
agreement between the Company and the Optionee, is specifically reserved.
Neither the Optionee nor any person entitled to exercise the Optionee's rights
in the event of the Optionee's death shall have any rights of a stockholder with
respect to the shares subject to each Option, except to the extent that, and
until, such shares shall have been issued upon the exercise of each Option.
 
    11.2  PLAN EXPENSES.  Any expenses of administering this Plan shall be borne
by the Company.
 
    11.3  USE OF EXERCISE PROCEEDS.  Payments received from Optionees upon the
exercise of Options shall be used for the general corporate purposes of the
Company, except that any Common Stock received in payment may be retired, or
retained in the Company's treasury and reissued.
 
    11.4  INDEMNIFICATION.  In addition to such other rights of indemnification
as they may have as members of the Board, or the Committee, the members of the
Committee and the Board shall be indemnified by the Company against all costs
and expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with any action, suit or
proceeding to which they or any of them may be party by reason of any action
taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan or any Option
granted thereunder, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof
(provided such settlement is approved by independent legal counsel selected by
the Company) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action,
suit or proceeding, except a judgment based upon a finding of bad faith;
provided that upon the institution of any such action, suit or proceeding a
Committee or Board member shall, in writing, give the Company notice thereof and
an opportunity, at its own expenses, to handle and defend the same before such
Committee or Board member undertakes to handle and defend it on such member's
own behalf.
 
                                  ARTICLE XII
                    SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL AND EFFECTIVE DATES
 
    12.1  The Plan shall become effective when it is adopted by the Board.
However, if the Plan is not approved within one year after the Plan is adopted
by the Board by the vote at a meeting of the stockholders of Datapoint
Corporation of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Datapoint
Corporation entitled to vote, the Plan and all Options shall terminate at the
time of that meeting of stockholders or, if no such meeting is held, after the
passage of one year from the date the Plan was adopted by the Board. Options may
not be granted under the Plan after November 1, 2006.
 
                                      E-8
<PAGE>
                               THE DEPOSITARY IS:
                   CONTINENTAL STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY
 
<TABLE>
<S>                            <C>                            <C>
                                       BY FACSIMILE:          BY HAND OR OVERNIGHT COURIER:
          BY MAIL:                    (212) 509-5150
                                        TELEPHONE:                     19th Floor
         2 Broadway                                                    2 Broadway
     New York, NY 10003           (212) 509-4000 Ext. 227          New York, NY 10003
</TABLE>
 
                           THE SOLICITATION AGENT IS:
                     SHAREHOLDER COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
                            (800) 733-8481 Ext. 402
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
 
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 20.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
 
    Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law grants the Company the
power to indemnify any director, officer, employee or agent against reasonable
expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by him in connection with any
proceeding brought by or on behalf of the corporation and against judgment,
fines, settlements and reasonable expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred
by him in connection with any other proceeding, if (a) he conducted himself in
good faith and he reasonably believed his conduct to be in or not opposed to the
best interests of the corporation, and (b) in the case of any criminal
proceeding, he had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.
Except as ordered by a court, however, no indemnification is to be made in
connection with any proceeding brought by or in the right of the corporation
where the person involved is adjudged to be liable to the corporation.
 
    Article Eight of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, as amended,
provides as follows: "To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General
Corporation Law as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, a director of
the corporation shall not be liable to the corporation or its stockholders for
monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director."
 
    Section 25 of the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company provides as
follows:
 
    "Each person who is or was a director or officer of the corporation or is or
was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of
another corporation (including the heirs, executors, administrators or estate of
such person)- shall be indemnified by the corporation (and by any corporation
succeeding this corporation by way of a merger or consolidation) to the full
extent permitted or authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware, as now in
effect and as hereafter amended, against any liability, judgment, fine, amount
paid in settlement, cost and expense (including attorneys' fees) asserted or
threatened against and incurred by such person in his capacity as or arising out
of his status as a director or officer of the corporation or, if serving at the
request of the corporation, as a director or officer of another corporation. The
indemnification provided by this bylaw provision shall not be exclusive of any
other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any other bylaw or
under any agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or
otherwise, and shall not limit in any way any right which the corporation may
have to make different or further indemnifications with respect to the same or
different persons or classes of persons.
 
    No person shall be liable to the corporation for any loss, damage, liability
or expense suffered by it on account of any action taken or omitted to be taken
by him as director or officer of the corporation or of any other corporation
which he serves as a director or officer at the request of the corporation, if
such person (i) exercised the same degree of care and skill as a prudent man
would have exercised under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs,
or (ii) took or omitted to take such action in reliance upon advice of counsel
for the corporation, or for such other corporation, or upon statements made or
information furnished by directors, officers, employees or agents of the
corporation, or of such other corporation, which he had no reasonable grounds to
disbelieve.
 
    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth elsewhere herein, to the
fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as the same
exists or may hereafter be amended, a director of the corporation shall not be
liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of
fiduciary duty as a director."
 
    The Company has in place agreements with certain officers and directors
affirming the Company's obligation to indemnify them to the fullest extent
permitted by law and providing various other projections. Certain of such
officers and directors are also beneficiaries of a trust created by the Company
to provide assurance to such individuals of the payment of the Company's
obligations under the indemnification agreements. In December 1994, a lawsuit
was brought against the Company involving the earlier sale of real estate by the
Company. In April, 1996, an adverse jury verdict was rendered against the
Company and two of its executive officers. Subsequent to the end of the third
quarter of 1996, a settlement was reached among the
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
litigants. As such, the District Court entered a Judgment Non Obstante Veredicto
(Judgment Notwithstanding the Verdict) that set aside the jury's findings
against the Company and its two executive officers and set aside all damages.
The settlement included payment of funds from such trust fund and the depletion
thereof, issuance of a short term note, and shares of the Company's common
stock.
 
    In addition, the Company has purchased an officers' and directors' liability
insurance policy effective July 8, 1996 for a period of one year. The limit of
liability for each claim is capped at $3 million for the term of the policy.
Such policy covers claims made against an insured person under the policy in
both indemnifiable and unindemnifiable situations. Such insurance does not
provide coverage for wrongful acts committed or allegedly committed before July
8, 1996.
 
ITEM 21.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>         <C>
(a)         Exhibits
            The exhibits listed on the accompanying index to exhibits are filed
            as part of this report.
 
(b)         Financial Statements
            The consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying
            index to the financial statements are filed as part of this report.
 
(b)(2)      Financial Statement Schedules
            Schedule II -- Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves
            All other schedules are omitted since they are either not applicable
            or the required information is shown in the Company's financial
            statements or notes thereto.
            Individual financial statements of the Company are omitted because
            the Company is primarily an operating company and subsidiaries
            included in the Consolidated Financial Statements being filed in the
            aggregate do not have minority equity interest and/or indebtedness
            to any person other than the Company or its consolidated
            subsidiaries in amounts which together exceed 5% of the total
            consolidated assets as shown by the most recent year-end
            Consolidated Balance Sheet.
 
*(c)(1)     Analysis of Corporate Capital Consultants, Inc. contained in a
            presentation to the Independent Committee of Datapoint Corporation
            (filed as Exhibit 99(e) to Amendment No. 2 to the Company's
            Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on September 27, 1996 and
            incorporated herein by reference.).
 
*(c)(2)     Analysis of Patricof & Co. Capital Corp. contained in a presentation
            to the Board of Directors of Datapoint Corporation (filed as Exhibit
            99(f) to Amendment No. 2 to the Company's Registration Statement on
            Form S-4 filed on September 27, 1996 and incorporated herein by
            reference.).
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
* Confidential treatment requested pursuant to Rule 406.
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
ITEM 22.  UNDERTAKINGS
 
<TABLE>
  <C>   <S>  <C>
   (a)  (1)  The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes as follows:
             that prior to any public re-offering of the securities
             registered hereunder through use of a prospectus which is a
             part of this registration statement, by any person or party
             who is deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of
             Rule 145(c) under the Securities Act of 1933, the issuer
             undertakes that such re- offering prospectus will contain
             the information called for by the applicable registration
             form with respect to re-offerings by persons who may be
             deemed underwriters, in addition to the information called
             for by the other items of the applicable form.
   (a)  (2)  The registrant undertakes that every prospectus (i) that is
             filed pursuant to paragraph (1) immediately preceding or
             (ii) that purports to meet the requirements of section
             10(a)(3) under the Securities Act of 1933 and is used in
             connection with an offering of securities subject to Rule
             415 under such Act, will be filed as a part of an amendment
             to the registration statement and will not be used until
             such amendment is effective, and that, for purposes of
             determining any liability under such Act, each such
             post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new
             registration statement relating to the securities offered
             therein, and the offering of such securities at that time
             shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering
             thereof.
   (a)  (3)  Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
             Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors,
             officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant
             to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant
             has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and
             Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public
             policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore,
             unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
             against such liabilities (other than the payment by the
             registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director,
             officer or controlling person of the registrant in the
             successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is
             asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in
             connection with the securities being registered, the
             registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the
             matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to
             a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether
             such indemnification by it is against public policy as
             expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final
             adjudication of such issue.
   (a)  (4)  For purposes of determining any liability under the Act, the
             information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as
             part of the registration statement in reliance upon Rule
             430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the
             registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under
             the Act shall be deemed to be a part of this registration
             statement as of the time it was declared effective. For the
             purpose of determining any liability under the Act, each
             post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus
             shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating
             to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such
             securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial
             bona fide offering thereof.
   (b)       The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to respond to
             requests for information that is incorporated by reference
             into the prospectus pursuant to Items 4, 10(b), 11 or 13 of
             this Form, within one business day of receipt of such
             request, and to send the incorporated documents by first
             class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes
             information contained in documents filed subsequent to the
             effective date of the registration statement through the
             date of responding to the request.
   (c)       The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to supply by
             means of a post-effective amendment all information
             concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired
             involved therein, that was not the subject of and included
             in the registration statement when it became effective.
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant
has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New
York, on October 30, 1996.
    
 
                                          DATAPOINT CORPORATION
 
                                          By: /s/ GERALD N. AGRANOFF
 
                                             -----------------------------------
   
                                              Vice President, General Counsel
                                              and Secretary
    
 
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
    Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Phillip
P. Krumb and Gerald N. Agranoff his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agents,
each acting alone, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him
and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or all
amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement,
and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in
connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto
said attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone, full power and authority
to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be
done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might
or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone, or his substitute or
substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
   
             SIGNATURE                         TITLE                  DATE
- -----------------------------------  -------------------------  ----------------
 
       /s/ ASHER B. EDELMAN
- -----------------------------------  Chairman of the Board and   August 6, 1996
         Asher B. Edelman             Chief Executive Officer
 
        /s/ BLAKE D. THOMAS          Executive Vice President,
- -----------------------------------   Chief Operating Officer    August 6, 1996
          Blake D. Thomas             and a Director
 
       /s/ PHILLIP P. KRUMB
- -----------------------------------  Vice President and          August 6, 1996
         Phillip P. Krumb             Chief Financial Officer
 
      /s/ GERALD N. AGRANOFF         Vice President, General
- -----------------------------------   Counsel, Secretary and a   August 6, 1996
        Gerald N. Agranoff            Director
 
      /s/ IRVING J. GARFINKEL
- -----------------------------------  Director                    August 6, 1996
        Irving J. Garfinkel
 
        /s/ DANIEL R. KAIL
- -----------------------------------  Director                    August 6, 1996
          Daniel R. Kail
 
      /s/ DIDIER M.M. RUFFAT
- -----------------------------------  Director                    August 6, 1996
        Didier M.M. Ruffat
 
    
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         SEQUENTIALLY
 EXHIBIT                                                                  NUMBERED
 NUMBER                      DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBITS                       PAGES
- ---------  ------------------------------------------------------------  ----------
<C>   <S>  <C>                                                           <C>
 
 (3)  (a)  Certificate of Incorporation of Datapoint Corporation, as
            amended (filed as Exhibit (3)(a) to the Company's Annual
            Report on Form 10-K for the year ended July 31, 1993, and
            incorporated herein by reference).
 (3)  (b)  Bylaws of Datapoint Corporation, as amended (filed as
            Exhibit (3)(b) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
            for the year ended August 1, 1992, and incorporated herein
            by reference).
 (4)  (a)  Debenture holder Notice of Adjustment to Conversion Rate,
            dated as of June 11, 1981, between Datapoint Corporation
            and Continental Illinois Bank and Trust Company of Chicago,
            as Trustee, providing for 8 7/8% Convertible Subordinated
            Debentures Due 2006 (filed as Exhibit (4)(a) to the
            Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
            July 27, 1985 and said Indenture filed as Exhibit 4 to the
            Company's Registration Statement on Form S-116 (No.
            2-72395), each incorporated herein by reference).
 (4)  (b)  Certificate of Designation, Preferences, Rights and
            Limitations of Series of $1.00 Preferred Stock (filed as
            Exhibit (4)(e) to the Company's Registration Statement on
            Form S-4 dated April 30, 1992 and incorporated herein by
            reference).
(10)  (a)  1983 Employee Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit (4)(a)(4)
            to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-8 dated
            November 9, 1983 and incorporated herein by reference).
(10)  (b)  1985 Director Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit (10)(i) to
            the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
            August 11, 1987 and incorporated herein by reference).
(10)  (c)  1986 Employee Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit (10)(h) to
            the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
            August 1, 1987 and incorporated herein by reference).
(10)  (d)  1991 Director Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit (10)(b)(2)
            to Amendment No. 1 dated February 6, 1992 to the Company's
            Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No.
            33-44097) and incorporated herein by reference).
(10)  (e)  1992 Employee Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit (4)(a)(4)
            to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-8 dated
            January 19, 1993 and incorporated herein by reference).
(10)  (f)  Agreement for Transfer of Assets and Liabilities in Exchange
            for Stock, dated as of June 28, 1985, between the Company
            and Intelogic Trace, Inc. (filed as Exhibit (10)(a) to the
            Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 28, 1985
            and incorporated herein by reference).
(10)  (g)  Master Maintenance Agreement, dated as of June 28, 1985,
            between the Company and Intelogic Trace, Inc. (filed as
            Exhibit (10)(b) to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K
            dated July 28, 1985 and incorporated herein by reference).
(10)  (h)  Maintenance Agreement regarding open systems products
            between the Company and Intelogic Trace, Inc., (filed as
            Exhibit (10)(g) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
            for the year ended August 1, 1992, and incorporated herein
            by reference).
</TABLE>
    
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         SEQUENTIALLY
 EXHIBIT                                                                  NUMBERED
 NUMBER                      DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBITS                       PAGES
- ---------  ------------------------------------------------------------  ----------
<C>   <S>  <C>                                                           <C>
(10)  (i)  Agreement between the Company and Arbitrage Securities
            Company, as amended (filed as Exhibit (10)(f) to the
            Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
            July 29, 1989 and incorporated herein by reference).
(10)  (j)  Indemnity Agreements with Officers and Directors (filed as
            Exhibit (10)(f) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
            for the year ended August 1, 1987 and incorporated herein
            by reference).
(10)  (k)  First Amendment to Indemnification Agreement with certain
            Officers and Directors, (filed as Exhibit (10)(h) to the
            Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
            July 28, 1990 and incorporated herein by reference).
(10)  (l)  Second Amendment to Employment Agreement with A.B. Edelman
            (said amendment filed as Exhibit (10)(h)(3) to the
            Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 dated April
            30, 1992), amending Employment Agreement dated January 9,
            1991 (said agreement filed as Exhibit (10)(j) to the
            Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
            July 28, 1990), as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated
            December 1, 1990 (said amendment filed as Exhibit (10)(i)
            to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
            ended July 27, 1991), each of which are incorporated herein
            by reference.
(10)  (m)  Employment Agreement with D. Berger (filed as Exhibit
            (10)(m) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
            Year ended July 31, 1993 and incorporated herein by
            reference).
(10)  (n)  Employment Agreement with J. Berger (filed as Exhibit
            (10)(n) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
            Year ended August 1, 1992 and incorporated herein by
            reference).
(10)  (o)  Employment Agreement with K.L. Thrower (filed as Exhibit
            (10)(o) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
            Year ended August 1, 1992 and incorporated herein by
            reference).
(10)  (p)  First Amendment to the Grantor Trust Agreement dated June
            18, 1991 (filed as Exhibit (10)(n) to the Company's Annual
            Report on Form 10-K for the year ended July 27, 1991 and
            incorporated herein by reference).
(10)  (q)  Manufacturing facilities Agreement of Lease between the
            Company and Willis and Cox Associates, dated June 21, 1991
            (filed as Exhibit (10)(q) to the Company's Annual Report on
            Form 10-K for the Year ended August 1, 1992 and
            incorporated herein by reference).
(10)  (r)  Employment Agreement with D. Bencsik (filed as Exhibit
            (10)(r) to the Company's Annual Report on the Form 10-K for
            the Year ended July 30, 1994 and incorporated herein by
            reference).
(10)  (s)  Employment Agreement with G. Agranoff and Amendment No. 1 to
            Employment Agreement (filed as Exhibit (10)(s) to Amendment
            No. 2 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4
            filed on September 27, 1996 and incorporated herein by
            reference).
(10)  (t)  Employment Agreement with B. Thomas (filed as Exhibit
            (10)(t) to Amendment No. 2 to the Company's Registration
            Statement on Form S-4 filed on September 27, 1996 and
            incorporated herein by reference).
(10)  (u)  Employment Agreement with P. Krumb (filed as Exhibit (10)(u)
            to Amendment No. 2 to the Company's Registration Statement
            on Form S-4 filed on September 27, 1996 and incorporated
            herein by reference).
</TABLE>
    
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         SEQUENTIALLY
 EXHIBIT                                                                  NUMBERED
 NUMBER                      DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBITS                       PAGES
- ---------  ------------------------------------------------------------  ----------
<C>   <S>  <C>                                                           <C>
(10)  (v)  Settlement Agreement with NTI (filed as Exhibit (10)(v) to
            Amendment No. 2 to the Company's Registration Statement on
            Form S-4 filed on September 27, 1996 and incorporated
            herein by reference).
(10)  (w)  Umbrella Acquisition Agreement between Kalamazoo and
            Datapoint (filed as Exhibit 2 to the Company's Current
            Report on Form 8-K dated June 25, 1996 and incorporated
            herein by reference).
(10)  (x)  Form of Agreement for sale of assets of Datapoint Group
            Vendor and Kalamazoo (filed as Exhibit 3 to the Company's
            Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 25, 1996 and
            incorporated herein by reference).
(10)  (y)  Agreement for sale of DARTS Software (filed as Exhibit 4 to
            the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 25,
            1996 and incorporated herein by reference).
**(23)(a)  Consent of Independent Auditors.
**(23) (b) Letter dated October 21, 1996 from Independent Auditors
            regarding Consolidated financial statements as of July 27,
            1996 and July 29, 1995 and for each of the three fiscal
            years in the period ended July 27, 1996.
**(23)(c)  Consent of Patricof & Co. Capital Corporation.
**(27) (a) Schedule II, Datapoint Corporation and Subsidiaries,
            Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves.
**(99) (a) Form of Proxy to be used in soliciting the Holders of
            Datapoint Corporation $1.00 Exchangeable Preferred Stock.
**(99) (b) Form of Proxy to be used in soliciting the Holders of
            Datapoint Corporation Common Stock, par value $.25 per
            share.
**(99) (c) Form of Letter of Transmittal to be used by the Holders of
            Datapoint Corporation $1.00 Exchangeable Preferred Stock.
**(99) (d) Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
(99)  (e)  Analysis of Corporate Capital Consultants, Inc. contained in
            a presentation to the Independent Committee of Datapoint
            Corporation (filed as Exhibit 99(e) to Amendment No. 2 to
            the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on
            September 27, 1996 and incorporated herein by reference).
(99)  (f)  Analysis of Patricof & Co. Capital Corp. contained in a
            presentation to the Board of Directors of Datapoint
            Corporation (filed as Exhibit 99(f) to Amendment No. 2 to
            the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on
            September 27, 1996 and incorporated herein by reference).
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
   
**  Filed herewith.
    

<PAGE>
                                                                   EXHIBIT 23(A)
 
                        CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
   
    We consent to the reference to our Firm under the caption "Experts" and to
the use of our reports dated October 21, 1996, in Amendment No. 3 to the
Registration Statement (Form S-4 No. 333-9627) and related Prospectus of
Datapoint Corporation for the registration of 6,071,182 shares of its common
stock.
    
 
                                          /s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
 
   
Dallas, Texas
October 29, 1996
    

<PAGE>
                                                                   EXHIBIT 23(B)
 
REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
The Board of Directors
Datapoint Corporation
 
    We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Datapoint
Corporation and subsidiaries (the Company) as of July 27, 1996 and July 29,
1995, and for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended
July 27, 1996, and have issued our report thereon dated October 21, 1996. Our
audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at
Item 21(b)(2). This schedule is the responsibility of the Company's management.
Our responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audits.
 
    In our opinion, the financial statement schedule referred to above, when
considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole,
presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.
 
                                                           /s/ Ernst & Young LLP
                                                               Ernst & Young LLP
 
Dallas, Texas
October 21, 1996

<PAGE>
   
                                                                   EXHIBIT 23(C)
    
 
   
October 30, 1996
    
 
   
Board of Directors
Datapoint Corporation
8410 Datapoint Drive
San Antonio, Texas 78229-8500
    
 
Gentlemen:
 
   
Patricof & Co. Capital Corp. hereby consents to the use in proxy materials to be
filed on or about October 30, 1996 by Datapoint Corporation ("Datapoint") of our
opinion regarding the fairness, from a financial point of view, of the
consideration to the holders of Datapoint common stock of Datapoint's offer to
exchange for each share of $1.00 Exchangeable Preferred Stock (inclusive of
accrued dividends) 3.25 shares of the common stock of Datapoint.
    
 
Very truly yours,
 
                                         PATRICOF & CO. CAPITAL CORP.
 
                                By:               /s/ Gary H. Matt
                                     ------------------------------------------
                                                    Gary H.Matt
                                                 MANAGING DIRECTOR
WARNING: THE EDGAR SYSTEM ENCOUNTERED ERROR(S) WHILE PROCESSING THIS SCHEDULE.

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>
                                                                   EXHIBIT 27(A)
 
                                  SCHEDULE II
                     DATAPOINT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
       
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        (A)
                                                            BALANCE      CHARGED      CHARGED        (B)
                                                              AT           TO        (TO) FROM      OTHER       BALANCE
                                                           BEGINNING    COSTS AND      OTHER      ADDITIONS     AT END
CLASSIFICATION                                              OF YEAR     EXPENSES     ACCOUNTS    (DEDUCTIONS)   OF YEAR
- --------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ------------  ---------
<S>                                                       <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>
ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS:
  Year ended July 27, 1996..............................   $   3,012    $     170    $    (102)   $     (289)  $   2,791
  Year ended July 29, 1995..............................   $   2,568    $   2,147    $     (21)   $   (1,682)  $   3,012
  Year ended July 30, 1994..............................   $   2,466    $     807    $    (472)   $     (233)  $   2,568
        
 
- ------------------------
(a) Transfers to and from other balance sheet reserve accounts.
 
(b) Accounts written-off net of recoveries, other expense accounts and
    translation adjustments.

</TABLE>

<PAGE>
                                                                   EXHIBIT 99(A)
                                                               [PREFERRED STOCK]
                             DATAPOINT CORPORATION
          THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
    The undersigned hereby (1) acknowledges receipt of the Notice of Annual
Meeting of Stockholders (the "Annual Meeting") of Datapoint Corporation, a
Delaware corporation ("Datapoint"), to be held on December 10, 1996 at The
University Club, One West 54th Street, New York, New York at 9:00 a.m., local
time, and at any adjournment thereof and the Proxy Statement/Prospectus in
connection therewith (the "Proxy Statement/Prospectus") and (2) appoints Gerald
N. Agranoff and Phillip P. Krumb and each of them, his proxies with full power
of substitution for and in the name, place, and stead of the undersigned, to
vote upon and act with respect to all of the shares of Preferred Stock, $20.00
liquidation preference per share ( the "Preferred Stock"), of Datapoint standing
in the name of the undersigned, or with respect to which the undersigned is
entitled to vote and act, at the Annual Meeting and at any adjournments or
postponements thereof.
 
    The board of directors recommends a vote FOR the items listed below.
 
    The undersigned directs that his proxy be voted as follows:
 
(1) The nominees for election of directors by Holders of Preferred Stock are
Charles F. Robinson and Robert D. Summer.
 
    / / FOR all nominees except as marked below      / / WITHHOLD AUTHORITY for
all nominees
 
(INSTRUCTION: to withhold authority to vote for one or more nominees, mark FOR
above and print the name(s) of the person(s) with respect to whom you wish to
withhold authority to vote in the space provided below.)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
(2) Approval and Adoption of an Amendment to the Company's Certificate of
Incorporation which would reclassify and change each share of Preferred Stock
into 3.25 shares of Common Stock.
 
<TABLE>
<S>        <C>             <C>
 FOR / /    AGAINST / /     ABSTAIN / /
</TABLE>
 
    In their discretion, the Proxies are authorized to vote upon such other
business as may properly come before the meeting.
 
    THIS PROXY SHOULD BE VOTED AS SPECIFIED ABOVE. IF NO SPECIFICATION IS MADE,
THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED FOR EACH OF THE PROPOSALS.
                           (Please see reverse side)
<PAGE>
    The undersigned hereby revokes any proxy heretofore given to vote or act
with respect to the Preferred Stock and hereby ratifies and confirms all that
the proxies, their substitutes, or any of them may lawfully do by virtue hereof.
 
    If one or more of the proxies named shall be present in person or by
substitute at the Annual Meeting or at any adjournments or postponements
thereof, the proxies so present and voting, either in person or by substitute,
shall exercise all of the powers hereby given.
 
    WHETHER OR NOT YOU PLAN TO ATTEND THE MEETING IN PERSON, YOU ARE URGED TO
SIGN AND PROMPTLY MAIL THIS PROXY IN THE RETURN ENVELOPE SO THAT YOUR STOCK MAY
BE REPRESENTED AT THE MEETING.
                                               Dated _____________________, 1996
                                               _________________________________
                                                   Signature of Stockholder
                                               _________________________________
                                                   Signature if held jointly
 
                                               Please date this proxy and sign
                                               your name exactly as it appears
                                               hereon. Where there is more than
                                               one owner, each should sign. When
                                               signing as an attorney,
                                               administrator, executor,
                                               guardian, or trustee, please add
                                               your title as such. If executed
                                               by a corporation, the proxy
                                               should be signed by a duly
                                               authorized officer.

<PAGE>
                                                                   EXHIBIT 99(B)
                             DATAPOINT CORPORATION                [COMMON STOCK]
          THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
    The undersigned hereby (1) acknowledges receipt of the Notice of Annual
Meeting of Stockholders (the "Annual Meeting") of Datapoint Corporation, a
Delaware corporation ("Datapoint"), to be held on December 10, 1996 at The
University Club, One West 54th Street, New York, New York at 9:00 a.m., local
time, and at any adjournment thereof and the Proxy Statement/Prospectus in
connection therewith (the "Proxy Statement/Prospectus") and (2) appoints Gerald
N. Agranoff and Phillip P. Krumb and each of them, his proxies with full power
of substitution for and in the name, place, and stead of the undersigned, to
vote upon and act with respect to all of the shares of Common Stock, $1.00 par
value (the "Common Stock"), of Datapoint, standing in the name of the
undersigned, or with respect to which the undersigned is entitled to vote and
act, at the Annual Meeting and at any adjournments or postponements thereof.
    The board of directors recommends a vote FOR the items listed below.
    The undersigned directs that his proxy be voted as follows:
 
(1) The nominees for election of directors by Holders of Common Stock are Gerald
    N. Agranoff, Asher B. Edelman, Irving J. Garfinkel, Daniel R. Kail, Didier
    M. M. Ruffat and Blake D. Thomas.
/ / FOR all nominees except as marked below        / / WITHHOLD AUTHORITY for
all nominees
 
(INSTRUCTION: to withhold authority to vote for one or more nominees, mark FOR
above and print the name(s) of the person(s) with respect to whom you wish to
withhold authority to vote in the space provided below.)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
(2) Approval and Adoption of an Amendment to the Company's Certificate of
    Incorporation which would reclassify and change each share of Preferred
    Stock into 3.25 shares of Common Stock.
          FOR    / /                AGAINST    / /                ABSTAIN    / /
 
(3) Proposal to ratify the appointment of Ernst and Young LLP, Certified Public
Accountants, as Datapoint's Independent Auditors for Fiscal Year 1997.
          FOR    / /                AGAINST    / /                ABSTAIN    / /
 
(4) Approval and Adoption of the 1996 Director Stock Option Plan.
          FOR    / /                AGAINST    / /                ABSTAIN    / /
 
(5) Approval and Adoption of the 1996 Employee Stock Option Plan.
          FOR    / /                AGAINST    / /                ABSTAIN    / /
    In their discretion, the Proxies are authorized to vote upon such other
business as may properly come before the meeting.
 
  THIS PROXY SHOULD BE VOTED AS SPECIFIED ABOVE. IF NO SPECIFICATION IS MADE,
              THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED FOR EACH OF THE PROPOSALS.
 
                           (Please see reverse side)
<PAGE>
    The undersigned hereby revokes any proxy heretofore given to vote or act
with respect to the Common Stock and hereby ratifies and confirms all that the
proxies, their substitutes, or any of them may lawfully do by virtue hereof.
 
    If one or more of the proxies named shall be present in person or by
substitute at the Annual Meeting or at any adjournments or postponements
thereof, the proxies so present and voting, either in person or by substitute,
shall exercise all of the powers hereby given.
 
    WHETHER OR NOT YOU PLAN TO ATTEND THE MEETING IN PERSON, YOU ARE URGED TO
SIGN AND PROMPTLY MAIL THIS PROXY IN THE RETURN ENVELOPE SO THAT YOUR STOCK MAY
BE REPRESENTED AT THE MEETING.
                                         Date: ___________________________, 1996
                                         _______________________________________
                                                Signature of Stockholder
                                         _______________________________________
                                                Signature if held jointly
 
    Please date this proxy and sign your name exactly as it appears hereon.
Where there is more than one owner, each should sign. When signing as an
attorney, administrator, executor, guardian, or trustee, please add your title
as such. If executed by a corporation, the proxy should be signed by a duly
authorized officer.

<PAGE>
                             LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
                     TO ACCOMPANY CERTIFICATES REPRESENTING
                       $1.00 EXCHANGEABLE PREFERRED STOCK
                                       OF
                             DATAPOINT CORPORATION
                  DELIVERED FOR EXCHANGE PURSUANT TO THE PROXY
                  STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS DATED OCTOBER 31, 1996
                             ---------------------
 
                                  DEPOSITARY:
                   CONTINENTAL STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   BY HAND OR
      BY MAIL:             BY FACSIMILE:       OVERNIGHT COURIER:
- ---------------------  ---------------------  ---------------------
<S>                    <C>                    <C>
     2 Broadway           (212) 509-5150           19th Floor
 New York, NY 10003                                2 Broadway
                                               New York, NY 10003
                            TELEPHONE:
                       ---------------------
                          (212) 509-4000
                             Ext. 227
</TABLE>
 
           DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO AN ADDRESS OTHER
         THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.
 
    This Letter of Transmittal is to be completed either if certificates
("Certificates") evidencing $1.00 Exchangeable Preferred Stock, $20.00
liquidation preference per share (the "Shares"), are to be forwarded herewith or
if a delivery of such Shares are to be made by book-entry transfer to the
account of Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as Depositary (the
"Depositary"), at The Depository Trust Company ("DTC") or the Philadelphia
Depository Trust Company ("PDTC") (each, a "Book-Entry Transfer Facility" and
together, the "Book-Entry Transfer Facilities") pursuant to the procedures set
forth below. Delivery of documents to a Book-Entry Transfer Facility does not
constitute delivery to the Depositary.
 
    PLEASE REVIEW INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY BEFORE COMPLETING THIS FORM.
 
______CHECK HERE IF SHARES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER TO THE
DEPOSITARY'S ACCOUNT AT ONE OF THE BOOK-ENTRY FACILITIES AND COMPLETE THE
FOLLOWING:
 
Name of
Institution ___________________________________________________________
 
Book-Entry Transfer Facility: (Check One)
                     ______DTC                    ______PDTC
Account Number ____________                        Transaction Code ____________
______CHECK HERE IF SHARES ARE BEING TENDERED PURSUANT TO A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED
DELIVERY PREVIOUSLY SENT TO THE DEPOSITARY AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:
Name(s) of Registered
Owners __________________________________________________________________
Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed
Delivery _____________________________________________
Name of Institution which Guaranteed
Delivery __________________________________________________
 
If Delivered by Book-Entry Transfer, Check Box of Applicable Depository
Institution:
 
                  [ ] DTC                  [ ] PDTC (check one)
Account Number (if Delivered by Book-Entry
Transfer) ____________________________________________
Transaction Code
Number _____________________________________________________________________
<PAGE>
              THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND CERTIFICATES MUST BE
            DELIVERED TO THE DEPOSITARY BY NO LATER THAN 9:00 A.M.,
               NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON TUESDAY, DECEMBER 10, 1996.
<TABLE>

                          DESCRIPTION OF SHARES TENDERED (SEE INSTRUCTIONS)
 
     NAME(S) AND ADDRESS(ES) OF REGISTERED HOLDER(S)                     SHARES TENDERED
          (PLEASE FILL IN, IF BLANK, EXACTLY AS                (ATTACHED ADDITIONAL SIGNED LIST IF
          NAME(S) APPEAR(S) ON CERTIFICATE(S))                             NECESSARY)
<S>                                                        <C>            <C>            <C>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           # OF SHARES
                                                                           REPRESENTED    # OF SHARES
                                                            CERTIFICATE        BY            TO BE
                                                            NUMBER(S)*    CERTIFICATE(S)*   EXCHANGED
<S>                                                        <C>            <C>            <C>
 
                                                           Total Shares to be Exchanged
                                                           *Need not be completed if tendering shares
                                                            by book-entry transfer
</TABLE>
 
    The undersigned hereby delivers to the Depositary, subject to the terms and
conditions of this Letter of Transmittal and the Proxy Statement/Prospectus
dated October 31, 1996, with any supplements and amendments thereto (the "Proxy
Statement/Prospectus") of Datapoint Corporation (the "Company") the Shares
described above.
 
    Unless the undersigned instructs otherwise, the certificate for the Exchange
Consideration (as defined in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus) will be mailed to
the address, indicated above on the label in the box entitled "Description of
Shares Tendered". Any special instructions for issuance or delivery of any
certificate must be indicated in the appropriate boxes that appear below.
 
    The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full
power and authority to tender the Shares in connection herewith, free and clear
of all liens, claims and encumbrances, and that upon the acceptance of such
Shares, neither the Company nor the Depositary will be subject to any adverse
claim in respect of such Shares. The undersigned will, upon request, execute and
deliver any additional documents reasonably deemed appropriate or necessary by
the Depositary in connection with the surrender of the tender of the Shares
hereby.
 
    The undersigned understands that tender of the Shares is not made in
acceptable form until receipt by the Depositary of this Letter of Transmittal,
or a facsimile hereof, duly completed and signed, together in the circumstances
in which evidences of authority are required hereby, with all accompanying
evidences of authority in form satisfactory to the Company (which may delegate
power in whole or in part to the Depositary). All questions as to validity, form
and eligibility of tender of Shares hereunder will be determined by the Company
(which may delegate power in whole or in part to the Depositary) and such
determination shall be final and binding. Neither the Company nor the Depositary
shall be obligated to give notice of any defects or irregularities in any Letter
of Transmittal, and neither the Company nor the Depositary shall incur any
liability for failure to give any such notice.
<PAGE>
    The undersigned understands that exchange for the tendered Shares will be
made upon receipt by the Depositary of this Letter of Transmittal, the
Certificate(s) and all other necessary documents in form satisfactory to the
Depositary as promptly as practicable after the Expiration Date (as defined in
the Proxy Statement/Prospectus).
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                           <C>
       SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS                 SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS
 
To be completed ONLY if certificates for the  To be completed ONLY if certificates for the
Common Stock or Shares not tendered are to    Common Stock or Shares not tendered are to
be issued in the name of someone other than   be sent to someone other than the
the undersigned.                              undersigned at an address other than that
                                              shown under "Description of Shares
                                              Tendered".
 
Issue (check one) [ ] Common Stock or         Mail (check one) [ ] Common Stock or
               [ ] Shares not tendered to:    [ ] Shares not tendered to:
 
Name                                          Name
                 (Please                      (Please Print)
Print)                                        Address
Address
                                              (Zip Code)
                                  (Zip Code)
   (Tax Identification or Social Security        (Tax Identification or Social Security
                  Number)                                       Number)
</TABLE>
 
<PAGE>
                 HOLDERS MUST SIGN IN THE SPACE PROVIDED BELOW
 

                                   SIGN HERE
 
                           Signature(s) of Holder(s)
 
(Must be signed by registered holder(s) exactly as name(s) appear(s) on
 Certificate(s) or on a security position listing, or by person(s) authorized to
 become registered holder(s) by the Certificate(s) and document(s) transmitted
 herewith.
 
                                 (Please Print)
Dated
Name(s)
Capacity
Address
                                                                            (Zip
 Code)
Telephone Number
                              (Include Area Code)
Tax Identification or
 Social Security Number
                  (Complete Accompanying Substitute Form W-9)
                           Guarantee of Signature(s)
 
 
                      PLEASE REVIEW INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY
                          BEFORE COMPLETING THIS FORM
<PAGE>
                                  INSTRUCTIONS
 
1.  EXECUTION AND DELIVERY. If a Holder elects to have such Holder's Shares
    exchanged, this Letter of Transmittal or a facsimile hereof must be properly
    filled in, dated and signed, and must be mailed or otherwise delivered,
    together with your Certificate(s) or confirmation of book-entry transfer
    into the Depositary's account at any Book-Entry Transfer Facility, to the
    Depositary at the address set forth on the face hereof by no later than 9:00
    a.m., New York City time, on Tuesday, December 10, 1996. Please do not send
    Certificates directly to Datapoint Corporation.
 
   The method of delivery of all documents is at your option and risk, but it is
    recommended that documents be delivered either through your broker or by
    registered mail with return receipt requested, properly insured.
 
   Stockholders whose Certificates are not immediately available or who cannot
    complete the procedures for book-entry transfer on a timely basis or for
    whom time will not permit all required documents to reach the Depositary on
    or prior to the Expiration Date, may nevertheless tender their Shares by
    properly completing and duly executing a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
    pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Proxy
    Statement/Prospectus. Pursuant to such procedure: (i) such tender must be
    made by or through an Eligible Institution, (ii) a properly completed and
    duly executed Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, substantially in the form made
    available by the Company, must be received by the Depositary prior to the
    Expiration Date, and (iii) the Certificates representing all tendered Shares
    in proper form for transfer, or Book-Entry Confirmation with respect to all
    tendered Shares, in either case, together with a Letter of Transmittal (or
    manually signed facsimile thereof), properly completed and duly executed,
    and with any required signature guarantees and any other documents required
    by this Letter of Transmittal, must be received by the Depositary within
    five New York Stock Exchange, Inc. trading days after the date of execution
    of such Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. If Certificates are forwarded
    separately to the Depositary, a properly completed and duly executed Letter
    of Transmittal (or manually signed facsimile thereof) must accompany each
    such delivery.
 
   THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF CERTIFICATES, THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND ANY
    OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS, IS AT THE OPTION AND SOLE RISK OF THE TENDERING
    STOCKHOLDER AND THE DELIVERY WILL BE DEEMED MADE ONLY WHEN ACTUALLY RECEIVED
    BY THE DEPOSITARY. IF DELIVERY IS BY MAIL, REGISTERED MAIL WITH RETURN
    RECEIPT REQUESTED, PROPERLY INSURED, IS RECOMMENDED. IN ALL CASES,
    SUFFICIENT TIME SHOULD BE ALLOWED TO ENSURE TIMELY DELIVERY.
 
2.  INSUFFICIENT SPACE. If there is insufficient space to list all of your
    Certificates for Shares being tendered, please attach and sign a separate
    list.
 
3.  SIGNATURE. If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered
    holder(s) of the Shares tendered herewith, the signature(s) must correspond
    exactly with the name(s) of such registered holder(s) on the face of the
    Certificate(s) representing the Shares.
 
   If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by a trustee, executor,
    administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a corporation or any
    other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, the person
    signing must give such person's full title in such capacity, and appropriate
    evidence of authority to act in such capacity must be forwarded with this
    Letter of Transmittal.
 
   Certificate(s) delivered by an assignee of the registered holder thereof must
    be properly endorsed or accompanied by a properly executed assignment with
    the signature(s) guaranteed (see Instruction 4). Certificate(s) delivered by
    the registered holder thereof should not be endorsed or assigned for
    transfer.
 
4.  GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURES. Any signature appearing on this Letter of
    Transmittal must be guaranteed in the space provided by a financial
    institution that is a member of the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion
    Program, the Stock Exchange Medallion Program or the NYSE Medallion
    Signature Program (an "Eligible Institution") UNLESS the Certificate(s) is
    surrendered by a registered holder who has not completed the box entitled
    "Special Delivery Instructions" or the box entitled "Special Issuance
    Instructions". Any signature appearing on any endorsed Certificate(s) or
    stock power required by Instruction 6 must also be guaranteed by an Eligible
    Institution.
 
5.  PARTIAL EXCHANGE. If fewer than all the Shares evidenced by any certificate
    submitted are to be exchanged, fill in the amount of Shares which are to be
    exchanged in the box entitled "# of Shares to be Exchanged". In such cases,
    new certificate(s) for the remainder of the Shares that were evidenced by
    your old certificate(s) will be sent to you, unless otherwise provided in
    the appropriate box on this Letter of Transmittal, as soon as practicable
    after the Expiration Date. All Shares represented by certificates delivered
    to the Depositary will be deemed to have been tendered in full unless
    otherwise indicated.
<PAGE>
6.  SPECIAL PAYMENT AND DELIVERY. If the Exchange Consideration for surrendered
    Certificate(s) is to be issued in the name of a person other than the
    signer(s) of this Letter of Transmittal and/or if the Exchange Consideration
    for surrendered Certificate(s) is to be sent to a person other than the
    signer(s) of this Letter of Transmittal or to the signer(s) at an address
    other than the address shown on the stock records, the appropriate boxes on
    this Letter of Transmittal must be completed. Any signature appearing on any
    endorsed Certificate(s) or stock power for special payment or delivery must
    be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.
 
7.  LOST, DESTROYED OR STOLEN CERTIFICATES. If any Certificate(s) representing
    Shares has been lost, destroyed or stolen, the stockholder should promptly
    notify the Depositary in writing. The stockholder will then be instructed as
    to the steps that must be taken in order to replace the Certificates(s).
    This Letter of Transmittal and related documents cannot be processed until
    the procedures for replacing lost or destroyed certificates have been
    followed.
 
8.  REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE OR ADDITIONAL COPIES. Requests for assistance may be
    directed to the Depositary at the address set forth on the first page of
    this Letter of Transmittal. Additional copies of this Letter of Transmittal
    and the Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number of
    Substitute Form W-9 may be obtained from the Depositary at the addresses set
    forth on the first page of this Letter of Transmittal from the brokers,
    dealers, commercial banks or trust companies.
 
9.  STOCK TRANSFER TAXES. The Company will pay or cause to be paid any stock
    transfer taxes applicable to the surrender of Certificate(s). However, if
    surrendered Certificate(s) are registered in the name of any person other
    than the person signing this Letter of Transmittal, all transfer tax stamps
    required must be affixed to the Certificate(s), or evidence satisfactory to
    the Depositary of the payment of or exemption from such tax must be
    submitted therewith. If such stamps are not affixed or such other evidence
    is not submitted, the amount of such stock transfer taxes will be deducted
    from any funds payable by the Depositary hereunder.
 
10. SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9. In order to avoid "backup withholding" of federal
    income tax on any cash received upon the surrender of Certificate(s), a
    holder thereof must, unless an exemption applies, provide the Depositary
    with its correct taxpayer identification number ("TIN") on Substitute Form
    W-9 and certify, under penalties of perjury, that such number is correct and
    that such holder is not otherwise subject to backup withholding. If the
    correct TIN and certifications are not provided, any payments made for the
    surrender of Certificate(s) may be subject to backup withholding of 31% on
    the payment made for all Certificate(s) surrendered by the holder.
 
        The TIN that must be provided on the Substitute Form W-9 is that of the
    registered holder(s) of Certificate(s) appearing on the transfers attached
    to, or endorsed on, such Certificate(s) pursuant to a transfer effective
    prior to the Expiration Date. The TIN for an individual is his or her social
    security number.
 
        THE ENCLOSED SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 MUST BE COMPLETED AND RETURNED WITH
    THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, THE SURRENDERED CERTIFICATE(S) AND ANY OTHER
    DOCUMENTATION REQUIRED FOR TENDER. FAILURE TO DO SO MAY RESULT IN BACKUP
    WITHHOLDING AT 31% OF ANY PAYMENTS MADE TO YOU. PLEASE REVIEW THE ENCLOSED
    "GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON
    SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9" FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS.
 
                           IMPORTANT TAX INFORMATION
 
PURPOSE OF FORM
 
    Use this to report the taxpayer identification number (TIN) of the record
owner of the Shares to the Depositary. Payers must generally withhold 31% of
taxable interest, dividend, and certain other payments if you fail to furnish
payers with the correct taxpayer identification number (this is referred to as
backup withholding). For most individual taxpayers the taxpayer identification
number is the social security number.
 
    To prevent backup withholding on these payments, be sure to notify the
Depositary of the correct taxpayer identification number. You must use this form
to certify that the taxpayer identification number you are giving to the
Depositary is correct and that you are not subject to backup withholding.
 
WHAT NUMBER TO GIVE THE DEPOSITARY
 
    Give the Depositary the social security number or employer identification
number of the record owner of the Shares. If the Shares belong to you as an
individual, give your social security number. If the Shares are held is in more
than one name or are not in the name of the actual owner, consult the enclosed
"Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute
Form W-9" for additional guidelines on which number to report.
<PAGE>
                 PLEASE REVIEW ENCLOSED GUIDELINES FOR DETAILS
 
<TABLE>
<S>                               <C>                               <C>
                      PAYER'S NAME: CONTINENTAL STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY
 
SUBSTITUTE                        PART I--PLEASE PROVIDE YOUR TIN   PART III--Social Security Number
                                  IN THE BOX AT RIGHT AND CERTIFY   or Employer Identification
                                  BY SIGNING AND DATING BELOW.      Number
                                                                    --------------------------------
                                                                    (If awaiting TIN write "Applied
                                                                    For")
 
                                  PART II -- For Payees exempt from backup withholding, see the
                                  enclosed Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification
                                  Number on Substitute Form W-9 and complete as instructed therein.
FORM W-9                          Certification--Under penalties of perjury, I certify that:
DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY        (1)  The Number shown on this form is my correct Taxpayer
INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE          Identification Number (or I am waiting for a number to be issued
                                       to me); and
                                  (2)  I am not subject to backup withholding either because I have
                                  not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) that I am
                                       subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to
                                       report all interest or dividends, or the IRS has notified me
                                       that I am no longer subject to backup withholding.
                                  CERTIFICATION INSTRUCTIONS--You must cross out item (2) above if
                                  you have been notified by the IRS that you are subject to backup
                                  withholding because of underreporting interest or dividends on
PAYER'S REQUEST FOR               your tax return. However, if after being notified by the IRS that
TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION           you were subject to backup withholding, you received another
NUMBER ("TIN")                    notification from the IRS that you were no longer subject to
                                  backup withholding, do not cross out item (2). (Also see
                                  instructions in the enclosed Guidelines).
                                  SIGNATURE  DATE
</TABLE>
 
  NOTE: FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THIS SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 MAY RESULT IN
 BACKUP WITHHOLDING OF 31% OF ANY PAYMENTS MADE TO YOU PURSUANT TO THE EXCHANGE
                                     OFFER.
 
               YOU MUST COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING CERTIFICATE IF YOU
             CHECKED THE BOX IN PART 3 OF THE SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9.
 
             CERTIFICATE OF AWAITING TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
 
     I certify under penalties of perjury that a taxpayer identification number
 has not been issued to me, and either (1) I have mailed or delivered an
 application to receive a taxpayer identification number to the appropriate
 Internal Revenue Service Center or Social Security Administration Office or
 (2) I intend to mail or deliver an application in the near future. I
 understand that if I do not provide a taxpayer identification number by the
 time of payment, 31% of all payments made to me thereafter will be withheld
 until I provide a number.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                         <C>
      ----------------------------------------------             --------------------------------------
                        SIGNATURE                                                 DATE
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
                         NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY
                                      FOR
                      TENDER OF SHARES OF PREFERRED STOCK
                                       OF
                             DATAPOINT CORPORATION
                   (NOT TO BE USED FOR SIGNATURE GUARANTEES)
 
                 THE OFFER AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT
                   9:00 A.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON TUESDAY,
                      DECEMBER 10, 1996, UNLESS EXTENDED.
 
    This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery or one substantially equivalent hereto
must be used to accept the Offer (as defined below) if certificates representing
$1.00 Exchangeable Preferred Stock, $20.00 liquidation preference per share (the
"Shares"), of Datapoint Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), are
not immediately available or the procedures for book-entry transfer cannot be
completed on a timely basis or time will not permit all required documents to
reach Continental Stock Transfer and Trust Company (the "Depositary") prior to
the Expiration Date (as defined in the Proxy Statement/ Prospectus, dated
October 31, 1996, of the Company (the "Proxy Statement/Prospectus")). This
Notice of Guaranteed Delivery may be delivered by hand or transmitted by
facsimile transmission or mailed to the Depositary.
 
                        THE DEPOSITARY FOR THE OFFER IS:
                   CONTINENTAL STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY
 
<TABLE>
<S>                            <C>                            <C>
                                                                       BY HAND OR
          BY MAIL:                     BY FACSIMILE:               OVERNIGHT COURIER:
 
         2 Broadway                   (212) 509-5150                   19th Floor
     New York, NY 10003                                                2 Broadway
                                                                   New York, NY 10003
 
                                        TELEPHONE:
 
                                  (212) 509-4000 Ext. 227
</TABLE>
 
       DELIVERY OF THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN
AS SET FORTH ABOVE OR TRANSMISSION OF INSTRUCTIONS VIA FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION TO
A NUMBER OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.
 
    This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is not to be used to guarantee
signatures. If a signature on a Letter of Transmittal is required to be
guaranteed by an "Eligible Institution" under the instructions thereto, such
signature guarantee must appear in the applicable space provided in the
signature box on the Letter of Transmittal.
 
    The Eligible Institution that completes this form must communicate the
guarantee to the Depositary and must deliver the Letter of Transmittal and
certificates for Shares to the Depositary within the time period shown herein.
Failure to do so could result in a financial loss to such Eligible Institution.
 
              THE GUARANTEE ON THE REVERSE SIDE MUST BE COMPLETED
<PAGE>
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
    The undersigned hereby tenders to Datapoint Corporation, upon the terms and
subject to the conditions set forth in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus and in the
related Letter of Transmittal (which, together with any supplements and
amendments thereto, collectively constitute the "Offer"), receipt of each of
which is hereby acknowledged, the number of Shares indicated below pursuant to
the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
Number of Shares:
Certificate Nos. (if available):
Check ONE box if Shares will be tendered
by book-entry transfer:
[  ] The Depository Trust Company
[  ] Philadelphia Depository Trust Company
Account Number:
Dated:
Name(s) of Record Holder(s):
 
Address(es):
 
Area Code and Tel. No.:
 
Signature(s):
 
</TABLE>
 
                THE GUARANTEE SET FORTH BELOW MUST BE COMPLETED
                                   GUARANTEE
                   (NOT TO BE USED FOR SIGNATURE GUARANTEES)
    The undersigned, an Eligible Institution (as defined in the Proxy
Statement/Prospectus) hereby guarantees to deliver to the Depositary the
certificates representing all of the Shares tendered hereby, in proper form for
transfer, or a Book-Entry Confirmation (as defined in the Proxy
Statement/Prospectus) with respect to such Shares, in either case together with
a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or a manually
signed facsimile thereof) and with any required signature guarantees, and any
other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal, all within five New York
Stock Exchange, Inc. trading days after the date hereof.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
Name of Firm:
 
Address:
 
Area Code and Tel. No.:
Authorized Signature
 
Name:
 
Title:
 
Date:
</TABLE>
 
NOTE: DO NOT SEND CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES WITH THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED
DELIVERY. CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES SHOULD BE SENT ONLY TOGETHER WITH YOUR LETTER
OF TRANSMITTAL.


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission